Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
EDR-5000 EATON DISTRIBUTION RELAYInstruction Manual for Installing, Operating, and Maintaining the EDR-5000
IM02602007E Rev. New
IM02602007E EDR-5000
EDR-5000 Application Overview
2 www.eaton.com
Trend recorder
Event recorder
Current and Volt.:unbalance
%THD and THDFund. and RMSmin./max./avg.phasors and
angles
Power:Fund. and RMS
MVA, Mwatt, Mvar,PF
Metering, Statistics and
Demand
standard
3
1
3
EDR-5000
74TC
*
Zone InterlockingIRIG-B00X Breaker Wear Programmable Logic
50BF51R50R46 67P 67R50P
CTS
25
51P
27A
SOTF CLPU
59A
59N
47 55A/D
27M 59M 81R81 U/O 51V78V
LOP
32 32V50X 51X
1
67X
79
Fault recorder
Disturb. recorder
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Key Features, Functions and Benefits..........................................................................................8General Description.........................................................................................................................................8Features...........................................................................................................................................................9
Comments on the Manual.............................................................................................................14What Is Included with the Device...................................................................................................................17Storage..........................................................................................................................................................17Important Information.....................................................................................................................................17Symbols.........................................................................................................................................................18General Conventions.....................................................................................................................................23
Device.............................................................................................................................................24Device Planning.............................................................................................................................................24Device Planning Parameters of the Device....................................................................................................24
Installation and Wiring..................................................................................................................27Three-Side-View............................................................................................................................................27Overview of Slots - Assembly Groups............................................................................................................28Typical Connection Diagrams........................................................................................................................30Slot X1: Power Supply Card with Digital Inputs..............................................................................................34Slot X2: Relay Output Card - Zone Interlock..................................................................................................37Slot X3: Current Transformer Measuring Inputs.............................................................................................39Slot X4: Voltage Transformer Measuring Inputs.............................................................................................47Slot X5: Relay Output Card............................................................................................................................52Slot X100: Ethernet Interface.........................................................................................................................55Slot X103: Data Communication....................................................................................................................56Slot X104: IRIG-B00X and Supervision Contact............................................................................................60X120 - PC Interface.......................................................................................................................................61Control Wiring Diagram.................................................................................................................................62
Input, Output, and LED Settings..................................................................................................63Digital Input Configuration..............................................................................................................................63DI-8P X..........................................................................................................................................................64Wired Inputs (Aliases)....................................................................................................................................67Relay Output Configuration............................................................................................................................74RO-4ZI X - Settings........................................................................................................................................77RO-6 X Settings.............................................................................................................................................95LED Configuration........................................................................................................................................120The »System OK« LED ...............................................................................................................................123LED Settings................................................................................................................................................123
Front Panel..................................................................................................................................144Basic Menu Control......................................................................................................................................148PowerPort-E Keyboard Commands.............................................................................................................149
PowerPort-E.................................................................................................................................151Installation of PowerPort-E...........................................................................................................................151Uninstalling PowerPort-E.............................................................................................................................151Setting up the Serial Connection PC - Device..............................................................................................152Loading of Device Data When Using PowerPort-E......................................................................................162Restoring Device Data When Using PowerPort-E........................................................................................163Backup and Documentation When Using PowerPort-E...............................................................................164Off-line Device Planning Via PowerPort-E...................................................................................................165
Measuring Values........................................................................................................................165Read Out Measured Values.........................................................................................................................165Current - Measured Values..........................................................................................................................166Voltage - Measured Values..........................................................................................................................169Power - Measured Values............................................................................................................................174
Energy Counter...........................................................................................................................175Direct Commands of the Energy Counter Module .......................................................................................175Signals of the Energy Counter Module (States of the Outputs)....................................................................175
Statistics......................................................................................................................................177Read Out Statistics......................................................................................................................................177Statistics (Configuration)..............................................................................................................................177Direct Commands........................................................................................................................................178Global Protection Parameters of the Statistics Module................................................................................178States of the Inputs of the Statistics Module................................................................................................182
www.eaton.com 3
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Signals of the Statistics Module...................................................................................................................183Counters of the Module Statistics.................................................................................................................183
System Alarms.............................................................................................................................193Demand Management.................................................................................................................................193Peak Demand..............................................................................................................................................195Min. and Max. Values...................................................................................................................................195THD Protection............................................................................................................................................195Device Planning Parameters of the Demand Management.........................................................................195Signals of the Demand Management (States of the Outputs)......................................................................196Global Protection Parameter of the Demand Management..........................................................................196States of the Inputs of the Demand Management........................................................................................200System Alarm Signals (States of the Outputs).............................................................................................200
Resets..........................................................................................................................................201Manual Acknowledgment.............................................................................................................................202Manual Acknowledgment Via PowerPort-E..................................................................................................202External Acknowledgments..........................................................................................................................202External Acknowledge Via PowerPort-E.......................................................................................................203External LED - Acknowledgment Signals.....................................................................................................203Manual Resets.............................................................................................................................................204Manual Resets Via PowerPort-E..................................................................................................................204
Status Display..............................................................................................................................205Status Display via PowerPort E....................................................................................................................205
Operating Panel (HMI).................................................................................................................206Special Parameters of the Panel..................................................................................................................206Direct Commands of the Panel....................................................................................................................206Global Protection Parameters of the Panel..................................................................................................206
Recorders....................................................................................................................................207Disturbance Recorder..................................................................................................................................207Fault Recorder.............................................................................................................................................215Event Recorder............................................................................................................................................220Trend Recorder............................................................................................................................................221
Communication Protocols..........................................................................................................226Modbus®.....................................................................................................................................................226IEC 61850....................................................................................................................................................232IRIG-B00X...................................................................................................................................................239
Parameters...................................................................................................................................244Parameter Definitions..................................................................................................................................244Adaptive Parameters via HMI......................................................................................................................247Operational Modes (Access Authorization)..................................................................................................259Password.....................................................................................................................................................260Changing of Parameters - Example.............................................................................................................261Changing of Parameters When Using the PowerPort-E - Example.............................................................262Protection Parameters ................................................................................................................................264Setting Groups.............................................................................................................................................264Comparing Parameter Files Via PowerPort-E..............................................................................................266Converting Parameter Files Via PowerPort-E..............................................................................................266
Device Parameters......................................................................................................................268Date and Time.............................................................................................................................................268Version.........................................................................................................................................................268Version Via PowerPort-E..............................................................................................................................268TCP/IP Settings...........................................................................................................................................269Direct Commands of the System Module.....................................................................................................269Global Protection Parameters of the System...............................................................................................270System Module Input States........................................................................................................................272System Module Signals................................................................................................................................273Special Values of the System Module..........................................................................................................274
System Parameters.....................................................................................................................275General System Parameters........................................................................................................................275Voltage Depending System Parameters......................................................................................................275Current Depending System Parameters......................................................................................................276
Blocking.......................................................................................................................................278
4 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Permanent Blocking.....................................................................................................................................278Temporary Blocking.....................................................................................................................................278To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection Module....................................................280Activate, Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection Functions...............................................281
Protection (Prot) Module............................................................................................................283How to Block All Protective and Supervisory Functions................................................................................283Direct Commands of the Protection Module.................................................................................................290Global Protection Parameters of the Protection Module...............................................................................290Protection Module Input States....................................................................................................................290Protection Module Signals (Output States)..................................................................................................290Protection Module Values.............................................................................................................................291
Switchgear/Breaker - Manager...................................................................................................292Breaker Configuration..................................................................................................................................292Switching the Breaker at the Panel..............................................................................................................318
Protective Elements....................................................................................................................327Directional Feature – Phase Current............................................................................................................32750P/67P- DEFT Overcurrent Protection.......................................................................................................33051P/67P - INV Overcurrent-Protection.........................................................................................................337Directional Features for Measured (IX) Ground Fault Elements 50X/51X....................................................35450X/67X DEFT Measured Ground Fault Protection.....................................................................................35751X/67X INV Measured Ground Fault Protection.........................................................................................364Directional Features for Calculated (IR) Ground Fault Elements 50R/51R..................................................37250R/67R DEFT Calculated Ground Fault Protection....................................................................................37551R/67R INV Calculated Ground Fault Protection.......................................................................................382ZI - Zone Interlocking...................................................................................................................................38979 - Automatic Reclosure.............................................................................................................................40146 - Current Unbalance Protection...............................................................................................................431LOP – Loss of Potential...............................................................................................................................438SOTF - Switch Onto Fault Protection...........................................................................................................443CLPU - Supervision Module Cold Load Pickup............................................................................................44927M - Undervoltage Protection.....................................................................................................................45659M - Overvoltage Protection.......................................................................................................................46527A - Auxiliary Undervoltage Protection.......................................................................................................47459A - Auxiliary Overvoltage Protection.........................................................................................................47959N - Neutral Overvoltage...........................................................................................................................48425 - Sync-check...........................................................................................................................................48947 - Voltage Unbalance Protection...............................................................................................................51981O/U, 81R, 78V Frequency Protection.......................................................................................................52632 - Power Protection...................................................................................................................................54932V - Reactive Power Protection.................................................................................................................56055A and 55D - PF Protection.......................................................................................................................571ExP - External Protection.............................................................................................................................578
Supervision..................................................................................................................................58450BF – Breaker Failure Supervision............................................................................................................584CTS – Current Transformer Supervision......................................................................................................60174TC - Trip Circuit Monitoring......................................................................................................................606Self Supervision...........................................................................................................................................612
Programmable Logic...................................................................................................................614General Description.....................................................................................................................................614Programmable Logic at the Panel................................................................................................................618Programmable Logic Via PowerPort-E.........................................................................................................618
Commissioning...........................................................................................................................641Commissioning/Protection Test....................................................................................................................641Decommissioning – Removing the Plug from the Relay..............................................................................642
Service and Commissioning Support........................................................................................644Maintenance Mode......................................................................................................................................644Principle – General Use...............................................................................................................................644Before Use...................................................................................................................................................645How to Use the Maintenance Mode.............................................................................................................645Forcing the Relay Output Contacts..............................................................................................................647Disarming the Relay Output Contacts..........................................................................................................648Failure Simulator (Sequencer)*....................................................................................................................649
www.eaton.com 5
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Technical Data.............................................................................................................................666Climatic Environmental Conditions...............................................................................................................666Degree of Protection EN 60529...................................................................................................................666Routine Test.................................................................................................................................................666Housing........................................................................................................................................................666Current and Ground Current Measurement.................................................................................................667Voltage and Residual Voltage Measurement................................................................................................667Frequency Measurement.............................................................................................................................668Voltage Supply.............................................................................................................................................668Power Consumption.....................................................................................................................................668Display.........................................................................................................................................................668Front Interface RS232..................................................................................................................................668Real Time Clock...........................................................................................................................................668Digital Inputs................................................................................................................................................668Relay Outputs..............................................................................................................................................669Supervision Contact (SC).............................................................................................................................669Time Synchronization IRIG-B00X.................................................................................................................669Zone Interlocking.........................................................................................................................................670RS485*........................................................................................................................................................670Fiber Optic*..................................................................................................................................................670URTD-Interface*..........................................................................................................................................670Boot Phase..................................................................................................................................................670
Standards.....................................................................................................................................671Approvals.....................................................................................................................................................671Design Standards........................................................................................................................................671High Voltage Tests (IEC 60255-6)................................................................................................................671EMC Immunity Tests....................................................................................................................................671EMC Emission Tests....................................................................................................................................672Environmental Tests.....................................................................................................................................672Mechanical Tests.........................................................................................................................................673
Specifications..............................................................................................................................674Specifications of the Real Time Clock..........................................................................................................674Specifications of the Measured Value Acquisition........................................................................................674Protection Elements Accuracy.....................................................................................................................675
Appendix......................................................................................................................................681Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)........................................................................................................687Time Current Curves (PHASE)....................................................................................................................688Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated).......................................................................700Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)........................................................................701Time Current Curves (Ground Current)........................................................................................................702
Assignment List..........................................................................................................................714
6 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ff29cf4c2846dafcd774575c3a3fc66e7e00f5bb7cdd4f821e6f72b400fc1985
RMS Handoff: 0File: C:\p4_data\deliver_EDR-5000_KWelchering\generated\EDR-5000_user_manual_eaton_en.odtThis manual applies to devices (version):
Version 1.0.b
Build: 12288
www.eaton.com 7
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Key Features, Functions and Benefits• Microprocessor-based protection with monitoring and control for medium voltage main and feeder
applications.• Current, voltage, and frequency protection for electrical power distribution systems.• Complete metering of voltage, currents, power, energy, minimum/maximum, and demand functions.• Complete metering, protection, and control in a single compact case to reduce panel space, wiring, and
costs.• Integral test function reduces maintenance time and expense.• Zone selective interlocking improves coordination and tripping time, and saves money compared to a
traditional bus differential scheme.• Programmable logic control functions for main-tie-main transfer schemes.• Reduce trouble shooting time and maintenance costs - Trip and event recording in non-volatile memory
provides detailed information for analysis and system restoration. Waveform capture aids in post fault analysis (viewable using PowerPort-E software).
• Minimum replacement time - Removable terminal blocks ideal in industrial environments.• Front RS-232 port and PowerPort-E software provides local computer access and User-friendly windows
based interface for relay settings, configuration, and data retrieval.• Breaker open/close from relay faceplate or remotely via communications.• Fast an easy troubleshooting, improved maintenance procedures, and increased device security.
Provides detailed traceability for system configuration changes• Relays self-diagnostics and reporting improves up-time and troubleshooting.• Breaker trip circuit monitoring improves the reliability of the breaker operation.
General DescriptionEaton’s EDR-5000 distribution protection relay is a multi-functional, microprocessor-based relay for feeder circuits of all voltage levels. It may be used as the primary protection on feeders, mains, and tie breaker applications; or as backup protection for transformers, high voltage lines, and differential protection. The relay is most commonly used on medium voltage switchgear applications.
The EDR-5000 feeder protection relay provides complete current, voltage, and frequency protection and metering in a single, compact case. The relay has four current inputs rated for either 5 amperes or 1 ampere and four voltage inputs. Three of the voltage inputs are to be connected to the 3-phase power voltage for voltage protection and for metering. They can be connected in wye-ground or open delta configuration. The fourth voltage is for independent single-phase undervoltage/overvoltage protection, or ground protection for an ungrounded system.
The maintenance mode, password protected soft key can be used for arc flash mitigation to change to an alternate settings group or set to have instantaneous elements only. The multiple setting groups can also be changed,via communications or a digital input.
An integral keypad and display is provided for direct User programming and retrieval of data without the need of a computer. 14 programmable LEDs provide quick indication of relay status.
A front port is provided for direct computer connection. An RS-485 communication port on the back is standard for local area networking using Modbus-RTU. An optional Ethernet port and protocols are available.
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay includes programmable logic functions. Logic gates and timers may be defined and arranged for customized applications. Programmable logic control functions make the EDR-5000 relay ideally suited for main-tie-main and main 1/main 2 transfer schemes. The relay allows for four preprogrammed setting groups which can be activated through software or contact input.
Flash memory is used for the programming and all settings are stored in nonvolatile memory. The relay allows for four preprogrammed setting groups which can be activated through software, the display, or a contact input.
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay has mass memory for data storage and a real-time clock with 1 ms
8 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
time resolution. The relay will log 300 sequence of event records, 20 detailed trip logs, minimum/maximum values, load profiles, breaker wear information, and oscillography data.
The EDR-5000 has programmable binary inputs, two normally opened and eight Form C heavy duty outputs and one form C signal alarm relay. It can be powered from 19 Vdc to 300 Vdc or 40 Vac to 250 Vac auxiliary power.
Features
Protection Features
Phase overcurrent elements• Three instantaneous elements with timers ( 50P[1], 50P[2], and 50P[3])• Three inverse time overcurrent elements (51P[1], 51P[2], and 51P[3])• 11 standard curves• Instantaneous or time delay reset• Voltage Restraint (51P[2] and 51P[3])• Directional Control (All Elements)
Ground overcurrent elements• Two instantaneous measured elements with timers (50X[1] and 50X[2])• Two instantaneous calculated elements with timers (50R[1] and 50R[2])• Two inverse time overcurrent measured elements (51X[1],and 51X[2])• Two inverse time overcurrent calculated elements (51R[1] and 51R[2])• 11 standard curves• Directional Control (All Elements)• Instantaneous or time delay reset
Breaker failure (50BF)
Phase unbalance negative sequence overcurrent (46[1], 46[2]))
Phase voltage unbalance and sequence protection (47[1], 47[2])
Main 3-phase under/overvoltage (27M[1], 27M[2], 59M[1], 59M[2])
Auxiliary single-phase under/overvoltage (27A[1], 27A[2], 59A[1], 59A[2])
Ground fault overvoltage relay (59N[1], 59N[2])
Six Frequency elements that can be assigned to: over frequency, under frequency, rate of change, or vector surge (81[1], 81[2], 81[3], 81[4], 81[5], 81[6])
Apparent and displacement power factor (55A[1], 55A[2], 55D[1], 55D[2])
Forward and Reverse Watts (32[1], 32[2], 32[3])
Forward and Reverse Vars (32V[1], 32V[2], 32V[3])
Sync-check (25)
Zone interlocking for bus protection (87B)
Switch onto fault protection
Cold load pickup
www.eaton.com 9
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Metering Features
• Amperes: Positive, negative, and zero sequence• Ampere demand• Volts: Positive, negative, and zero sequence• Phase angles• Volt-amperes and VA demand• Watts and kW demand• kWh (forward, reverse, net)• Vars and kvar demand• kvarh (lead, leg and net)• Power factor• Frequency• % THD V and I• Magnitude THD V and I• Minimum/maximum recording• Trending (load profile over time)
Monitoring Features
• Trip coil monitor• Breaker wear primary and secondary (accumulated interrupted current)• Oscillography (6000 cycles total)• Fault data logs (up to 20 events)• Sequence of events report (up to 300 events)• Clock (1 ms time stamping)
Control Functions
• Breaker open/close• Remote open/close• Programmable I/O• Programmable Logic• Programmable LEDs• Multiple setting groups• Cold load pickup• CT supervision
Communication Features• Local HMI• Password protected• Addressable• IRIG-B• Local communication port• Remote communication port:
- RS-232; and- RS-485
• Protocols:
10 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
- Modbus-RTU;- Modbus-TCP (Optional); and- IEC61850 (Optional)
• Configuration software
Protection and Control Functions
The Eaton’s EDR-5000 distribution protection relay has been designed for maximum User flexibility and simplicity. The base relay includes all the standard current and voltage protection and metering functions.
Directional Overcurrent Protection
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay provides complete 3-phase and ground directional overcurrent protection. There are 8 independent ground overcurrent elements. The ground elements “X” use the independently measured ground (or neutral) current from a separate current-sensing input. The ground elements “R” uses a calculated 3Io residual current obtained from the sum of the 3-phase currents. This calculated current could be used for either the neutral or ground current in a 3-phase, 4-wire system. Each of the phase and ground overcurrent elements can be selected to operate based on fundamental or RMS current. Phase direction is a function used to supervise all phase current elements (50, 51). A quadrature voltage is compared to a corresponding phase current to establish the direction of the fault. This function is selectable to operate in the forward, reverse or both directions. Ground direction is used to supervise ground current elements and is accomplished by using ground, negative sequence or residual currents supervised by zero, negative, or positive sequence voltages or ground current. This function s selectable to operate in forward, reverse or both directions.
Voltage Restrained Overcurrent
Voltage restraint reduces the overcurrent pickup level (51P[3]). This modification of the pickup overcurrent level is compared to the corresponding phase input voltage. The EDR-5000 uses the simple linear model below to determine the effective pickup value.
Sync-check
The sync-check function is provided for double-ended power source applications. The sync-check monitors voltage magnitude, phase angle and slip frequency between the bus and line. It also incorporates breaker close time, dead bus dead line, dead bus live line, and live bus live line features
Reverse Power
Reverse power provides control for power flowing through a feeder. There are three elements to be configured:
• Operate in forward;• Reverse; or• Under or over power conditions.
Reverse power is typically applied to generator or motor applications while under power is generally applied to load or generation loss
Reverse Vars
Reverse vars can be used to detect loss of excitation in synchronous machines. There are three elements to be configured:
• Operate in forward;• Reverse; or• Under or over vars conditions.
www.eaton.com 11
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Inverse-Time Characteristics
There are 11 User-selectable inverse-time overcurrent curve characteristics. The User can select from the ANSI, IEC, or thermal curve families and can select instantaneous or time delay reset characteristics.
Breaker Failure
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay includes a breaker failure (50BF, 62BF) function that can be initiated from either an internal or external trip signal. This is an independent element that can be used to operate a lockout relay or trip an upstream breaker. The timer must be longer than the breaker operating time and the protective function reset times.
Voltage Protection
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay has four voltage-input circuits. There is a 3-phase set designated as Main Voltage (M) and a single-phase voltage circuit designated as Auxiliary Voltage (A). Both include undervoltage (27) and overvoltage (59) protection. The 3-phase voltage protection can be set to operate on a single-phase, 2 out of 3 phases, or all 3-phase logic. The Main VTs also provide phase voltage unbalance/reversal (47 negative sequence) protection. Each element has an independent threshold set point and adjustable time delay.
Ground Voltage Protection
In high impedance grounded systems, ground fault protection is provided by the detection of zero sequence voltage (3Vo) voltage in the neutral of the transformer by an overvoltage element (59N) connected to the secondary of the distribution grounding transformer, or in the secondary of a Wye- Broken Delta transformer used when the neutral is not accessible or in Delta system. In the EDR-5000, the User can measure this zero sequence voltage through the 4th voltage input; the 59N element has to be desensitized for 3rd harmonic voltages that can be present in the system under normal operation.
Flexible Phase Rotation
The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay can be applied on either an A-B-C or A-C-B phase rotation. A User setting permits correct operation and indication of the actual system configuration.
Frequency Protection
The EDR-5000 relay provides six frequency elements than can be used to detect under/over frequency, rate of change, and a vector surge (decoupling of two systems) protection on the Main VT inputs. Each element has an independent threshold set point and adjustable time delay.
Autoreclosing LogicThe EDR-5000 provides a six shot-recloser scheme. Autoreclosing is normally used by the utilities in their distribution and transmission lines, but it can be used in commercial and industrial applications with long overhead lines. Nearly 85% of the faults that occur on overhead lines are transient in nature. Tripping of a breaker normally clears a transient fault and reclosing of the breaker restores power back to the circuit.
Maintenance ModeThe Maintenance Mode can improve safety by providing a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing time and lower incident energy levels at energized panels. The Maintenance Mode allows the User to switch to more sensitive settings via a password protected soft key, communication, or via a digital Input while maintenance work is being performed at an energized panel or device. The more sensitive settings provide greater security for maintenance personnel and helps reduce the possibility of injury.
12 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Monitoring and Metering
Sequence of Events RecordsThe EDR-5000 protection relay records a maximum of 300 events associated with the relay. An event is classified as a change of state as detected by the relay. These include relay pickups, dropouts, trips, contact closure, alarms, setting changes, and self-diagnostic failures. Each event is date and time stamped to a 1 ms resolution. The events are stored in a FIFO in chronological order.
Trip LogThe EDR-5000 protection relay will store a maximum of 20 trip records in a FIFO trip log. Each trip record will be date and time stamped to a 1 ms resolution. The trip log record will include information on the type of fault, protection elements that operated, fault location, and currents and voltages at the time of the fault.
Waveform CaptureThe EDR-5000 distribution protection relay provides oscillography-recording capabilities. The relay will record all measured signals along with the binary signals of pickup, trip, logic, and contact closures. The EDR-5000 relay can record up to 6000 cycles of data. The number of records is proportional to the size of each record; the maximum size per record is 600 cycles. The waveform capture is initiated by up to eight different triggers; it can also be generated manually through the display or via communications.
Integral User InterfaceThe front panel User interface has a 128 x 64 pixel LCD display with background illumination for wide angle viewing in all light conditions. 17 programmable LEDs provide quick and easy visual display of power on, mode of operation, alarm, and trip indication. Soft keys are provided for operation mode selection, scrolling through data, and settings. In addition, the relay settings and test functions are password protected.
Load Profiling/TrendingThe EDR-5000 relay automatically records selected quantities into non-volatile memory every 5, 10, 15, 30, or 60 minutes, depending on the trending report setting.
Programmable I/O The EDR-5000 distribution protection relay provides heavy-duty, trip rated, two normally open and eight Form C contacts. Two isolated inputs can be used for monitoring the trip circuit. One Form C contact is dedicated to the relay failure alarm function and is operated in a normally energized (fail-safe) mode. There are eight User-configurable discrete inputs that accept a wet contact and can operate through a wide range of power. Each input and output is User-programmable for maximum application flexibility.
Programmable LogicThe EDR-5000 distribution protection relay provides logic gates and timers that the User can customize for special or unique applications. Each gate can be assigned a logic function of either AND, OR, NAND or NOR. Each gate can have a maximum of four input signals and each input signal can be required to be a NOT. Input signals can be external inputs received via the binary inputs or internal values associated with the protection, alarm or metering set points. Each gate has a unique output assignment and designation that can be used as the input to another gate. There are 24 independent timers that have adjustable pickup and dropout delay settings.
www.eaton.com 13
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Comments on the ManualThis manual gives a general explanation of the tasks of device planning, parameter setting, installation, commissioning, operation, and maintenance of the Eaton devices.
The manual serves as reference document for:
• Engineers in the protection field;• Commissioning engineers;• Personnel dealing with the setting, testing, and maintenance of protection and control devices; and• Well trained personnel involved in electrical installations and power stations.
All functions concerning the type code will be defined. Should there be a description of any functions, parameters, or inputs/outputs that do not apply to the device in use, please ignore that information.
All details and references are explained to the best of our knowledge and are based on our experience and observations.
This manual describes the full featured versions of the devices, including all options.
All technical information and data included in this manual reflect their state at the time this document was issued. Eaton Corporation reserves the right to carry out technical modifications in line with further development without changing this manual and without previous notice. Therefore no claim can be brought based on the information and descriptions included in this manual.
Text, graphics, and formulas do not always apply to the actual delivery scope. The drawings and graphics are not true to scale. Eaton Corporation does not accept any liability for damage and operational failures caused by operating errors or disregarding the directions of this manual.
No part of this manual is allowed to be reproduced or passed on to others in any form, unless Eaton Corporation has issued advanced approval in writing.
This User manual is part of the delivery scope when purchasing the device. In case the device is passed on (sold) to a third party, the manual has to be passed on as well.
Any repair work carried out on the device requires skilled and competent personnel with verifiable knowledge and experienced with local safety regulations and have the necessary experience with working on electronic protection devices and power installations.
IMPORTANT DEFINITIONS
The symbol/word combinations detailed below are designed to call the User's attention to issues that could affect User safety and well being as well as the operating life of the device.
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION, used with the safety alert symbol, indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
14 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
CAUTION, without the safety alert symbol, is used to address practices not related to personal injury.
NOTICE is used to address information and practices not related to personal injury.
FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS
Read this entire manual and all other publications pertaining to the work to be performed before installing, operating, or servicing this equipment. Practice all plant and safety instructions and precautions. Failure to follow the instructions can cause personal injury and/or property damage.
PROPER USE
Any unauthorized modifications to or use of this equipment outside its specified mechanical, electrical, or other operating limits may cause personal injury and/or property damage, including damage to the equipment. Any such unauthorized modifications: (1) constitute "misuse" and/or "negligence" within the meaning of the product warranty, thereby excluding warranty coverage for any resulting damage; and (2) invalidate product certifications or listings.
The programmable devices subject to this manual are designed for protection and also control of power installations and operational devices. The devices are further designed for installation in low voltage (LV) compartments of medium voltage (MV) switchgear panels or in de-centralized protection panels. The programming and settings have to meet all requirements of the protection concept (of the equipment that is to be protected). The User must ensure that the device will properly recognize and manage (e.g.: switch off the breaker) on the basis of User selected programming and settings all operational conditions (failures). Before starting any operation and after any modification of the programming/settings, make a documented proof that the programming and settings meet the requirements of the protection concept.
Typical applications for this product family/device line are for example:
• Feeder protection;
• Mains protection;
• Transformer Protection and
• Machine protection.
This device is not designed for any usage beyond these applications. The manufacturer cannot be held liable for any resulting damage. The User alone bears the risk if this device is used for any application for which it was not designed. As to the appropriate use of the device: the technical data specified by Eaton Corporation has to be met.
www.eaton.com 15
IM02602007E EDR-5000
OUT-OF-DATE PUBLICATION
This publication may have been revised or updated since this copy was produced. To verify that you have the latest revision, be sure to check the Eaton Corporation website:
www. e aton.com
The latest versions of most publications are available at this site.
If the User's publication is not found on the web site, please contact Eaton Customer Support to get the latest copy.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE AWARENESS
All electronic equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge, some components more than others. To protect these components from electrostatic damage, the User must take special precautions to minimize or eliminate electrostatic discharges.
Follow these precautions when working with or near the device.
1. Before performing maintenance on the electronic device, discharge the static electricity on your body to ground by touching and holding a grounded metal object (pipes, cabinets, equipment, etc.).
2. Avoid the build-up of static electricity on your body by not wearing clothing made of synthetic materials. Wear cotton or cotton-blend materials as much as possible because these do not store static electric charges as much as synthetics.
3. Keep plastic, vinyl, and Styrofoam materials (such as plastic or Styrofoam cups, cup holders, cigarette packages, cellophane wrappers, vinyl books or folders, plastic bottles, and plastic ash trays) away from the device, the modules, and the work area as much as possible.
4. Do not remove any printed circuit board (PCB) from the device cabinet unless absolutely necessary. If you must remove the PCB from the device cabinet, follow these precautions:
• Do not touch any part of the PCB except the edges.
• Do not touch the electrical conductors, the connectors, or the components with conductive devices or with your hands.
• When replacing a PCB, keep the new PCB in the plastic, anti-static protective bag it comes in until you are ready to install the PCB. Immediately after removing the old PCB from the device cabinet, place it in the anti-static protective bag.
16 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Eaton Corporation reserves the right to update any portion of this publication at any time. Information provided by Eaton Corporation is believed to be correct and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Eaton Corporation unless otherwise expressly undertaken.
© Eaton Corporation, 2010. All Rights Reserved.
What Is Included with the DeviceThe device package includes all connection terminals, except communication connectors, but does not include the fastening material. Please check the package for completeness upon delivery.
Device Package Contents:
• 1 – Protective Relay;• 1 – Mount (Standard or Projection);• 1 – Quick Start Guide; and• 2 – CDs
Disk 1 - Contains the User's Manual, Modbus Datapoint List, Wiring Diagram, and Device Template for Off-line Parameter Setting;
Disk 2 - Contains PowerPort-E and Quality Manager software applications.
Disk1 contains the device templates. The device templates MUST BE installed to allow PowerPort-E to configure a device off-line.
Please make sure the product label, wiring diagram, type code, and materials and description pertain to this device. If you have any doubts, please contact Eaton Corporation's Customer Service Department.
StorageThe devices must not be stored outdoors. If stored, it must be stored in an area with temperature and humidity control (see the Technical Data section contained in this manual).
Important Information
In line with the customer’s requirement, the devices are combined in a modular way (in compliance with the order code). The terminal assignment of the device can be found on the top of the device (wiring diagram). In addition, it can be found within the Appendix of this manual (see Wiring Diagrams).
www.eaton.com 17
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Symbols
18 www.eaton.com
Inac
tive
Activ
e
IG.n
ondi
r Trip
at
VG=0
1 2
Setti
ng V
alue
:<N
ame>
.I
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
:<N
ame>
Sign
al:
IGM
easu
red
Valu
es:
<Nam
e>.*i
nt A
lm L
1In
tern
al m
essa
ge
Func
tiona
l des
crip
tion:
If th
e se
tting
va
lue
"IG.B
lock
at V
G=0
" is
set t
o "in
activ
e", t
he o
utpu
t 1 is
act
ive
and
outp
ut 2
is in
activ
e. If
the
setti
ng v
alue
"IG
.Blo
ck a
t VE=
0" is
set
to "a
ctiv
e",
the
outp
ut 2
is a
ctiv
e an
d th
e ou
tput
1
is in
activ
e.
Prot
.I di
r fw
d
AR.t-
D
0t-D
φ
"φ"=
Elem
ents
with
com
plex
func
tions
"g
ray-
box"
.
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Bkr.L
atch
edO
ptio
n/fe
atur
es to
be
real
ised
in th
e fu
ture
.
Para
met
er o
f a M
odul
e-In
put w
ith a
Se
lect
ionL
ist/D
ropD
own.
An
(1..n
) si
gnal
/out
put f
rom
the
list o
r a p
re-
defin
ed v
alue
can
be
sele
cted
.1.
.n, A
ssig
nmen
t Lis
t
<Nam
e>
1..n
, VeE
nabl
e
No
assi
gnm
ent,1
..n
No
assi
gnm
ent
1
<Nam
e>
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Para
met
er o
f a M
odul
e-In
put (
with
sp
ecia
l val
ues)
: An
(1..n
) out
put f
rom
the
list w
ill be
ass
igne
d to
the
inpu
t "<
nam
e>.id
entif
ier".
If th
e pa
ram
eter
is
set t
o "It
emN
ull",
an
"act
ive"
-sig
nal w
ill be
gi
ven
out.
Lim
it va
lue
mon
itorin
g w
ith th
ree
anal
og in
put v
alue
s. C
ompa
res
3 an
alog
val
ues
with
the
set l
imit;
out
put
valu
es a
re th
ree
diffe
rent
bin
ary
valu
es a
s a
resu
lt of
the
com
paris
ion.
If
the
anal
og s
igna
l exc
eeds
the
limit
I/In
, the
cor
resp
ondi
ng o
utpu
t sig
nal
beco
mes
"1".
I/ In
IA IB IC
<20%
VnV
Lim
it va
lue
mon
itorin
g (C
ompa
red
to
a fix
ed v
alue
). C
ompa
res
a va
lue
with
th
e fix
ed s
et li
mit;
out
put v
alue
is
bina
ry a
s a
resu
lt of
the
com
paris
ion.
If
the
sign
al e
xcee
ds th
e lim
it, th
e co
rresp
ondi
ng o
utpu
t sig
nal b
ecom
es
"1".
Adap
tive
Par
amet
er
Sele
ctio
n Li
st
<Nam
e>
Dire
ct C
omm
and
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 19
And
Or
Neg
ated
Inpu
t
Neg
ated
Out
put
Band
-pas
s (fi
lter)
IH1
Band
-pas
s (fi
lter)
IH2
Quo
tient
of A
nalo
g Va
lues
t1
Del
ay T
imer
1
Bkr.t
-Trip
Cm
d
t
Anal
og V
alue
s
AND
S
Q
R1
Q
a b
c dR
S fli
p-flo
pa
b c
d0
0 U
ncha
nged
0 1
0 1
1 0
1 0
1 1
0 1
Tim
e st
age:
A "1
" at t
he
inpu
t sta
rts th
e el
emen
t. If
the
time
<nam
e>.t
is
expi
red,
the
outp
ut b
ecom
es
"1" t
oo. T
he ti
me
stag
e w
ill be
rese
t by
"0" a
t the
inpu
t. Th
us th
e ou
tput
will
be s
et to
"0
" at t
he s
ame
time.
Tim
e st
age
min
imum
pul
se
wid
th: T
he p
ulse
wid
th
<nam
e>.t
will
be s
tarte
d if
a "1
" is
feed
to th
e in
put.
By
star
ting
<nam
e>.t,
the
outp
ut b
ecom
es "1
". If
the
time
is e
xpire
d, th
e ou
tput
be
com
es "0
" ind
epen
dent
fro
m th
e in
put s
igna
l.
IH1
IH2
Excl
usiv
e-XR
Anal
og V
alue
C
ompa
rato
r
+ R+
Incr
emen
tR
Res
et
Edge
trig
gere
d co
unte
r
IH2
IH1OR
XO
R
Inve
rting
t2
t1: S
witc
h O
n D
elay
t2: S
witc
h O
ff D
elay
Del
ay T
imer
t1t2
t1t2 C
ount
er
IM02602007E EDR-5000
20 www.eaton.com
22
Inpu
t Sig
nal
Out
put S
igna
l
2N
ame.
Activ
e
3N
ame.
Blo
Trip
Cm
d
4N
ame.
Activ
e
5IH
2.Bl
o Ph
ase
A
6IH
2.Bl
o Ph
ase
B
7IH
2.Bl
o Ph
ase
C
8IH
2.Bl
o IG
9N
ame.
Fau
lt in
Pro
ject
ed D
irect
ion
10N
ame.
Fau
lt in
Pro
ject
ed D
irect
ion
10a
Prot
-50
R -
Dire
ctio
n D
etec
tion
10b
Prot
-50
X -D
irect
ion
Det
ectio
n
14 15N
ame.
Trip
Cm
d
1Pr
ot.A
vaila
ble
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: P
rot
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n Ph
ase
over
curre
nt
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n G
roun
d Fa
ult
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n G
roun
d Fa
ult
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n G
roun
d Fa
ult
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Each
pic
kup
of a
mod
ule
(exc
ept f
rom
su
perv
isio
n m
odul
es b
ut in
clud
ing
BF) w
ill
lead
to a
gen
eral
pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed
prot
ectio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
17b
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
18
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
19
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
16
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
16a
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
16b
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
17
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
17a
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
19a
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
19b
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
19c
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
19d
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
18a
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
18b
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Eac
h tri
p of
an
activ
e, tr
ip a
utho
rized
pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
will
lead
to a
gen
eral
trip
.
11 12VT
S.Pi
ckup
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: VTS
VTS.
Pick
upP
leas
e R
efer
to D
iagr
am: V
TS
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 21
34Bk
r.Pos
CLO
SE
35Bk
r.Pos
OPE
N
33Bk
r.Sta
te
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Bkr
.Bkr
Man
ager
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Bkr
.Bkr
Man
ager
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Bkr
.Bkr
Man
ager
36Bk
r.Pos
Inde
term
37Bk
r.Pos
Dis
turb
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
kr.B
kr M
anag
er
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
kr.B
kr M
anag
er
20N
ame.
Trip
Pha
se A
21N
ame.
Trip
Pha
se B
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
22N
ame.
Trip
Pha
se C
23N
ame.
Trip
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
25N
ame.
Pick
up IB
26b
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IC
27N
ame.
Pick
up
28N
ame.
Pick
up P
hase
A
29N
ame.
Pick
up P
hase
B
24N
ame.
Pick
up IA
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
30N
ame.
Pick
up P
hase
C
31N
ame.
Pick
up
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
32Pr
ot.B
lo T
ripC
md
24a
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
24b
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
25a
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IB
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
25b
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IB
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
26N
ame.
Pick
up IC
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
26a
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IC
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
27a
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Eac
h ph
ase
sele
ctiv
e pi
ckup
of a
mod
ule
(I, IG
, V, V
X de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
27b
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
27c
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Eac
h ph
ase
sele
ctiv
e pi
ckup
of a
mod
ule
(I, IG
, V, V
X de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
27d
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Eac
h ph
ase
sele
ctiv
e pi
ckup
of a
mod
ule
(I, IG
, V, V
X de
pend
ing
on th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se
sele
ctiv
e ge
nera
l pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
38Pl
ease
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: LO
P.LO
P Bl
o LO
P.LO
P Bl
o
39P
leas
e R
efer
to D
iagr
am: Q
->&V
<.D
ecou
plin
g En
ergy
Res
ourc
eQ
->&V
<.D
ecou
plin
g En
ergy
Res
ourc
e
40P
leas
e R
efer
to D
iagr
am: C
TS.P
icku
pC
TS.P
icku
p
IM02602007E EDR-5000
22 www.eaton.com
41Br
eake
r.Pro
t CLO
SE
42Br
eake
r.CLO
SE C
md
Brea
ker.P
rot C
LOSE
Brea
ker.C
LOS
E C
md
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
General Conventions
www.eaton.com 23
»Parameters are indicated by right and left double arrow heads and written in italic.«
»SIGNALS are indicated by right and left double arrow heads and small caps.«
[Paths are indicated by brackets.]
Software and Device names are written in italic.
Module and Instance (Element) names are displayed italic and underlined.
»Pushbuttons, Modes, and Menu entries are indicated by right and left double arrow heads.«
1 2 3 Image References (Squares)
.
IM02602007E EDR-5000
DeviceEDR-5000
Device PlanningPlanning of a device means to reduce the functional range to a degree that suits the protection task to be fulfilled (i.e.: the device shows only those functions needed or desired). If the User, for example, deactivates the voltage protection function, all parameter branches related to this function will not appear in the parameter. All corresponding events, signals, etc. will also be deactivated. Due to this change, the parameter trees become very transparent.
Planning also involves adjustment of all basic system data (frequency etc.).
It MUST be taken into account that by deactivating, for instance, protective functions, the User also changes the functionality of the device. If the User cancels the directional feature of the overcurrent protections, then the device no longer trips in a directional way but merely in a non-directional way.
The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material damage as a result of incorrect planning.
Contact your Eaton Customer Service representative for more information.
Beware of the inadvertent deactivating of protective functions/modules.
If the User is deactivating modules within the device planning, all parameters of those modules will be set on default.
If the User is activating one of these modules, again, all parameters of those reactivated modules will be set on default.
If the protective device is equipped with Zone Interlocking, overcurrent and earth current elements are needed to trigger the Zone Interlocking function. Therefore, some overcurrent and earth current elements cannot be deactivated if the device is equipped with Zone Interlocking.
Device Planning Parameters of the Device
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Hardware Variant 1
Optional Hardware Extension »A« 8 DI, 2 Form A, 8+1 Form C, ZI
8 DI, 2 Form A, 8+1 Form C, ZI
[EDR-5000]
Hardware Variant 2
Optional Hardware Extension »0« Without,
»1« Sensitive Ground Current
»0« Without
[EDR-5000]
24 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Communication
Communication »B« Modbus RTU: RS485 / Terminals,
»H« Ethernet: RJ45,
»I« RS485 term / Ethernet
Modbus RTU: RS485 / Terminals
[EDR-5000]
Printed Circuit Board
Printed Circuit Board »A« Standard,
»B« Conformal Coating
»A« Standard
[EDR-5000]
There are two mounts available for the EDR-5000: a Standard Mount and a Projection Mount. To order the EDR-5000 with a Standard Mount, append the device code with a zero (0). To order the EDR-5000 with a Pro-jection Mount, append the device code with a one (1). Refer to the table below for details of the available device options.
A retrofit kit for Eaton IQ cutouts is available (Style No. 66D2217G01 – Catalog No. ER-IQEDRKIT). This kit is required when replacing a DT-3000 with the EDR-5000.
EDR-5000 Eaton Distribution Relay Removable Terminals
EDR-5000 A 0 B A 1
Choose from the following options.
Hardware Option 1
8 DI, 11 Outputs, Removable Terminals, Zone Interlocking.
A
8 DI, 11 Outputs, Removable Terminals, Zone Interlocking, and Larger Display*.
B
Hardware Option 2
Phase Current 5A/1A, Ground Current 5A/1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac.
0 (Zero)
Phase Current 5A/1A, Sensitive Ground Current 0.5A/0.1A, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac.*
1
Communication Options
Modbus-RTU (RS-485) B
IEC-61850 (Goose) H
Modbus-RTU + Modbus-TCP I
www.eaton.com 25
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Conformal Coating Options
None A
Conformal Coated Circuit Boards B
Mounting Options
Standard Mount 0 (Zero)
Projection Panel Mount 1
* Consult the factory for the availability of sensitive ground and larger display.
The catalog number identification table defines the electrical characteristics and operation features included in the EDR-5000. For example, if the catalog number were EDR-5000A0BA1, the device would have the following:
EDR-5000
(A) - 8 DI, 11 Outputs Relays, Removable Terminals, Zone Interlocking
(0) - 5A/1A Phase and Ground CTs, Power Supply Range: 19-300 Vdc, 40-250 Vac.
(B) - Modbus-RTU (RS-485)
(A) - Without Conformal Coating
(1) - Projection Panel Mount
26 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Installation and Wiring
Three-Side-View
Depending on the connection method of the communication system used, the needed space (depth) differs. If, for instance, a D-Sub-Plug is used, it has to be added to the depth dimension.
Even when the auxiliary voltage is switched-off, unsafe voltages remain at the device connections.
Outline Projection Mount - Door Cut-out
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (AWG 12-10 [4 to 6 mm2] / 15 In-lb [1.7 Nm]) to the housing, using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (AWG 14 [2.5 mm2] / 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm]) at terminal X1.
DO NOT over-tighten the mounting nuts of the relay (0.164 X32 ). Check the torque by means of a torque wrench (1.7 Nm [15 In-lb]). Over-tightening the mounting nuts could cause personal injury or damage the relay.
www.eaton.com 27
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Outline Standard Mount - Door Cut-out
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (AWG 12-10 [4 to 6 mm2] / 15 In-lb [1.7 Nm]) to the housing, using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (AWG 14 [2.5 mm2] / 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm]) at terminal X1.
Overview of Slots - Assembly Groups
In line with the customers' requirement, the devices are combined in a modular way (in compliance with the order code). In each of the slots, an assembly/group may be integrated. In the following diagram, the terminal assignment of the individual assembly/groups are shown. The exact installation/placement of the individual modules can be determined from the connection diagram attached to the top of your device.
28 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Overview of Slots
Housing B2
Schematic Diagram
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (AWG 12-10 [4 to 6 mm2] / 15 In-lb [1.7 Nm]) to the housing, using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (AWG 14 [2.5 mm2] / 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm]) at terminal X1.
Grounding
The housing must be carefully grounded. Connect a ground cable (AWG 12-10 [4 to 6 mm2] / 15 In-lb [1.7 Nm]) to the housing, using the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (at the rear side of the device).
The power supply card needs a separate ground connection (AWG 14 [2.5 mm2] / 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm]) at terminal X1.
The devices are very sensitive to electrostatic discharges.
www.eaton.com 29
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Typical Connection Diagrams
Wye VTs and 5 A CTs in Residual Connection
30 www.eaton.com
1X4.
2345678
A B C
C
B
A
A B C1
X3.
23456789
101112IX'
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
VX
VC/VCA
VB/VBC
VA/VAB
IA IB IC
IB'
IC'
IA'
LOAD
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Wye Input Wiring with Aux VX Input Connected to the Load Side of the Breaker and 1A CTs in Residual Connection
www.eaton.com 31
1X4.
2345678
A B C
C
B
A
A B C1
X3.
23456789101112IX'
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
VX
VC/VCA
VB/VBC
VA/VAB
IA IB IC
IB'
IC'
IA'
LOAD
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Open Delta VTs Input Wiring and 1 A CTs in Residual Connection
32 www.eaton.com
C
B
A
A B C1
X3.
23456789
101112IX'
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
IA IB IC
IB'
IC'
IA'
A B C 1X4.
2345678
VX
VC/VCA
VB/VBC
VA/VAB
LOAD
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Open Delta VTs Input Wiring with Aux VTs Connected to the Load Side of the Breaker and 1A CTs in Residual Connection
www.eaton.com 33
A B C 1X4.
2345678
VX
VC/VCA
VB/VBC
VA/VAB
C
B
A
A B C1
X3.
23456789
101112IX'
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
IA IB IC
IB'
IC'
IA'
LOAD
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Slot X1: Power Supply Card with Digital Inputs
Rear Side of the Device (Slots)
The type of power supply card and the number of digital inputs on it used in this slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The different variants have a different scope of functions.
Available assembly groups in this slot:
• (DI8-X1): This assembly group comprises a wide-range power supply unit; and two non-grouped digital inputs and six (6) digital inputs (grouped).
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
DI-8 X - Power Supply and Digital Inputs
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
This assembly group comprises:
• A wide-range power supply unit;• Two non-grouped digital inputs; and• Six (6) digital inputs, grouped.
34 www.eaton.com
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Auxiliary Voltage Supply
• The auxiliary voltage inputs (wide-range power supply unit) are non-polarized. The device can be powered with an AC or DC control voltage.
Digital Inputs
For each digital input group, the related voltage input range has to be configured. Wrong switching thresholds can result in malfunctions/wrong signal transfer times.
The digital inputs are provided with different switching thresholds (that are configurable) (two AC and five DC in-put ranges). The following switching levels can be defined:
• 24 Vdc;• 48 Vdc • 60 Vdc;• 110/120 Vac/dc; and• 230/240 Vac/dc.
If a voltage >80% of the set switching threshold is applied at the digital input, the state change is recognized (logically “1”). If the voltage is below 40% of the set switching threshold, the device detects logically “0”.
When using DC supply, the negative potential has to be connected to the common terminal (COM1, COM2, COM3 - please see the terminal marking).
www.eaton.com 35
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Terminal Marking
Pin Assignment
36 www.eaton.com
V+
V-
PE
COM1
DI1
COM2
DI2
DI3
DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
DI8
COM3
Do not use
0+HTL-NT
COM3
N.C.
Do not use
13
24
56
78
910
1112
1314
1516
1718
Power Supply
12345678
PE
9101112
COM1
131415161718
V+ Power Supply
DI1COM2DI2COM3
DI3DI4DI5DI6DI7DI8
COM
Do not useDo not use
V-
X?.
N.C.
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Slot X2: Relay Output Card - Zone Interlock
Rear Side of the Device (Slots)
The type of card in this slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The different variants have a different scope of functions.
Available assembly groups in this slot:
• (RO-4Z X2): Assembly Group with four Relay Outputs (two Form A and two Form C) and Zone Interlocking.
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
RO-ZI X - Relay Outputs and Zone Interlock
The Relay Outputs are potential-free contacts. In the Assignment/Relay Outputs section, the assignment of the Relay Outputs is specified. The changeable signals are listed in the Assignment List section.
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
Please carefully consider the current carrying capacity of the Relay Outputs. Please refer to the Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 37
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Terminal Marking
Pin Assignment
38 www.eaton.com
Do not use
Do not use
RO3 CMN
RO3 N.O.
RO3 N.C.
13
24
56
78
910
1112
1314
1516
1718
RO-4Z X
RO1 N.O.
RO2 N.O.
COM
OUT
IN
COM
RO4 CMN
RO4 N.O.
RO4 N.C.
123456789
101112131415161718
RO3
X?.Do not use
Do not use
COM
OUT
IN
COM
RO4
RO1
RO2
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Slot X3: Current Transformer Measuring Inputs
Rear Side of the Device (Slots)
This slot contains the current transformer measuring inputs. Depending on the order code, this might be a standard current measuring card or a sensitive ground current measuring card.
Available assembly groups in this slot:
• (TI-4 X3): Standard ground current measuring card.
• (TIS-4 X3): Sensitive Ground current measuring card.
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
TI X- Standard Phase and Ground Current Measuring Input Card
A current measuring card is provided with four (4) current measuring inputs: three for measuring the phase currents and one for measuring of the ground current. Each of the current measuring inputs has a measuring input for 1 A and 5 A.
The input for ground current measuring either can be connected to a zero sequence current transformer or, alternatively, it is possible to connect the summation current path of the phase current transformer to this input (residual connection).
Current transformers have to be earth grounded on their secondary side.
www.eaton.com 39
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Interrupting the secondary circuits of current transformers causes hazardous voltages.
The secondary side of the current transformers have to be short circuited before the current circuit to the device is opened.
The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current measuring transformers (with galvanic separation).
• Do not mix the inputs (1 A/5 A).
• Make sure the transformer ratios and the power of the CTs are correctly rated. If the rating of the CTs is not correct (overrated), then the normal operational conditions may not be recognized. The pickup value of the measuring unit amounts to approximately 3% of the rated current of the device. Also, the CTs need a current greater than approximately 3% of the rated current to ensure sufficient accuracy.
Example: For a 600 A CT (primary current), any currents below 18 A cannot be detected.
• Overloading can result in destruction of the measuring inputs or faulty signals. Overloading means that, in case of a short circuit, the current carrying capacity of the measuring inputs could be exceeded.
Make sure that the tightening torque is 17.7 In-lb [2 Nm].
40 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Terminal Markings
Pin Assignment
www.eaton.com 41
0+HTL-TI-x
IA-1A
IA-N
IA-5A
IB-1A
IB-N
IC-1A
IC-N
IC-5A
IX-1A
IX-N
IX-5A
IB-5A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
9
12
123456789
101112
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
X?.
IM02602007E EDR-5000
TIS X – Phase and Sensitive Ground Current Measuring Card
The sensitive ground current measuring card is provided with four (4) current measuring inputs: three for measuring the phase currents and one for measuring of the sensitive ground current. Each of the phase current measuring inputs has a measuring input for 1 A and 5 A.
The sensitive ground current measuring inputs has a measuring input for 0.1 A and 0.5 A.
The input for ground current measuring either can be connected to a zero sequence current transformer or, alternatively, it is possible to connect the summation current path of the phase current transformer to this input (residual connection).
Current transformers have to be earth grounded on their secondary side.
Interrupting the secondary circuits of current transformers causes hazardous voltages.
The secondary side of the current transformers have to be short circuited before the current circuit to the device is opened.
The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current measuring transformers (with galvanic separation).
Make sure that the tightening torque is 17.7 In-lb [2 Nm].
42 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Terminal Markings
Pin Assignment
Common CT Wiring Configurations
Check the installation direction.
It is imperative that the secondary sides of measuring transformers be grounded.
www.eaton.com 43
IA-1A
IA-N
IA-5A
IB-1A
IB-N
IC-1A
IC-N
IC-5A
IX-0.1A
IX-N
IX-0.5A
IB-5A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
11
9
12
123456789
101112
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
0.1A
0.5A
N
X?.
IM02602007E EDR-5000
The current measuring inputs may exclusively be connected to current measuring transformers (with galvanic separation).
CT secondary circuits must always to be low-burdened or short-circuited during operation.
For current and voltage sensing function external wired and appropriate current and voltage transformer shall be used, based on the required input measurement ratings. Those devices provide the necessary insulation functionality.
All current measuring inputs can be provided with 1 A or 5 A nominal. Make sure that the wiring is correct.
CT Connection Options
The current transformers may be connected in several ways, and the specified configuration affects the way system measurements are made and results computed. The computation of the residual current IR, is dependent on the system configuration setting for the CT connection. The configurations resulting from the setting options are shown as well as the calculated IR residual current.
3-phase, 3-wire IG Calculated
44 www.eaton.com
A B C
IA
IB
IC
1X3.
23456789
101112
Three-phase Current Measurement; Inom Secondary = 5 A.
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
IB'
IC'
IA'
IR calc = IA + IB + IC = IG
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
3-phase, 3-wire IG Measured
www.eaton.com 45
A B C
IB'
IA
IC'
IB
IC
IA'1
X3.
23456789
101112
Three-phase Current Measurement; Inom Secondary = 1 A.Ground Current Measuring via Zero Sequence CT ; IGnom Secondary = 1 A.
IX'
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
Warning!The shielding at the dismantled end of the line has to be put through the zero sequence current transformer and has to be grounded at the cable side.
Zero Sequence Current Transformer: Measures the ground current (sum of the three phase currents). Can be used for measuring the ground current in isolated and compensated networks. The shield is to be returned through the zero sequence current transformer.
IX meas = IG
IR calc = IA + IB + IC
IM02602007E EDR-5000
4-wire system, 4th CT on Neutral
46 www.eaton.com
A B C
IA
IB
IC
1X3.
23456789
101112
4-wire system, 4th CT on Neutral; In secondary = 5 A.
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
IB'
IC'
IA'
N
IN
IN'
IX meas=IN
IR calc = IG = IA + IB + IC - IN
IR calc´
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
4-wire System Ground Current CT Involving Neutral
Slot X4: Voltage Transformer Measuring Inputs
Rear Side of the Device (Slots)
www.eaton.com 47
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
A B C
IA
IB
IC
1X3.
23456789101112
4-wire system with ground current CT (Torodial) involving Neutral; In secondary = 5 A.
IA
1A
5A
N
IB
1A
5A
N
IC
1A
5A
N
IX
1A
5A
N
IB'
IC'
IA'
N
INIX meas = IG
IR calc = IA + IB + IC = IG + IN
IR calc´
IG = IA + IB + IC + IN
IM02602007E EDR-5000
This slot contains the voltage transformer measuring inputs.
Voltage Measuring Inputs
The device is provided with 4 voltage measuring inputs. Three for measuring the mains voltages (»VAB«, »VBC« , »VCA« - in case of Open Delta) or phase-to-neutral voltages (»VA«, »VB«, »VC« in case of Wye). The fourth measuring input is to be used for »VX«.
Make sure that the tightening torque is 1.2-1-6 Nm [11-15 In-lb].
The rotating field of your power supply system has to be taken in to account. Make sure that the voltage transformers are wired correctly.
For the Open Delta connection the system parameter »Main VT con« has to be set to »Open Delta«.
For the Wye connection the system parameter »Main VT con« has to be set to »Wye«.
Please refer to the Technical Data.
48 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Terminal Marking
Pin assignment
www.eaton.com 49
0+HTL-TU-x
VL1.112
63
78
54
VL1.2
VL2.1
VL2.2
VL3.1
VL3.2
VX1.1
VX1.2
12345678
VX
VL3/VL31
VL2/VL23
VL1/VL12
X?.
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Common VT Wirings
Check the installation direction of the VTs.
It is imperative that the secondary sides of measuring transformers be grounded.
For current and voltage sensing function, externally wired and appropriate current and voltage transformer must be used, based on the required input measurement ratings. Those devices provide the necessary insulation functionality.
VT Check Measuring Values
Connect a three-phase measuring voltage equal to the rated voltage to the relay.
Take the connection of the measuring transformers (open delta/Wye connection) into account.
Now adjust the voltage values in the nominal voltage range with the corresponding nominal frequencies that are not likely to cause over-voltage or under-voltage trips.
Compare the values shown in the device display with the readings of the measuring instruments. The deviation must be according to the specifications in the Technical Data section.
50 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
VT Wye
www.eaton.com 51
A B C
VAB
VBC
VCA
VA
VB
VC
VA'
A
C
B
NVB' VC'
VAB'
VBC'
VCA'1
X?.
2345678
Three-phase voltage measurement - wiring of the measurement inputs: "Wye"
VX
VC/VCA
VB/VBC
VA/VAB
IM02602007E EDR-5000
VT Open Delta
Slot X5: Relay Output Card
Rear Side of the Device (Slots)
52 www.eaton.com
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
A B C
VABVBC
VCA
A
C
BVAB'
VBC'
VCA'1
X?.
2345678
Two-phase voltage measurement - wiring of the measuring inputs: "Open Delta"
VX
VC/VCA
VB/VBC
VA/VAB
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The type of card in this slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The different variants have a different scope of functions.
Available assembly groups in this slot:
• (RO-6 X5): Assembly Group with 6 Relay Outputs (Form C).
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
RO-6 X - Relay Outputs
The Relay Outputs are potential-free contacts. In the Assignment/Relay Outputs section, the assignment of the Relay Outputs is specified. The changeable signals are listed in the Assignment List section.
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
Please carefully consider the current carrying capacity of the Relay Outputs. Please refer to the Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 53
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Terminal Marking
Pin Assignment
54 www.eaton.com
RO1 CMN
RO1 N.O.
RO1 N.C.
RO2 CMN
RO2 N.O.
RO2 N.C.
RO3 CMN
RO3 N.O.
RO3 N.C.
RO4 CMN
RO4 N.O.
RO4 N.C.
RO5 CMN
RO5 N.O.
RO5 N.C.
RO6 CMN
RO6 N.O.
RO6 N.C.
0+HTL-MK
13
24
56
78
910
1112
1314
1516
1718
123456789101112131415161718
RO3
RO1
RO2
RO4
RO5
RO6
X?.
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Slot X100: Ethernet Interface
Rear Side of the Device (Slots)
An Ethernet interface may be available depending on the device type ordered.
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
Ethernet - RJ45
Terminal Marking
www.eaton.com 55
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
1 8
TxD
+
TxD
–
RxD
+
N.C
.
N.C
.
RxD
–
N.C
.
N.C
.
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Slot X103: Data Communication
Rear Side of the Device (Slots)
The data communication interface in the X103 slot is dependent on the ordered device type. The scope of functions is dependent on the type of data communication interface.
Available assembly groups in this slot:
• RS485 Terminals
The available combinations can be gathered from the ordering code.
56 www.eaton.com
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
RS485 - Modbus® RTU
Make sure that the tightening torque is 2-4 In-lb [0.22-0.45 Nm].
Terminal Marking
Pin Assignment
The Modbus® connection cable must be shielded. The shielding has to be fixed at the screw that is marked with the ground symbol at the rear side of the device.
The communication is Half Duplex.
www.eaton.com 57
64 5321
R1R2
R1
+5V GND
R1 = 560 ΩR2 = 120 Ω
B(+
)
A(-
)
Protective Relay
HF
Shi
eld
1X
103
2 3 4 5 6
B(+
)
A(-
)
+5V GND
560
Ω
560Ω120Ω
Protective Relay
HF
Shi
eld
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Wiring Example: Device in the Middle of the Bus
Wiring Example: Device at the End of the BUS (Using the Integrated Terminal Resistor)
58 www.eaton.com
64 5321
+5V GND
R1 = 560 ΩR2 = 120 Ω
Protective Relay
B(+)
A(-)
R1R2
R1
HF
Shi
eld
64 5321
+5V GND
R1 = 560 ΩR2 = 120 Ω
Protective Relay
B(+)
B(+)*
A(-)
A(-)*
R1R2
R1
HF
Shi
eld
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Shielding Options (2-wire + Shield)
Shielding Options (3-wire + Shield)
www.eaton.com 59
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nF(internal)
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nF(internal)
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nF(internal)
1 32 4 5 6TR
-P
2.2nF(internal)
Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination
resistors used
Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination
resistors used
Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination
resistors not used
Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination
resistors not used
B(+
)
A(-
)
B(+
)
A(-
)
B(+
)
A(-
)
B(+
)
A(-
)
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
Com
mon
Com
mon
Com
mon
Com
mon
HF
Shi
eld
HF
Shi
eld
HF
Shi
eld
HF
Shi
eld
Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination
resistors used
Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination
resistors used
Shield at bus master side connected to earth termination
resistors not used
Shield at bus device side connected to earth termination
resistors not used
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nF(internal)
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nF(internal)
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nF(internal)
1 32 4 5 6
TR-P
2.2nF(internal)
B(+)
A(-)
B(+
)
A(-)
B(+
)
A(-)
B(+
)
A(-
)
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
TR-N
Com
mon
Com
mon
Com
mon
Com
mon
HF
Shi
eld
HF
Shie
ld
HF
Shi
eld
HF
Shi
eld
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Slot X104: IRIG-B00X and Supervision Contact
Rear Side of the Device (Slots)
This comprises the IRIG-B00X and the System contact (Supervision Contact).
System Contact and IRIG-B00X
Make sure that the tightening torque is 5-7 In-lb [0.56-0.79 Nm].
Terminals
60 www.eaton.com
X1 X2 X3
X100 X102
X5 X6
X104
X4
X103
Slot3 Slot4 Slot5 Slot6Slot1 Slot2
X101
1X1
04 2 3 4 5SC
IRIG
-B+
IRIG
-B-
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Pin Assignment for Device
The Supervision Contact (SC) closes after the boot phase of the device if the protection is working. This Super-vision Contact (SC) will open if an internal device error has occurred (please refer to the Self Supervision sec-tion).
The System-OK contact (SC relay) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form “C” contact that picks up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay (SC) re-mains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started, the System Contact picks up and the assigned LED is activated accordingly (please refer to the Self Supervision section).
X120 - PC InterfaceThe interface is a 9-pole D-Sub at all device fronts.
Pin Assignment
www.eaton.com 61
0+HTL-uP-6 / 0+HTL-uP-14
X1041 32 4 5
SC N
.C.
SC
N.O
.
SC
CM
N
IRIG
-B+
IRIG
-B-
1 DCD
2 RxD
3 TxD
4 DTR
5 GND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
Housing shielded
9 RI
51
6 9
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Assignment of the Null Modem Cable
Assignment of the fully wired, null modem cable.
Dsub -9 (Female) Signal Dsub -9 (Female) Signal2 RxD 3 TxD3 TxD 2 RxD4 DTR 6,1 DSR, DCD6,1 DSR, DCD 4 DTR7 RTS 8 CTS8 CTS 7 RTS5 GND (Ground) 5 GND (Ground)9 Ring Signal 9 Ring Signal
The connection cable must be shielded.
Control Wiring Diagram
Below is the recommended control wiring schematic for the EDR-5000.
Wiring Diagrams
Please refer to the file “edr-5000_wiring_diagrams.pdf” on your manual CD.
62 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Input, Output, and LED SettingsDigital Input Configuration
The State of the Digital Inputs can be checked within menu:
[Operations/Status Display/Name of the assembly group (e.g. DI-8X)]
The Digital Inputs can be configured within menu:
[Device Para/Digital Inputs/Name of the assembly group (e.g. DI-8X)/Group X]
Set the following parameters for each of the digital inputs:
• »Nominal voltage«;
• »Debouncing time«: A state change will only be adopted by the digital input after the debouncing time has expired; and
• »Inverting« (where necessary).
The debouncing time will be started each time the state of the input signal alternates.
In addition to the debouncing time that can be set via software, there is always a hardware debouncing time (approx 12 ms) that cannot be turned of.
www.eaton.com 63
State of the Digital Input.
Inverting
Input Signal
Nom Voltage
DI Slot X.DI x XOR
Debouncing Time
t
0
IM02602007E EDR-5000
DI-8P XName of the Assembly group:DI-8P X1
Device Parameters of the Digital Inputs on DI-8P X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of the digital inputs 24 V dc,
48 V dc,
60 V dc,
110/120 V dc,
230/240 V dc,
110/120 V ac,
230/240 V ac
110/120 V dc [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 1]
Inverting 1 Inverting the input signals. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 1]Debouncing Time 1
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
20 ms [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 1]Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of the digital inputs 24 V dc,
48 V dc,
60 V dc,
110/120 V dc,
230/240 V dc,
110/120 V ac,
230/240 V ac
110/120 V dc [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 2]
Inverting 2 Inverting the input signals. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 2]
64 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Debouncing Time 2
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
20 ms [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 2]Nom Voltage Nominal voltage of the digital inputs 24 V dc,
48 V dc,
60 V dc,
110/120 V dc,
230/240 V dc,
110/120 V ac,
230/240 V ac
110/120 V dc [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
Inverting 3 Inverting the input signals. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Debouncing Time 3
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
20 ms [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Inverting 4 Inverting the input signals. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Debouncing Time 4
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
20 ms [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Inverting 5 Inverting the input signals. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
www.eaton.com 65
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Debouncing Time 5
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
20 ms [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Inverting 6 Inverting the input signals. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Debouncing Time 6
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
20 ms [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Inverting 7 Inverting the input signals. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Debouncing Time 7
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
20 ms [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Inverting 8 Inverting the input signals. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]Debouncing Time 8
A change of the state of a digital input will only be recognized after the debouncing time has expired (become effective). Thus, transient signals will not be misinterpreted.
No Debouncing Time,
20 ms,
50 ms,
100 ms
20 ms [Device Para
/Digital Inputs
/DI-8P X1
/Group 3]
66 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Digital Inputs Output Signals on DI-8P X
Name Description
DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI 8 Signal: Digital Input
Wired Inputs (Aliases)Available Elements:WiredInputs
The module WiredInputs allows aliasing Digital Inputs. By means of the menu [Device Para/WiredInputs] the User can assign specific functions on digital inputs.
Alias Example: The 52a contact will be assigned/connected to Digital input1 (DI1). Once the 52a is aliased (linked) on the DI1, the signal »WiredInput.52A« can be used instead of the DI1 signal for further processing within the protective relay. That means, from now on any state changes of the Digital Input1 will we represented by the »WiredInput.52A« signal.
Global Protection Parameter of the Wired Inputs Wired
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
52a M1 Main 1 Breaker Closed -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
www.eaton.com 67
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
52b M1 Main 1 Breaker Open -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
TOCa M1 Main 1 Breaker Connected -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
43/10 M1 Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
68 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
52a M2 Main 2 Breaker Closed -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
52b M2 Main 2 Breaker Open -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
TOCa M2 Main 2 Breaker Connected -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
www.eaton.com 69
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
43/10 M2 Main 2 Breaker Selected To Trip -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
52a T Tie Breaker Closed -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
52b T Tie Breaker Open -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
70 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
TOCa T Tie Breaker Connected -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
43/10 T Tie Breaker Selected To Trip -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
43 M System In Manual -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
www.eaton.com 71
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
43 A System in Auto -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
43 P1 Preferred Source 1 -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
43 P2 Preferred Source 2 -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
72 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Bkr Trouble Breaker Trouble -.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
States of the Inputs of the Wired Inputs Module
Name Description Assignment Via
52a M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Closed
[Device Para
/WiredInputs]52b M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker
Open[Device Para
/WiredInputs]TOCa M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker
Connected [Device Para
/WiredInputs]43/10 M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker
Selected To Trip [Device Para
/WiredInputs]52a M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker
Closed[Device Para
/WiredInputs]52b M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker
Open[Device Para
/WiredInputs]TOCa M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker
Connected [Device Para
/WiredInputs]43/10 M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker
Selected To Trip[Device Para
/WiredInputs]52a T -I State of the module input: Tie Breaker
Closed[Device Para
/WiredInputs]52b T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker
Open[Device Para
/WiredInputs]
www.eaton.com 73
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
TOCa T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Connected
[Device Para
/WiredInputs]43/10 T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker
Selected To Trip[Device Para
/WiredInputs]43 M-I State of the module input: System In
Manual[Device Para
/WiredInputs]43 A-I State of the module input: System in Auto [Device Para
/WiredInputs]43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source
1[Device Para
/WiredInputs]43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source
2[Device Para
/WiredInputs]Bkr Trouble-I Breaker Trouble [Device Para
/WiredInputs]
Relay Output Configuration
The State of the Relay Outputs can be checked within menu:
[Operations/Status Display/Name of the assembly group (e.g. RO-XX)]
The Relay Outputs can be configured within menu:
[Device Para/Relay Outputs/Name of the assembly group (e.g. RO-XX)]
Set the following parameters for each of the relay output contacts.
• Up to seven (7) signals from the »assignment list« (OR-connected).
The states of the module outputs and the signals (e.g. states of protective functions) can be assigned to the relay output contacts. The relay output contacts are “dry-type“ contacts.
• Each of the assigned signals can be inverted.
• The (collective) state of the relay output contacts can be inverted.
• Each relay output contact can be set as »Latched« (Latched = active or inactive). A latched relay output contact will return to it's latched position after a loss of power to the protective device. A latched relay output contact will keep it´s position as long as it has not been reset and as long as the power supply feeds the protective relay. In the case of a loss of power to the protective device, the relays will return to the latched position once the power is restored to the protective device (latched = relay output contacts have a memory). A latched state of a relay output contact always needs to be reset after a power loss even if the assignments are taken away (if the assignments are reprogrammed).
74 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Latched = inactive«:If the latching function is »inactive«, the relay output and, respectively, the relay output contact will adopt the state of those pickups that were assigned.
• »Latched = active«:If the latching function is »active«, the state of the relay output and, respectively, the relay output contact that was set by the pickups will be stored (they have a memory that needs to be reset).
The relay output contact can only be acknowledged after reset of those signals that hadinitiated the setting of the relay and after expiration of the »t-OFF delay«.
• At signal changes, the minimal latching time (»t-OFF delay«) ensures that the relay will be maintained as picked-up or released for at least this period.
If the relay output contacts are configured as »Latched=active«, they will keep their position even if there is a power outage within the power supply of the protective device.
If the relay output contacts are configured as »Latched=active«, they will also retain their position even if they are reprogrammed in another way. This also applies if the relay output contacts are set to »Latched is set to inactive«. Resetting a relay output contact that has latched a signal will always require an acknowledgement.
The »System OK Relay« (watchdog) cannot be configured.
Acknowledgment Options
Relay output contacts can be acknowledged:
• Via the push-button »C« at the operating panel;
• If »Latched is active«, each relay output contact can be acknowledged by a signal (for example: It could be reset by the state of a digital input);
• Via the module »Ex Acknowledge« where all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once if the signal for external acknowledgment that was selected from the »Assignment list« becomes true (e.g.: the state of a digital input); and
• Via Communication (Comm), all relay output contacts can be acknowledged at once.
Relay output contacts can be set by force or disarmed (for commisioning support, please refer to the “Service/Disarming the Relay Output Contacts“ and “Service/Forcing the Relay Output Contacts“ sections).
www.eaton.com 75
IM02602007E EDR-5000
76 www.eaton.com
Assi
gnm
ent 1
Inve
rting
1
Assi
gnm
ent 2
Inve
rting
2
Assi
gnm
ent 3
Inve
rting
3
Assi
gnm
ent 4
Inve
rting
4
Assi
gnm
ent 5
Inve
rting
5
OR
Inac
tive
Act
ive
Latc
hedAs
sign
men
t 6
Inve
rting
6
Assi
gnm
ent 7
Inve
rting
7
Inve
rting
OR
OR
AND
Sta
te o
f the
Rel
ay
Out
put
Ack
now
ledg
e -H
MI
Ackn
owle
dge-
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Ackn
owle
dge-
Com
m
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
OR
Switc
h O
ff D
elay
0
t-Off
Del
ay
S
Q
R1
Q
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
RO-4ZI X - Settings
RO-4Z X2
Direct Commands of RO-4ZI X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
DISARMED This is the second step, after the "DISARMED Ctrl" has been activated, that is required to DISARM the relay output contacts. This will DISARM those relay output contacts that are currently not latched and that are not timing out. CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
Only available if: DISARMED Ctrl = Active
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-4Z X2]
Force all Outs By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state. Forcing all relay output contacts of an entire assembly group has precedence to forcing a single relay output.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]Force ZI RO Signal: Forced Zone Interlocking OUT Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]Force RO1 By means of this function the normal Relay
Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
www.eaton.com 77
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Force RO2 By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]Force RO3 By means of this function the normal Relay
Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]Force RO4 By means of this function the normal Relay
Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
Global Protection Parameters of RO-4ZI X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.1 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
78 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List Breaker
TripCmd[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com 79
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
80 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List Prot.Pickup [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com 81
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
82 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 83
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List BF.Trip [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
84 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 85
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
86 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 87
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
88 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
DISARMED Ctrl
Enables and disables the disarming of the relay output contacts. This is the first step of a two step process, to inhibit the operation or the relay output contacts. Please refer to "DISARMED" for the second step.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-4Z X2]Disarm Mode CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to
safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
Permanent,
Timeout
Permanent [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-4Z X2]t-Timeout DISARM
The relays will be armed again after expiring of this time.
Only available if: Mode = Timeout DISARM
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-4Z X2]Force Mode By means of this function the normal Relay
Output States can be overwritten (forced) in case that the Relay Output is not in a disarmed state. The relays can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Permanent,
Timeout
Permanent [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]t-Timeout Force
The Output State will be set by force for the duration of this time. That means, for the duration of this time, the Relay Output does not show the state of the signals that are assigned on it.
Only available if: Mode = Timeout DISARM
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-4Z X2]
www.eaton.com 89
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Input States of RO-4ZI X
Name Description Assignment Via
RO1.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]RO1.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]RO1.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]RO1.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]RO1.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]RO1.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]RO1.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]
90 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
Ack signal RO 1 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 1]RO2.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]RO2.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]RO2.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]RO2.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]RO2.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]RO2.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com 91
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
RO2.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]Ack signal RO 2 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 2]RO3.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]RO3.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]RO3.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]RO3.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]RO3.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]
92 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
RO3.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]RO3.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]Ack signal RO 3 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 3]RO4.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]RO4.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]RO4.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]RO4.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 93
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
RO4.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]RO4.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]RO4.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]Ack signal RO 4 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-4Z X2
/RO 4]
Signals of RO-4ZI X
Name Description
ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTRO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO 4 Signal: Relay OutputDISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance
Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
94 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
RO-6 X Settings
RO-6 X5
Direct Commands of RO-6 X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
DISARMED This is the second step, after the "DISARMED Ctrl" has been activated, that is required to DISARM the relay output contacts. This will DISARM those relay output contacts that are currently not latched and that are not timing out. CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
Only available if: DISARMED Ctrl = Active
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-6 X5]
Force all Outs By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state. Forcing all relay output contacts of an entire assembly group has precedence to forcing a single relay output.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]Force RO1 By means of this function the normal Relay
Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]Force RO2 By means of this function the normal Relay
Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
www.eaton.com 95
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Force RO3 By means of this function the normal Relay Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]Force RO4 By means of this function the normal Relay
Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]Force RO5 By means of this function the normal Relay
Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]Force RO6 By means of this function the normal Relay
Output State can be overwritten (forced). The relay can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Normal,
De-Energized,
Energized
Normal [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
96 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Parameters of RO-6 X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com 97
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
98 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com 99
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
100 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
www.eaton.com 101
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
102 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 103
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
104 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 105
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
106 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
www.eaton.com 107
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
108 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
www.eaton.com 109
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Acknowledgment
Acknowledgment Signal - An acknowledgment signal (that acknowledges the corresponding Relay Output) can be assigned to each Relay Output. The acknowledgment-signal is only effective if the parameter "Latched" is set to active.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Inverting Inverting of the Relay Output. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
110 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Assignment 6 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
www.eaton.com 111
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 6 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Assignment 7 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Inverting 7 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]DISARMED Ctrl
Enables and disables the disarming of the relay output contacts. This is the first step of a two step process, to inhibit the operation or the relay output contacts. Please refer to "DISARMED" for the second step.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-6 X5]Disarm Mode CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to
safely perform maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
Permanent,
Timeout
Permanent [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-6 X5]t-Timeout DISARM
The relays will be armed again after expiring of this time.
Only available if: Mode = Timeout DISARM
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/DISARMED
/RO-6 X5]
112 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Force Mode By means of this function the normal Relay Output States can be overwritten (forced) in case that the Relay Output is not in a disarmed state. The relays can be set from normal operation (relay works according to the assigned signals) to "force energized" or "force de-energized" state.
Permanent,
Timeout
Permanent [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]t-Timeout Force
The Output State will be set by force for the duration of this time. That means, for the duration of this time, the Relay Output does not show the state of the signals that are assigned on it.
Only available if: Mode = Timeout DISARM
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.03 s [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Force RO
/RO-6 X5]
Input States of RO-6 X
Name Description Assignment Via
RO1.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]RO1.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]RO1.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]RO1.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]
www.eaton.com 113
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
RO1.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]RO1.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]RO1.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]Ack signal RO 1 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 1]RO2.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]RO2.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]RO2.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]
114 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
RO2.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]RO2.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]RO2.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]RO2.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]Ack signal RO 2 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 2]RO3.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]RO3.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]
www.eaton.com 115
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
RO3.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]RO3.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]RO3.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]RO3.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]RO3.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]Ack signal RO 3 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 3]RO4.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
116 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
RO4.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]RO4.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]RO4.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]RO4.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]RO4.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]RO4.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]Ack signal RO 4 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 4]
www.eaton.com 117
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
RO5.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]RO5.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]RO5.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]RO5.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]RO5.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]RO5.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]RO5.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]
118 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
Ack signal RO 5 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 5]RO6.1 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]RO6.2 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]RO6.3 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]RO6.4 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]RO6.5 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]RO6.6 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
www.eaton.com 119
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
RO6.7 Module Input State: Assignment [Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]Ack signal RO 6 Module Input State: Acknowledgment signal
for the Relay Output. If latching is set to active, the Relay Output can only be acknowledged if those signals that initiated the setting are fallen back and the hold time is expired.
[Device Para
/Relay Outputs
/RO-6 X5
/RO 6]
Signals of RO-6 X
Name Description
RO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO 4 Signal: Relay OutputRO 5 Signal: Relay OutputRO 6 Signal: Relay OutputDISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance
Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
LED ConfigurationThe LEDs can be configured within menu:
[Device Para/LEDs/Group X]
Attention must be paid to insure that there are no overlapping functions due to double or multiple LED assignment of colors and flashing codes.
If LEDs are configured as »Latched=active«, they will keep (return to) their blink code and color even if there is a power outage within the power supply of the protective device.
If the LEDs are configured as »Latched=active«, they will also retain their blink code and color even if the LEDs are reprogrammed in another way. This also applies if the LEDs are set to »Latched = inactive«. Resetting a LED that has latched a signal will always require an acknowledgement.
120 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
This chapter contains information on the LEDs that are placed on the left hand side of the display (Group A).
If your device is also equipped with LEDs on the right hand side of the display (Group B), the analog information in this chapter is valid. The only difference between “Group A” and “Group B” is within the menu paths.
Via the »INFO« push-button, it is always possible to display the current pickups and alarm texts that are assigned to an LED. Please refer to the Navigation section for a description of the »INFO« push-button functionality.
Set the following parameters for each LED.
• »Latching (self holding function)«: If »Latching« is set to »Active«, the state that is set by the pickups will be stored until it is reset. If »Latching« is set to »Inactive«, the LED always adopts the state of those pickups that were assigned.
• »Acknowledgement«: Signal that will reset the LED.
• »LED active color«: LED lights up in this color when at least one of the allocated functions is valid (red, red-flashing, green, green flashing, off).
• »LED inactive color«: LED lights up in this color when none of the allocated functions is valid (red, red-flashing, green, green flashing, off).
• »Assignment 1...n« Apart from the LED for System OK, each LED can be assigned up to five functions (e.g. pickups) out of the »Assignment list«.
• »Inverting an Assignment 1...n«: This will invert the input signal.
Acknowledgment Options
LEDs can be acknowledged by:
• The push-button »C« at the operating panel;
• A signal from the »LED Reset list« (e.g. digital inputs or communication signals) (If »Latched = active«);
• The »Ex Acknowledge« module - all LEDs can be acknowledged at once, if the signal for external acknowledgment becomes true (e.g.: the state of a digital input); and
• Communication (Comm) - all LEDs can be acknowledged at once.
www.eaton.com 121
IM02602007E EDR-5000
122 www.eaton.com
Inac
tive
Act
ive
Latc
hed
Assi
gnm
ent 1
Inve
rting
1
Assi
gnm
ent 2
Inve
rting
2
Assi
gnm
ent 3
Inve
rting
3
Assi
gnm
ent 4
Inve
rting
4
Assi
gnm
ent 5
Inve
rting
5
LED
Act
ive
Col
or
LED
Inac
tive
Col
or
OR
OR
AND
Ackn
owle
dge
-HM
IAc
know
ledg
e-1.
.n, A
ssig
nmen
t Lis
tAc
know
ledg
e-C
omm
XO
R
XOR
XOR
XOR
XOR
OR
S
Q
R1
Q
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The »System OK« LED This LED flashes green while the device is booting. After booting is complete, the LED for System OK lights up in green signaling that the protection (function) is »activated«. If, however, in spite of successful booting, or after the third unsuccessful reboot caused by the self supervision module, the System OK – LED flashes in red or is solidly illuminated in red, please contact your Eaton Corporation Customer Service Representative (also see the Self Supervision section).
The System OK LED cannot be configured.
LED SettingsLEDs group A ,LEDs group B
Device Parameters of the LEDs
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched when it picks up.
Inactive,
Active
LEDs group A: Active
LEDs group B: Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If
latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Dependency Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
LEDs group A: Red
LEDs group B: Green
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
www.eaton.com 123
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51P[1].TripCmd
LEDs group B: Breaker.Pos OPEN
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
124 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched
when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
LEDs group A: Active
LEDs group B: Inactive
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If
latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
Red [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
www.eaton.com 125
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 51X[1].TripCmd
LEDs group B: Breaker.Pos CLOSE
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A:
51R[1].TripCmd
LEDs group B: -.-
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
126 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched
when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Active [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If
latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
Red [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
www.eaton.com 127
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 50P[1].TripCmd
LEDs group B: 27M[1].TripCmd
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A:
-.-
LEDs group B: 59M[1].TripCmd
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
128 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched
when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Active [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If
latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
Red [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
www.eaton.com 129
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: 50X[1].TripCmd
LEDs group B: 81[1].TripCmd
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A:
50R[1].TripCmd
LEDs group B: 81[3].TripCmd
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A:
-.-
LEDs group B: 81[5].TripCmd
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]
130 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched
when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
LEDs group A: Inactive
LEDs group B: Active
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If
latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
LEDs group A: Red flash
LEDs group B: Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
www.eaton.com 131
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: Prot.Pickup
LEDs group B: ZI.TripCmd
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
132 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched
when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Active [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If
latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
Red [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
www.eaton.com 133
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: BF.Trip
LEDs group B: LOP.LOP Blo
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
134 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Latched Defines whether the LED will be latched
when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
LEDs group A: Inactive
LEDs group B: Active
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Ack signal Acknowledgment signal for the LED. If
latching is set to active the LED can only be acknowledged if all signals that initiated the setting of the LED are no longer present.
Only available if: Latched = Active
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]LED Active Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is true.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
LEDs group A: Green flash
LEDs group B: Red
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
LED Inactive Color
The LED lights up in this color if the state of the OR-assignment of the signals is false.
Green,
Red,
Red flash,
Green flash,
-
- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
www.eaton.com 135
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment 1 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List LEDs group A: Sys.Maint Mode Active
LEDs group B: Prot.Trip
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Inverting 1 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Assignment 2 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Inverting 2 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Assignment 3 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Inverting 3 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Assignment 4 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
136 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Inverting 4 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Assignment 5 Assignment 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Inverting 5 Inverting of the state of the assigned signal. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
LED Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
LED1.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]LED1.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]LED1.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]LED1.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]
www.eaton.com 137
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
LED1.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]Acknow Sig 1 Module Input State: Acknowledgment
Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 1]LED2.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]LED2.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]LED2.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]LED2.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]LED2.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]
138 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
Acknow Sig 2 Module Input State: Acknowledgment Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 2]LED3.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]LED3.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]LED3.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]LED3.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]LED3.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]Acknow Sig 3 Module Input State: Acknowledgment
Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 3]
www.eaton.com 139
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
LED4.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]LED4.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]LED4.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]LED4.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]LED4.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]Acknow Sig 4 Module Input State: Acknowledgment
Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 4]LED5.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]
140 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
LED5.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]LED5.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]LED5.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]LED5.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]Acknow Sig 5 Module Input State: Acknowledgment
Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 5]LED6.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]LED6.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]
www.eaton.com 141
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
LED6.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]LED6.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]LED6.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]Acknow Sig 6 Module Input State: Acknowledgment
Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 6]LED7.1 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]LED7.2 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]LED7.3 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
142 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
LED7.4 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]LED7.5 Module Input State: LED [Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]Acknow Sig 7 Module Input State: Acknowledgment
Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment).
[Device Para
/LEDs
/LEDs group A
/LED 7]
www.eaton.com 143
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Front Panel
144 www.eaton.com
1 2 3
5
76 8 10
RS232 Interface (PowerPort-E Connection)
ACK/RST-keyINFO Key (Signals/Messages)
Control
Softkeys
DisplayLED »System OK« Programmable LEDs
9
OK-key
4
Programmable LEDs
ProtectiveDevice
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Item Graphic Name Description
1
(Example for an insert)
Group A: Programmable LEDs
Basically, there are 14 programmable LEDs (7 on the left, 7 on the right side) provided for User to configure. The choice for each programmable LED can be any signal from the global assignment list, which includes all internal operation states of each function activated. Based on the application need, up to 14 (but not necessarily all) programmable LEDs can be activated. By properly configuring some or all 14 LEDs, the User will be able to view the relay's overall operation and some critical information immediately and intuitively without having to access any menu.
2 LED »System OK«
Should the LED »System OK« flash red during operation, contact Customer Support immediately.
3 Display Via the display, the User can view operational data and edit the parameters.
www.eaton.com 145
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Item Graphic Name Description
4
(Example for an insert)
Group B: Programmable LEDs
Basically, there are 14 programmable LEDs (7 on the left, 7 on the right side) provided for User to configure. The choice for each programmable LED can be any signal from the global assignment list, which includes all internal operation states of each function activated. Based on the application need, up to 14 (but not necessarily all) programmable LEDs can be activated. By properly configuring some or all 14 LEDs, the User will be able to view the relay's overall operation and some critical information immediately and intuitively without having to access any menu.
5 Softkeys The function of the »SOFTKEYS« changes. Their active functions appear on the bottom line of the display.
Possible functions are:
• Navigation;
• Parameter decrement/increment;
• Scrolling up/down a menu page;
• Moving to a digit; and
• Change into the parameter setting mode »Wrench Symbol«.
146 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Item Graphic Name Description
6 INFO Key (Signals/Messages)
Looking through the present LED assignment. The Direct Select key can be activated at any time. If the INFO key is actuated again, the User will leave the LED menu.
Here only the first assignments of the LEDs will be shown. Every three seconds the »SOFTKEYs« will be shown (flashing).
Displaying the Multiple Assignments
If the INFO key is pressed, only the first assignments of any LED is shown. Every three seconds the »SOFTKEYs« will be shown (flashing).
If there is more than one signal assigned to an LED (indicated by three dots), the User can check the state of the multiple assignments by proceeding as follows.
In order to show all (multiple) assignments, select an LED by means of the »SOFTKEYs« »up« and »down«.
Via the »Softkey« »right«, call up a sub-menu of this LED that gives the User detailed information on the state of all signals assigned to this LED. An arrow symbol points to the LED whose assignments are currently displayed.
Via the »SOFTKEYs« »up« and »down«, the User can call up the next / previous LED.
In order to leave the LED menu, press the »SOFTKEY« »left« multiple times.
www.eaton.com 147
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Item Graphic Name Description
7 »ACK/RST- Key« Used to abort changes and to acknowledge messages as well as resetting counters.
In order to reset, press the Softkey »Wrench« and enter the password.
The User can exit the reset menu by pressing the Softkey »Arrow-left«
8 RS232 Interface (PowerPort-E Connection)
Connection to the computer/software PowerPort-E is done via the RS232 interface.
9 »OK Key« When using the »OK« key, parameter changes are temporarily stored. If the »OK« key is pressed again, those changes are stored indefinitely.
10 »CTRL Key« Access to the Control menu (not available in all devices)
Basic Menu ControlThe graphic User interface is equivalent to a hierarchical structured menu tree. For access to the individual sub-menus, the »SOFTKEYS«/Navigation Keys are used. The function of the »SOFTKEYS« can be found near the bottom of the display.
Softkey Description• Via »SOFTKEY« »Up«, the User will be taken to the prior menu point/one parameter up by
scrolling upwards.• Via »SOFTKEY« »Left«, the User will be taken one step back.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Down«, the User will be taken to the next menu point/one parameter down by scrolling downwards.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Right«, the User will be taken to a sub-menu.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Top of List«, the User will be taken directly to the top of a list.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Bottom of List«, the User will be taken directly to the end of a list.
148 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Softkey Description• Via »SOFTKEY« »+«, the related digit will be incremented. (Continuous pressure -> fast).
• Via »SOFTKEY« »-«, the related digit will be decremented. (Continuous pressure -> fast)
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Left«, the User will be taken one digit to the left.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Right«, the User will be taken one digit to the right.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Parameter Setting«, the User will call up the parameter setting mode.
• Via »SOFTKEY« »Delete«, data will be deleted.
In order to return to the main menu, just keep pressing the Softkey »Arrow-Left« until you arrive at the »Main Menu».
PowerPort-E Keyboard CommandsThe User can control PowerPort-E alternatively by means of keyboard commands (instead of the mouse).
Key Description
á Move up within the navigation tree or parameter list.
â
Move down within the navigation tree or parameter list.
ß
Collapse the tree item or select a folder on a higher level.
à Expands the tree item or selects a sub-folder.
Numpad + Expands the tree item.
Numpad - Collapses the tree item.
Home Moves to the top of the active window.
End Moves to the bottom of the active window.
Ctrl+O Opens the file opening dialog. Allows browsing through the file system for an existing device file.
Ctrl+N Creates a new parameter file by means of a template.
Ctrl+S Saves the actual loaded parameter file.
F1 Displays the on-line help information.
www.eaton.com 149
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Key Description
F2 Loads device data.
F5 Reloads the displayed data of a device.
Ctrl+F5 Enables the automatic refresh.
Ctrl+Shift+T Moves back to the navigation window.
Ctrl+F6 Walks through the tabular forms (detail windows).
Page á Moves to the previous value (parameter setting).
Page â Moves to the next value (parameter setting).
150 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
PowerPort-EPowerPort-E is software that is used to configure a device and read data from a device. PowerPort-E provides the following:
• Menu controlled parameter setting including validity checks;• Off-line configuration of all relay types;• Reading and evaluation of statistical data and measuring values;• Commissioning Support (Forcing Relays, Disarming Relays);• Display of the device status; and• Fault analysis via event and fault recorder.
Installation of PowerPort-EPort 52152 must not be blocked by a Firewall. If it is, the connection will be blocked.
If the Windows Vista User Access Control pops up while installing PowerPort-E, please “Allow” all installation requirements concerning PowerPort-E.
System Requirements: Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, or Windows 7).
To install PowerPort-E:
• Double-click on the installation file with the left mouse button.
• Confirm by pressing the »Continue« button in the INFO frame.
• Select an installation path or confirm the standard installation path by mouse click on the »Continue« button.
• Confirm the entry for the suggested installation folder by mouse click on the »Continue« button.
• Start the installation process by mouse click on the »Install« button.
• Finish the installation procedure by mouse click on the »Complete« button.
If the suggested installation folder was chosen in the procedure above, the User can now call up the program via
[Start > Programs > Eaton Relays> PowerPort-E].
Uninstalling PowerPort-EVia the [Start>System Control >Software] menu, the PowerPort-E application can be uninstalled from the com-puter.
www.eaton.com 151
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Setting up the Serial Connection PC - Device
Set Up a Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows 2000
After installation of the software, the »Connection PC/Notebook to the Device« has to be initially configured so that the User is able to read device data or re-write them into the device by means of the PowerPort-E application.
To connect the device to the User's PC/notebook, a special null modem cable is needed (no serial cable!- -please refer to the section »Null Modem Cable«).
If the PC/notebook does not have a serial interface, the User will need a special USB-to-serial-adapter. If the USB-to-serial-adapter is correctly installed, communication with the device can be established using the CD provided (see the next section).
The connection of the PC/notebook to the device MUST NOT be protected/encrypted via a smartcard.
If the network connection wizard asks to encrypt the connection via a smartcard or not, please choose »Do not use the smartcard«.
Setting Up/Configuring the Connection
• Connect the PC/notebook with the device via a null modem cable.
• Start the PowerPort-E application.•
• Select the menu point »Device Connection« in the »Settings« menu.
• Click on »Serial Connection«.
• Click the »Settings« button.
• When initially setting up the connection, a dialog window appears with the information that, so far, a direct connection with your protection device has not been established. Click on »Yes«.
• If, to this point, a location has not been set up on your PC, your location information has to be put in. Confirm the pop-up window »Telephone and Modem Options« with »OK«.
• The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up. Select the connection type »Establish direct connection to another computer«.
• Select the serial interface (COM-Port) where the device shall be connected.
• Select »To be used for all Users« in the »Availability of the connection« window.
• Do not change the connection name appearing in window »Name of the connection« and click the button »Complete«.
• Finally, you arrive again in the window »Device Installation« from where you started establishing the connection. Confirm the adjustments by clicking the »OK« button.
152 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Due to a problem in Windows 2000, it is possible that the automatically made communication settings are not correctly adopted. In order to overcome this problem, proceed as follows after setting up the serial connection.
• Select the menu point »Device Connection« in the »Settings« menu.
• Select »Serial Connection«.
• Click on the »Settings« button.
• Change the register card to »General«.
• Ensure that »Communication cable between two computers Com X« is selected in the »Drop Down Menu«. X = the interface number where the User has connected the null modem cable.
• Click the »Configure« button.
• Ensure that the »Hardware Flowing Control« is activated.
• Ensure that a baud rate »115200« is selected.
Set Up a Serial Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows XP
After installation of the software, the »Connection PC/Notebook to the Device« has to be initially configured so that the User is able to read device data or re-write them into the device by means of the PowerPort-E application.
To connect the device to the User's PC/notebook, a special null modem cable is needed (no serial cable!- -please refer to the section »Null Modem Cable«).
If the PC/notebook does not have a serial interface, the User will need a special USB-to-serial-adapter. If the USB-to-serial-adapter is correctly installed, communication with the device can be established using the CD provided (see the next section).
Setting Up/Configuring the Connection
• Connect your PC/notebook with the device via a null modem cable.
• Start the PowerPort-E application.
• Select the menu point »Device Connection« in the »Settings« menu.
• Click on »Serial Connection«.
• Click the »Settings« button.
• When initially setting up the connection, a dialog window appears with the information that, so far, a direct connection with your protection device has not been established. Click on »Yes«.
www.eaton.com 153
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• If, to this point, a location has not been set up on your PC, your location information has to be put in. Confirm the following pop-up window »Telephone and Modem Options« by selecting »OK«.
• The Windows network connection assistant appears after the location information is set up. Select the connection type »Establish direct connection to another computer«.
• Select the serial interface (COM-Port) where the device will be connected.
• Select »To be used for all Users« in the »Availability of the connection« window.
• Do not change the connection name appearing in the »Name of the connection« window and click the »Complete« button.
• Finally, you arrive again in the »Device Installation« window where you started establishing the connection. Confirm the adjustments by clicking the »OK« button.
Set up a Connection Via Serial Interface Under Windows Vista or Windows 7
Establishing the connection between PowerPort-E and the device is a three step procedure.
1.Installing PowerPort-E (the application itself)
2.Installing a (virtual) modem (that is a precondition for TCP/IP communication via a null modem cable)/(to be done within the Windows Phone and Modem dialog).
154 www.eaton.com
RS232
Parameter Setting and Evaluation via Serial/RS232
PowerPort-E
Protective Relay
Device Example
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
3.Establishing a network connection between PowerPort-E and the device (to be done within PowerPort-E).
1. Installation of PowerPort-E (the application itself).
• Refer to the “Installation of PowerPort-E” (earlier in this section).
2. Installation of the (virtual) modem.
• Open the Windows Start menu and type “Phone and Modem” and RETURN.• This opens the “Phone and Modem” Dialog.• Go to the »Modem« tab.• Click on the »Add« button.• The Hardware Wizard window “Install New Modem” pops up.• Set the check box “Don´t detect my modem; I will select it from a list”.• Click on the »Next« button.• Select Communications cable between two computers.• Click on the »Next« button.• Choose the correct COM-Port.• Click on the »Next« button.• Click on the »Finish« button.• Select the new added modem and click on the »Properties« button.• Go to the »General« tab.• Click on the »Change settings« button.• Go to the »Modem« tab.• Within the Drop-Down Menu, set the correct baud rate = 115200.• Close this dialog with the »OK« button.• Close the Phone and Modem dialog with the »OK« button.• You have to reboot your computer now!
3. Establishing a network connection between PowerPort-E and the device.
• Connect the device to the PC/notebook via a correct null modem cable.• Run PowerPort-E.• Call up »Device Connection« within the menu »Device Connection«.• Click on the »Settings« button.• A connection wizard will pop up asking you How do you want to connect.• Choose »Dial-up«.• The telephone number must not be empty. Please enter any number (e.g. 1).• The User name and password can be ignored.• Click on the »OK« button.
Calling Up Web Site While Connected to a Device
In principle, it is possible to call up web sites while there is an active connection to the device.
If your computer has no direct connection to the Internet, that means that it is placed behind a proxy server. In certain circumstances, the device connection has to be modified. The device connection has to be provided with
www.eaton.com 155
IM02602007E EDR-5000
the proxy settings.
Internet Explorer
For each connection, the proxy settings have to be set manually. Please proceed as follows.
• Start your Internet Explorer.
• Call up the »Tools« menu.
• Call up the »Internet options« menu.
• Call up the »Connections« tab.
• Left click on the »Settings« button on the right of the »Device-Connection«.
• Set the check box »Use Proxy Server for this connection«.
• Enter the proxy settings that are available from your network administrator.
• Confirm the settings by pressing »OK«.
Firefox
The proxy settings are centrally managed, so there is no need to modify any settings.
Establishing the Serial Connection Via a USB-/RS232-Adapter
If your PC/notebook does not have an RS-232 interface, an USB-/RS232-Adapter+Null Modem Cable can be used.
Only an adapter approved by Eaton Corporation may be used. First install the adapter (with the related driver that you can find on the CD) and then establish the connection (PowerPort-E => Device). The adapters must support very high speed data transfer.
Set-up a Connection Via Ethernet - TCP/IP
Warning: Mixing up IP Addresses
(In case there is more than one protective device within the TCP/IP network or establishing an unintentional wrong connection to a protective device based on a wrong entered IP address.
Transferring parameters into the wrong protective device might lead to death, personal injury, or damage of electrical equipment.
In order to prevent faulty connections, the User MUST document and maintain a list with the IP addresses of any switchboard/protective devices.
The User MUST double check the IP addresses of the connection that is to be established. That means, the User MUST first read out the IP address at the HMI of the device (within menu [Device para/TCP IP]) then compare the IP address with the list. If the addresses are identical, establish the connection. If they are not, DO NOT establish the connection.
156 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Establishing a connection via TCP/IP to the device is only possible if your device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Part 1: Set the TCP/IP Parameters at the panel (Device).
Call up the »Device parameter/TCP/IP« menu at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
• TCP/IP address
• Subnet mask
• Gateway
Part 2: Setting the IP address within PowerPort-E.
• Call up the menu Settings/Device Connection within PowerPort-E.
• Set the radio button Network Connection.
• Enter the IP-Address of the device that should be connected.
www.eaton.com 157
TCP/IP
Parameter Setting and Evaluation via TCP/IP
PowerPort-E
IP-A
ddre
ss
Device Example
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Or:
Set-up a Connection Via Modbus Tunnel
Establishing a connection via a Gateway (TCP/IP)/Modbus RTU to the device is only possible if your device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Part 1: If you do not know the Slave ID of the device that should be connected via Modbus Tunnel, it can be read out at the device.
158 www.eaton.com
Protective Relay
Protective Relay...
TCP/IP
TCP/IP
TCP/IP
Parameter Setting and Evaluation via TCP/IP
PowerPort-E
IP-A
ddre
ss
IP-A
ddre
ss
IP-A
ddre
ss
TCP/IP
Ethernet
Device Example
Device Example
Device Example
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Call up the menu »Device parameter/Modbus« at the HMI (panel) and read out the Slave ID.
Part 2: Setting the IP address of the gateway and the Slave ID of the device that is to be connected via Modbus tunnel using PowerPort-E.
• Call up the menu Settings/Device Connection within PowerPort-E.
• Set the radio button Modbus TCP Gateway.
• Enter the IP-Address of the device that should be connected.
• Enter the Slave ID of the device.
www.eaton.com 159
IM02602007E EDR-5000
PowerPort-E Troubleshooting
• Make sure that the Windows service Telephony is started. In [Start>System Control >Administration >Services] the service »Telephony« must be visible and must have been started. If not, the service has to be started.
• For establishing the connection, the User needs to have sufficient rights (administration rights).
• If a firewall is installed on your computer, TCP/IP port 52152 must have been released.
160 www.eaton.com
Protective Relay
Protective Relay ...
TCP/IP
Modbus RTU
Modbus RTU
Parameter Setting and Evaluation via Modbus Tunnel
PowerPort-E
Power Xpert Gateway
SLA
VE
ID 2
SLA
VE
ID 3
SLA
VE
ID n
IP-Address
Modbus RTU
Device Example
Device Example
Device Example
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• If your computer does not have a serial interface, the User needs a USB-to-serial-adapter, approved by Eaton Corporation. This adapter has to be properly installed.
• Ensure that a null modem cable is used (a standard serial cable without control wires does not enable communication).
If a serial interface connection can not be established, and the User is running a Windows XP Operating System, the following may be the cause.
If a serial interface was selected in the connection assistant, it may be that this is not entered correctly in the dial-up network due to a bug in the Windows operating system. Your attention is drawn to this problem by the operational software and the error message »Warning, invalid connection setting« will be shown.
To solve this problem, you need administration rights.
Please proceed as follows.
• Select the menu item »Device Connection« in the »Settings« menu.
• Select »Serial Connection«.
• Click the »Settings« button.
• Change the register card to »General«.
• Ensure that »Communication cable between two computers (Com X)« is selected in the Drop Down menu. »X« = the interface number where the null modem cable is connected.
If the message »Warning, invalid connection settings« appears during establishment of the connection, it indicates that the connection adjustments chosen are not correct.
If this warning is displayed, the User may respond as follows.
»Yes«: (to set up a completely new connection).By selecting »Yes«, all adjustments are canceled and the connection assistant is opened again for renewed adjustment of the connection to the device.
This procedure is advisable in case basic adjustments cannot be modified via the characteristics dialog (e.g.: if a new additional serial interface has been installed on the system).
»No«: (to modify the existing dial-up network entry).Selecting »No« opens the dialog for characteristics of the connection settings. During the dialog, it is possible to correct invalid settings (e.g.: the recommended baud rate).
»Cancel«:The warning is ignored and the connection adjustments remain as they are set. This procedure is accepted for a limited time, but the User is required to establish a correct connection at a later time.
www.eaton.com 161
IM02602007E EDR-5000
PowerPort-E Persistent Connection Problems
In the case of persistent connection problems, the User should remove all connection settings and establish them again. In order to remove all connection settings, please proceed as follows.
1. Remove the Settings for the Dial-up Network.
• Close PowerPort-E.
• Call up the »Control Panel«.
• Choose »Network & Internet«.
• On the left side, click on »Manage Network Connections«.
• Right click on »"Protective Device Name" Direct Connection«.
• Choose »Delete« from the shortcut menu.
• Click on the »OK« button.
2. Remove the (Virtual) Modem.
• Call up the »Control Panel«.
• Choose »Hardware & Sound«.
• Choose »Phone & Modem Options«.
• Go to the »Modem« tab.
• Click on the correct (in case there is more than one) entry »Connection cable between two computers«.
• Click on the »Remove« button.
Loading of Device Data When Using PowerPort-E• Start the PowerPort-E application.
• Make sure the connection has been established properly.
• Connect your PC with the device via a null modem cable.
• Select »Receiving Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
162 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Restoring Device Data When Using PowerPort-EBy selecting the »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button, only modified parameters are transmitted into the device.
Parameter modifications are indicated by a red “star symbol” in front of the parameter.
The star symbol (in the device tree window) indicates that parameters in the opened file (within PowerPort-E) differ from parameters stored on your local hard disk.
By selecting the »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button, the User can transmit all parameters that are marked by this symbol.
If a parameter file is saved on the local hard drive, these parameters are no longer classified to be modified and cannot be transmitted via the »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button.
In case the User has loaded and modified a parameter file from the device and saved it to the local hard drive without transferring the parameters into the device before hand, the User cannot use the »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button. In this case, use the »Transfer all parameters into the device« button.
The »Transfer only modified parameters into the device« button only works if modified parameters are available in the PowerPort-E application.
In contrast, all parameters of the device are transferred when the »Transfer all parameters into the device« button is pressed (provided all device parameters are valid).
• In order to (re-)transfer changed parameters into the device, select »Transfer all parameters into the device« in the »Device« menu.
• Confirm the safety inquiry »Shall the parameters be overwritten into the device?«.
• Enter the password for setting parameters in the pop-up window.
• The changed data is transferred to the device and adopted.
• Confirm the inquiry »Parameters successfully updated?«. It is recommended to save the parameters into a local file on your hard drive. Confirm »Shall The Data Be Saved Locally?“« with »Yes« (recommended). Select a suitable folder on the hard disk.
• Confirm the chosen folder by clicking »Save«.
• The changed parameter data are now saved in the chosen folder.
www.eaton.com 163
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Backup and Documentation When Using PowerPort-EHow to Save Device Data on a PC
Click on »Save as ...« in the »File« menu. Specify a name, choose a folder on the hard disk, and save the device data accordingly.
Printing of Device Data When Using PowerPort-E (Setting List)
The »Printing« menu offers the following options:
• Printer settings;• Page preview;• Printing; and • Exporting the selected print range into a "txt" file.
The printing menu of the PowerPort-E software offers different types of printing ranges.
• Printing of the complete parameter tree:All values and parameters of the present parameter file are printed.
• Printing of the displayed working window: Only the data shown on the relevant working window are printed (i.e.: this applies, if at least one window is opened).
• Printing of all opened working windows:The data shown on all windows are printed (i.e.: this applies only if more than one window is opened).
• Printing of the device parameter tree as from a shown position on:All data and parameters of the device parameter tree are printed as from the position/marking in the navigation window. Below this selection, the complete name of the marking is additionally displayed.
Exporting Data as a “txt” File Via PowerPort-E
Within the print menu [File>Print], the User can choose »Export into File« in order to export the device data into a “txt” file.
When exporting data, only the actual selected printing range will be exported into a “txt” file. That means that if the User has chosen the “Complete device parameter tree” printing range, then the “Complete device parameter tree” will be exported. But, if the User has chosen the “Actual working window” printing range, only that range of data will be exported.
This is the only method available to export data via PowerPort-E.
If the User exports a “txt” file, the content of this file is encoded as Unicode. That means that, if the User wants to edit this file, the application must support Unicode encoded files (e.g.: Microsoft Office 2003 or higher).
164 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Off-line Device Planning Via PowerPort-E
In order to be able to transmit a parameter file (e.g.: created off-line) into the device, the following information must be located:
• Type code (written on the top of the device/type label); and
• Version of the device model (can be found in menu [Device Parameters\Version].
The PowerPort-E application also enables the User to create a configuration/parameter file off-line using a “Device Model”. The advantage of using a device model is that the User can pre-configure a device by setting parameters in advance.
The User can also read the parameter file out of the device, further process it off-line (e.g.: from the office) and finally re-transfer it to the device.
The User can either:
• Load an existing parameter file from a device (please refer to the Section “Loading Device Data When Using PowerPort-E");
• Create a new parameter file (see below); or• Open a locally saved parameter file (backup).
In order to create a new device/parameter file by way of a device template off-line.
• In order to create a new off-line parameter file, select »Create new parameter file« within the »File« menu.
• A working window pops- up. Please make sure that you select the right device type with the correct version and configuration.
• Finally click on »Apply«.
• In order to save the device configuration, select »Save« out of the »File« menu.
• Within the »Modify Device Configuration (Typecode)« menu, the User can modify the device configuration or simply find out the type code of the current selection.
If the User wants to transfer the parameter file into a device, please refer to Section “Restoring Device Data When using PowerPort-E”.
Measuring Values
Read Out Measured ValuesIn the »Operation/Measured Values« menu, both measured and calculated values can be viewed. The measured values are ordered by »Standard values« and »Special values« (depending on the type of device).
www.eaton.com 165
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Read Out of Measured Values Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Measured Values« icon within the »Operation« navigation tree.
• Double click the »Standard Values« or »Special values« within the »Measured values« tree.
• The measured and calculated values are now shown in tabular form in the window.
To have the measuring data read in a cyclic manner, select »Auto refresh« in the »View« menu. The measured values are read out about every two seconds.
Current - Measured Values
If the device is not equipped with an voltage measuring card the first measuring input on the first current measuring card (slot with the lowest number) will be used as the reference angle (»IA«).
Value Description Menu Path
IA Fund. Measured value: Phase current (Fundamental)
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]IB Fund. Measured value: Phase current
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]IC Fund. Measured value: Phase current
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]IX meas Fund. Measured value (measured): IX
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]IR calc Fund. Measured value (calculated): IR
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
166 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
I0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Zero current (Fundamental)
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]I1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Positive
phase sequence current (Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]I2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Unbalanced
load current (Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]Angle IA Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor IA[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]Angle IB Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor IB[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]Angle IC Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor IC[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]Angle IX meas Measured Value: Angle of Phasor IX meas [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]Angle IR calc Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor IR calc[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]Angle I0 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of Zero
Sequence System[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]Angle I1 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of
Positive Sequence System[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
www.eaton.com 167
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Menu Path
Angle I2 Measured value (calculated): Angle of Negative Sequence System
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]IA RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]IB RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]IC RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]IX meas RMS Measured value (measured): IX (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]IR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): IR (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]%IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total
Harmonic Distortion[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]%IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total
Harmonic Distortion[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]%IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total
Harmonic Distortion[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]IA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total
Harmonic Current [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]
168 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total Harmonic Current
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total
Harmonic Current [Operation
/Measured Values
/Current RMS]%(I2/I1) Measured value (calculated): I2/I1 if ABC,
I1/I2 if CBA[Operation
/Measured Values
/Current Fund.]
Voltage - Measured ValuesThe first measuring input on the first measuring card (slot with the lowest number) is used as the reference angle.
E.g. »VA« respectively »VAB«.
Value Description Menu Path
f Measured Value: Frequency [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]VAB Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]VBC Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]VCA Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]VA Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
www.eaton.com 169
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Menu Path
VB Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage (Fundamental)
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]VC Fund. Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]VX meas Fund. Measured value (measured): VG measured
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]VR calc Fund. Measured value (calculated): VR
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]V0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical
components Zero voltage(Fundamental)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]V1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical
components positive phase sequence voltage(Fundamental)
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]V2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical
components negative phase sequence voltage(Fundamental)
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]VAB RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage
(RMS)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]VBC RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage
(RMS)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]VCA RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage
(RMS)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
170 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
VA RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage (RMS)
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]VB RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage
(RMS)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]VC RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage
(RMS)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]VX meas RMS Measured value (measured): VG measured
(RMS)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]VR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): VR (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]Angle VAB Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor VAB[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle VBC Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor VBC[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle VCA Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor VCA[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle VA Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor VA[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle VB Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor VB[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]
www.eaton.com 171
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Menu Path
Angle VC Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of Phasor VC
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle VX meas Measured Value: Angle of Phasor VX meas [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle VR calc Measured Value (Calculated): Angle of
Phasor VR calc[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle V0 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of Zero
Sequence System[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle V1 Measured Value (calculated): Angle of
Positive Sequence System[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]Angle V2 Measured value (calculated): Angle of
Negative Sequence System[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]%(V2/V1) Measured value (calculated): %V2/V1 if
ABC, %V1/V2 if CBA[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage Fund.]% VAB THD Measured value (calculated): VAB Total
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]% VBC THD Measured value (calculated): VBC Total
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]% VCA THD Measured value (calculated): VCA Total
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
172 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
% VA THD Measured value (calculated): VA Total Harmonic Distortion / fundamental
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]% VB THD Measured value (calculated): VB Total
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]% VC THD Measured value (calculated): VC Total
Harmonic Distortion / fundamental[Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS] VAB THD Measured value (calculated): VAB Total
Harmonic Distortion [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS] VBC THD Measured value (calculated): VBC Total
Harmonic Distortion [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS] VCA THD Measured value (calculated): VCA Total
Harmonic Distortion [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS] VA THD Measured value (calculated): VA Total
Harmonic Distortion [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS] VB THD VB THD [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS] VC THD VC THD [Operation
/Measured Values
/Voltage RMS]
www.eaton.com 173
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Power - Measured Values
Value Description Menu Path
Disp PF Measured Value (Calculated): 55D - Displacement Power Factor Power factor
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Power]Wh Fwd Positive Active Power is consumed active
energy [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]Wh Rev Negative Active Power (Fed Energy) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]VArh Lag Positive Reactive Power is consumed
Reactive Energy[Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]VArh Lead Negative Reactive Power (Fed Energy) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]VAh Net Net VA Hours [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]Wh Net Net Watt Hours [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]VArh Net Net VAr Hours [Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]Start Date/Time Energy counters run since ... (Date and
time of last reset)[Operation
/Measured Values
/Energy]Syst VA RMS Measured VAs (RMS) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Power]
174 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
Syst W RMS Measured Watts. Active power (P- = Fed Active Power, P+ = Consumpted Active Power) (RMS)
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Power]Syst VAr RMS Measured VARs. Reactive power (Q- = Fed
Reactive Power, Q+ = Consumpted Reactive Power) (RMS)
[Operation
/Measured Values
/Power]Apt PF Measured Value (Calculated): 55A -
Apparent Power Factor[Operation
/Measured Values
/Power]
Energy Counter
EnergyCr
Direct Commands of the Energy Counter Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res all Energy Cr
Reset of all Energy Counters Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Signals of the Energy Counter Module (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Cr Overflow VAh Net Signal: Counter Overflow VAh NetCr Overflow Wh Net Signal: Counter Overflow Wh NetCr Overflow Wh Fwd Signal: Counter Overflow Wh FwdCr Overflow Wh Rev Signal: Counter Overflow Wh RevCr Overflow VArh Net Signal: Counter Overflow VArh NetCr Overflow VArh Lag Signal: Counter Overflow VArh LagCr Overflow VArh Lead Signal: Counter Overflow VArh LeadVAh Net Res Cr Signal: VAh Net Reset CounterWh Net Res Cr Signal: Wh Net Reset CounterWh Fwd Res Cr Signal: Wh Fwd Reset CounterWh Rev Res Cr Signal: Wh Rev Reset CounterVArh Net Res Cr Signal: VArh Net Reset CounterVArh Lag Res Cr Signal: VArh Lag Reset Counter
www.eaton.com 175
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
VArh Lead Res Cr Signal: VArh Lead Reset CounterRes all Energy Cr Signal: Reset of all Energy CountersCr OverflwWarn VAh Net Signal: Counter VAh Net will overflow soonCr OverflwWarn Wh Net Signal: Counter Wh Net will overflow soonCr OverflwWarn Wh Fwd Signal: Counter Wh Fwd will overflow soonCr OverflwWarn Wh Rev Signal: Counter Wh Rev will overflow soonCr OverflwWarn VArh Net Signal: Counter VArh Net will overflow soonCr OverflwWarn VArh Lag Signal: Counter VArh Lag will overflow soonCr OverflwWarn VArh Lead Signal: Counter VArh Lead will overflow soon
176 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
StatisticsStatistics
In the »Operation/Statistics« menu, the minimum, maximum, and mean values of the measured and calculated quantities can be found. The statistics are ordered by »Standard values« and »Special values« (depending on the type of device and the device planning).
In the »Device Parameter/Statistics« menu, the User can either set a fixed synchronization time and a calculation interval or start and stop the statistics via a function (e.g.: digital input).
Read Out Statistics• Call up the main menu.
• Call up the »Operation/Statistics« sub-menu.
• Call up either the »Standard values« or »Special values«.
Statistics to Be Read Out Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Statistics« icon within the »Operation« navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Standard values« or »Special values« icon.
• In the window, the statistical data are shown in tabular form.
The values can be read out cyclically. For this purpose, please select »Auto Refresh« out of the »View« menu.
Statistics (Configuration)The Statistics module can be configured within the »Device Parameter/Statistics« menu.
The time interval, that is taken into account for the calculation of the statistics, can either be limited by a fixed duration or it can be limited by a start function (freely assignable signal from the »assignment list« menu).
Fixed Duration:
If the statistics module is set to a fixed duration/time interval, the minimum, maximum, and average values will be calculated and displayed continuously on the basis of this duration/time interval.
Start Function (Flexible Duration):
If the statistics module is to be initiated by a start function, the statistics will not be updated until the start function becomes true (rising edge). At the same time, a new time interval will be started.
www.eaton.com 177
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Statistics (Configuration) Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the»Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Device Parameter« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Statistics« icon within the »Device Parameter« navagation tree.
• Configure the Statistics module.
Direct Commands
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ResFc all Resetting of all Statistic values (Current Demand, Power Demand, Min, Max)
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]ResFc I Demand
Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]ResFc P Demand
Resetting of Statistics - Power Demand (avg, peak avg)
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]ResFc Min Resetting of all Minimum values Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]ResFc Max Resetting of all Maximum values Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Statistics Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ResFc Max Resetting of all Maximum values 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Statistics
/Min / Max]ResFc Min Resetting of all Minimum values 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Statistics
/Min / Max]
178 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start I Demand via:
Start Current demand by: Duration,
StartFct
Duration [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]Start I Demand Fc
Start of the calculation, if the assigned signal becomes true.
Only available if: Start I Demand via: = StartFct
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]ResFc I Demand
Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
www.eaton.com 179
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Duration I Demand
Recording time
Only available if: Start I Demand via: = Duration
2 s,
5 s,
10 s,
15 s,
30 s,
1 min,
5 min,
10 min,
15 min,
30 min,
1 h,
2 h,
6 h,
12 h,
1 d,
2 d,
5 d,
7 d,
10 d,
30 d
15 s [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
Window I Demand
Window configuration Sliding,
Fixed
Fixed [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]Start P Demand via:
Start Active Power demand by: Duration,
StartFct
Duration [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
180 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start P Demand Fc
Start of the calculation, if the assigned signal becomes true.
Only available if: Start P Demand via: = StartFct
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]ResFc P Demand
Resetting of Statistics - Power Demand (avg, peak avg)
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]Duration P Demand
Recording time
Only available if: Start P Demand via: = Duration
2 s,
5 s,
10 s,
15 s,
30 s,
1 min,
5 min,
10 min,
15 min,
30 min,
1 h,
2 h,
6 h,
12 h,
1 d,
2 d,
5 d,
7 d,
10 d,
30 d
15 s [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
www.eaton.com 181
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Window P Demand
Window configuration Sliding,
Fixed
Sliding [Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
States of the Inputs of the Statistics Module
Name Description Assignment Via
StartFc 1-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics 1 (Update the displayed Demand )
[Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]StartFc 2-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics
2 (Update the displayed Demand )[Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]ResFc I Demand-I State of the module input: Resetting of
Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)[Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]ResFc P Demand-I State of the module input: Resetting of
Statistics - Power Demand (avg, peak avg)[Device Para
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]ResFc Max-I State of the module input: Resetting of all
Maximum values [Device Para
/Statistics
/Min / Max]ResFc Min-I State of the module input: Resetting of all
Minimum values [Device Para
/Statistics
/Min / Max]
182 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Signals of the Statistics Module
Name Description
ResFc all Signal: Resetting of all Statistic values (Current Demand, Power Demand, Min, Max)
ResFc I Demand Signal: Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg., peak avg.)ResFc P Demand Signal: Resetting of Statistics - Power Demand (avg., peak avg.)ResFc Max Signal: Resetting of all Maximum values ResFc Min Signal: Resetting of all Minimum values
Counters of the Module Statistics
Value Description Menu Path
MeasPointNo Each measuring point that is taken over by the statistics increments this counter. By means of this counter, the User can check whether the statistics are alive and if data are being acquired.
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Statistics]MeasPointNo2 Each measuring point that is taken over by
the statistics increments this counter. By means of this counter, the User can check whether the statistics are alive and if data are being acquired.
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Statistics]Res Cr I Demand Number of resets since last booting. The
time stamp shows date and time of the last reset.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]Res Cr P Demand Number of resets since last booting. The
time stamp shows date and time of the last reset.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]Res Cr Min values Number of resets since last booting. The
time stamp shows date and time of the last reset.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]Res Cr Max values Number of resets since last booting. The
time stamp shows date and time of the last reset.
[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]
www.eaton.com 183
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Current - Statistic Values
Value Description Menu Path
I1 max Fund. Maximum value positive phase sequence current (Fundamental)
[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]I1 min Fund. Minimum value positive phase sequence
current (Fundamental)[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]I2 max Fund. Maximum value unbalanced load current
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]I2 min Fund. Minimum value unbalanced load current
(Fundamental)[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]IA max RMS IA maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]IA avg RMS IA average value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]IA min RMS IA minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]
184 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
IB max RMS IB maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]IB avg RMS IB average value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]IB min RMS IB minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]IC max RMS IC maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]IC avg RMS IC average value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]IC min RMS IC minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]IX meas max RMS Measured value: IX maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]
www.eaton.com 185
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Menu Path
IX meas min RMS Measured value: IX minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]IR calc max RMS Measured value (calculated): IR maximum
value (RMS)[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]IR calc min RMS Measured value (calculated): IR minimum
value (RMS)[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]%(I2/I1) max Measured value (calculated): I2/I1
maximum value if ABC, I1/I2 if CBA[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Current]%(I2/I1) min %(I2/I1) min [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Current]IA Peak demand IA Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]IB Peak demand IB Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
186 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
IC Peak demand IC Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Current Demand]
Voltage - Statistic Values
Value Description Menu Path
f max Max. frequency value [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]f min Min. frequency value [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]V1 max Fund. Maximum value: Symmetrical components
positive phase sequence voltage (Fundamental)
[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]V1 min Fund. Minimum value: Symmetrical components
positive phase sequence voltage (Fundamental)
[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]V2 max Fund. Maximum value: Symmetrical components
negative phase sequence voltage (Fundamental)
[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]V2 min Fund. Minimum value: Symmetrical components
negative phase sequence voltage (Fundamental)
[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 187
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Menu Path
VAB max RMS VAB maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]VAB min RMS VAB minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]VBC max RMS VBC maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]VBC min RMS VBC minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]VCA max RMS VCA maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]VCA min RMS VCA minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]VA max RMS VA maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]
188 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
VA min RMS VA minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]VB max RMS VB maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]VB min RMS VB minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]VC max RMS VC maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]VC min RMS VC minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]VX meas max RMS Measured value: VX maximum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]VX meas min RMS Measured value: VX minimum value (RMS) [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 189
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Menu Path
VR calc max RMS Measured value (calculated): VR maximum value (RMS)
[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]VR calc min RMS Measured value (calculated): VR minimum
value (RMS)[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]%(V2/V1) max Measured value (calculated): %V2/V1
maximum value[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Voltage]%(V2/V1) min Measured value (calculated): %V2/V1
minimum value [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Voltage]
Power - Statistic Values
Value Description Menu Path
Disp PF max Maximum value of the 55D - Displacement Power Factor power factor
[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]Disp PF min Minimum value of the 55D - Displacement
Power Factor power factor[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]Syst VA max Maximum value of the apparent power [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]
190 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Menu Path
Syst VA avg Average of the apparent power [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]Syst VA min Minimum value of the apparent power [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]Syst W max Maximum value of the active power [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]Syst W avg Average of the active power [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]Syst W min Minimum value of the active power [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]Syst VAr max Maximum value of the reactive power [Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]Syst VAr avg Average of the reactive power [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
www.eaton.com 191
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Menu Path
Syst VAr min Minimum value of the reactive power [Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]Apt PF max Maximum value of the 55A - Apparent
Power Factor[Operation
/Statistics
/Max
/Power]Apt PF min Minimum value of the 55A - Apparent
Power Factor[Operation
/Statistics
/Min
/Power]VA Peak demand VA Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]Watt Peak demand WATTS Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]VAr Peak demand VARs Peak value, RMS value [Operation
/Statistics
/Demand
/Power Demand]
192 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
System Alarms
Available Elements:System Alarms
Within the System Alarms menu [System Para/System Alarms], the User can configure:
• General Settings (activate/inactivate the Demand Management, optional assign a signal, that will block the Demand Management);
• Power Protection (please refer to section 32, 32V, 32VA);
• Demand Management (Power and Current); and
• THD Protection.
Demand ManagementDemand is the average of system current or power over a time interval (window). Demand management supports the User to keep energy demand below target values bound by contract (with the energy supplier). If the contractual target values are exceeded, extra charges are to be paid to the energy supplier.
Therefore, demand management helps the User detect and avoid averaged peak loads that are taken into account for the billing. In order to reduce the demand charge respective to demand rate, peak loads, if possible, should be diversified. That means, if possible, avoiding large loads at the same time. In order to assist the User in analyzing the demand, demand management might inform the User by an alarm. The User might also use demand alarms and assign them on relays in order to perform load shedding (where applicable).
Demand management comprises:
• Watt Demand (Active Power);• VAr Demand (Reactive Power);• VA Demand (Apparent Power); and• Current Demand.
Configuring the Demand
Configuring the demand is a two step procedure. Proceed as follows.
Step1. Configure the general settings within the [Device Para/Demand] menu:
• Set the trigger source to »Duration«.• Select a time base for the »window«.• Determine if the window is »fixed« or »sliding«.
The interval time (window) can be set to fixed or sliding.
Example for a fixed window: If the range is set for 15 minutes, the protective device calculates the average current or power over the past 15 minutes and updates the value every 15 minutes.
Example for a sliding window: If the sliding window is selected and the interval is set to 15 minutes, the protective device calculates and updates the average current or power continuously, for the past 15 minutes (the newest measuring value replaces the oldest measuring value continuously).
www.eaton.com 193
IM02602007E EDR-5000
194 www.eaton.com
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 181 2 3 4
Window configuration = Sliding
Window configuration = Fixed
Sliding
Sliding
t-Delay0
Duration
Average Calculation Pickup
t-Delay0
Average Calculation Pickup
t-Delay0
Average Calculation Pickup
t-Delay0
Average Calculation Pickup
Average Calculation Average Calculation Average Calculation Average Calculation
Average Calculation Average Calculation Average Calculation Average Calculation
Duration Duration Duration
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Step 2. In addition, the Demand specific settings have to be configured in the [System Para/System Alarms/Demand] menu:
• Determine if the demand should generate an alarm or if it should run in the silent mode (Alarm active/inactive);
• Set the threshold; and• Where applicable, set a delay time for the alarm.
Peak DemandThe protective device also saves the peak demand values for current and power. The quantities represent the largest demand value since the demand values were last reset. Peak demands for current and system power are date and time stamped.
Within the [Operation/Demand] menu, the current Demand and Peak demand values can be seen.
Min. and Max. Values.Within the Operation menu the minimum (min.) and maximum (max.) values can be seen.
Minimum values since last reset: The minimum values are continuously compared to the last minimum value for that measuring value. If the new value is less than the last minimum, the value is updated. Within the [Device Para/Statistics] menu, a reset signal can be assigned.
Maximum values since last reset: The maximum values are continuously compared to the last maximum value for that measuring value. If the new value is greater than the last maximum, the value is updated. Within the [Device Para/Statistics] menu, a reset signal can be assigned.
THD ProtectionIn order to supervise power quality, the protective device can monitor the voltage (phase-to-phase) and current THDs.
Within the [System Para/System Alarms/THD] menu:
• Determine if an alarm is to be issued or not (Alarm active/inactive);• Set the threshold; and• Where applicable, set a delay time for the alarm.
Device Planning Parameters of the Demand Management
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
www.eaton.com 195
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Signals of the Demand Management (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingAlarm Watt Power Signal: Alarm WATTS peakAlarm VAr Power Signal: Alarm VArs peakAlarm VA Power Signal: Alarm VAs peakAlarm Watt Demand Signal: Alarm WATTS demand valueAlarm VAr Demand Signal: Alarm VARs demand valueAlarm VA Demand Signal: Alarm VAs demand valueAlarm Current Demand Signal: Alarm Current demand valueAlarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentAlarm V THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion VoltageTrip Watt Power Signal: Trip WATTS peakTrip VAr Power Signal: Trip VArs peakTrip VA Power Signal: Trip VAs peakTrip Watt Demand Signal: Trip WATTS demand valueTrip VAr Demand Signal: Trip VARs demand valueTrip VA Demand Signal: Trip VAs demand valueTrip Current Demand Signal: Trip Current demand valueTrip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentTrip V THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion Voltage
Global Protection Parameter of the Demand Management
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/General Settings]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
1..n, Assignment List -.- [System Alarms
/General Settings]
Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/Power
/Watt]
196 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kW 10000 kW [System Alarms
/Power
/Watt]t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Power
/Watt]Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/Power
/VAr]Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kVAr 10000 kVAr [System Alarms
/Power
/VAr]t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Power
/VAr]Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/Power
/VA]Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kVA 10000 kVA [System Alarms
/Power
/VA]t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Power
/VA]Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/Watt Demand]
www.eaton.com 197
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kW 10000 kW [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/Watt Demand]t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/Watt Demand]Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VAr Demand]Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kVAr 20000 kVAr [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VAr Demand]t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VAr Demand]Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VA Demand]Threshold Alarm 1 – 40000000 kVA 20000 kVA [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VA Demand]
198 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Demand
/Power Demand
/VA Demand]Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/Demand
/Current Demand]Threshold Alarm 10 – 500000 A 500 A [System Alarms
/Demand
/Current Demand]t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 60 min 0 min [System Alarms
/Demand
/Current Demand]Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/THD
/I THD]Threshold Alarm 1 – 500000 A 500 A [System Alarms
/THD
/I THD]t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 3600 s 0 s [System Alarms
/THD
/I THD]Alarm Threshold Inactive,
Active
Inactive [System Alarms
/THD
/U THD]Threshold Alarm 1 – 500000 V 10000 V [System Alarms
/THD
/U THD]t-Delay Tripping Delay 0 – 3600 s 0 s [System Alarms
/THD
/U THD]
www.eaton.com 199
IM02602007E EDR-5000
States of the Inputs of the Demand Management
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo-I Module Input State: External Blocking [System Alarms
/General Settings]
System Alarm Signals (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
-.- No assignmentSystem Alarms.Active Signal: ActiveSystem Alarms.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingSystem Alarms.Alarm Watt Power Signal: Alarm WATTS peakSystem Alarms.Alarm VAr Power Signal: Alarm VArs peakSystem Alarms.Alarm VA Power Signal: Alarm VAs peakSystem Alarms.Alarm Watt Demand Signal: Alarm WATTS demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm VAr Demand Signal: Alarm VARs demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm VA Demand Signal: Alarm VAs demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm Current Demand Signal: Alarm Current demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentSystem Alarms.Alarm V THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion VoltageSystem Alarms.Trip Watt Power Signal: Trip WATTS peakSystem Alarms.Trip VAr Power Signal: Trip VArs peakSystem Alarms.Trip VA Power Signal: Trip VAs peakSystem Alarms.Trip Watt Demand Signal: Trip WATTS demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip VAr Demand Signal: Trip VARs demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip VA Demand Signal: Trip VAs demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip Current Demand Signal: Trip Current demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentSystem Alarms.Trip V THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion Voltage
200 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ResetsCollective Acknowledgments for Latched Signals:
Collective Acknowledgments
LEDs Relay Outputs SCADA Pending Trip Command
LEDs+Relay Outputs+
SCADA+Pending
Trip Command
Via PowerPort-E or at the panel all...can be acknowledged.
At the panel, the [Operation\
Acknowledge] menu can directly be
accessed via the »C« key.
All LEDs at once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
All Relay Outputs at once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
All SCADA signals at once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
All pending trip commands at
once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
All at once:
Where? [Operation\
Acknowledge]
External Acknowledg-ment: Via a signal from the assignment list (e.g.: a digital Input) all... can be acknowledged.
All LEDs at once:
Where?Within the
Ex Acknowledge menu.
All Relay Outputs at once:
Where?Within the
Ex Acknowledge menu.
All SCADA signals at once:
Where?Within the
Ex Acknowledge menu.
All Pending Trip commands at once:
Where?Within the
Ex Acknowledge menu.
All at once:
Where?Within the
Ex Acknowledge menu.
Options for Individual Acknowledgments for Latched Signals:
Individual Acknowledgment
LEDs Relay Output Pending Trip Command
Via a signal from the assignment list (e.g.: a digital Input), a single... can be acknowledged.
Single LED:
Where? Within the Configuration menu
of this single LED.
Relay Output:
Where? Within the Configuration menu
of this single Relay Output.
Pending Trip Command.
Where?Within the module
TripControl
If the User is within the parameter setting mode, the User cannot acknowledge.
In case of a fault during parameter setting via the operating panel, the User must first leave the parameter mode by pressing either the push-buttons »C« or »OK« before accessing the »Acknowledgements« menu via the push-button.
www.eaton.com 201
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Manual Acknowledgment
• Press the »C« button on the panel.• Select the item to be acknowledged via the softkeys:
• Relay Outputs;• LEDs;• SCADA;• A trip command; or• All the above mentioned items at once.
• Press the Softkey with the »Wrench-Symbol«.• Enter the password.
Manual Acknowledgment Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Acknowledgment« icon within the operation menu.
• Double click the entry within the pop-up that is to be acknowledged.
• Press the »Execute immediately« button.
• Enter the password.
External AcknowledgmentsWithin the [Ex Acknowledge] menu, the User can assign a signal (e.g.: the state of a digital input) from the assignment list that:
• Acknowledges all (acknowledgeable) LEDs at once;• Acknowledges all (acknowledgeable) Output Relays at once; or• Acknowledges all (acknowledgeable) SCADA signals at once.
Within the [Protection Para\Global Prot Para\TripControl] menu, the User can assign a signal that acknowledges a pending trip command.
202 www.eaton.com
1..n, Assignment List
Ack LED
1..n, Assignment List
Ack RO
1..n, Assignment List
Ack Comm
Ex Acknowledge.Ack LED
Ex Acknowledge.Ack RO
Ex Acknowledge.Ack Comm
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
For details, please refer to the Trip Control section.
External Acknowledge Via PowerPort-E• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from the »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Device Parameter« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Ex Acknowledge« icon within the operation menu.
• In the working window, the User can now assign each signal that resets all acknowledgeable LEDs, a signal that resets all Relay Outputs, a signal that resets the SCADA signals respectively, and a signal that acknowledges a pending trip command.
External LED - Acknowledgment SignalsThe following signals can be used for external acknowledgment of latched LEDs.
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputModbus.Comm Cmd 1 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 2 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 3 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 4 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 5 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 6 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 7 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 8 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 9 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 10 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 11 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 12 Communication Command
www.eaton.com 203
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Modbus.Comm Cmd 13 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 14 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 15 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 16 Communication Command
Manual ResetsIn the »Operation/Reset« menu, the User can:
• Reset counters;• Delete records (e.g.: disturbance records); and• Reset special things (like statistics, thermal replica, etc.).
The description of the reset commands can be found within the corresponding modules.
Manual Resets Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Reset icon« within the operation menu.
• Double click the entry within the pop-up that is to be reset or deleted.
The description of the reset commands can be found within the corresponding modules.
204 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Status DisplayIn the status display within the »Operation« menu, the present state of all signals can be viewed. This means the User is able to see if the individual signals are active or inactive at that moment. The User can see all signals sorted by protective elements/modules.
State of the Module Input / Signal Is ... Is Shown at the Panel as ...
false / »0«
true / »1«
Status Display via PowerPort E• If PowerPort E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been downloaded recently, select »Receive Data From The Device« from »Device« menu.
• Double click on the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click on the »Status Display« icon within the operational data.
• Double click on a subfolder (e.g. Prot) in order to see e.g. the states of the general alarms.
To have the status display updated in a cyclic manner, select »Automatic Up-Date« in the »VIEW« menu.
State of the Module Input / Signal Is ... Is Shown in PowerPort-E as ...
false / »0« 0true / »1« 1
No connection to the device ?
www.eaton.com 205
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Operating Panel (HMI)HMI
Special Parameters of the PanelThe »Device Parameter/HMI« menu is used to define the contrast of the display, the maximum admissible edit time, and the menu language (after expiration, all unsaved parameter changes will be rejected).
Direct Commands of the Panel
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Contrast Contrast 30 - 60 50 [Device Para
/HMI]
Global Protection Parameters of the Panel
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-max Edit If no other key(s) is pressed at the panel, after expiration of this time, all cached (changed) parameters are canceled
20 – 3600 s 180 s [Device Para
/HMI]
206 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
RecordersDisturbance Recorder
Disturb rec
The disturbance recorder works with 32 samples per cycle. It can be started by one of eight start events (selection from the »Assignment list«/OR-Logic).
The disturbance record contains the measuring values including the pre-trigger time. By means of PowerPort-E/Quality Manager (option), the oscillographic curves of the analog (current, voltage) and digital channels/traces can be shown and evaluated in a graphical form.
The disturbance recorder has a storage capacity of 120 s (duration). The amount of records depends on the file size of each record.
The disturbance recorder can be configured in the»Device Parameter/Recorder/Disturb rec« menu.
Determine the maximum recording time to register a disturbance event. The maximum total length of a recording is 10 s (including pre-trigger and post-trigger time).
To trigger the disturbance recorder, up to eight signals can be selected from the »Assignment list«. The trigger events are OR-linked. If a disturbance record is written, a new disturbance record cannot be triggered until all trigger signals, which have triggered the previous disturbance record, are gone.
Recording is only done for the time the assigned event exists (event controlled), plus the time for the pre- and post-trigger, but not longer than 10 s. The time for the pre- and post-trigger is to be entered as percent of the maximum file size.
The post-trigger time will be up to the "Post-trigger time" depending on the duration of the trigger signal. The post-trigger will be the remaining time of the "Max file size" but, at maximum, the "Post-trigger time".
Example
The disturbance recorder is started by the general activation facility. After the fault has been cleared (plus follow-up time), the recording process is stopped (but after 10 s at the latest).
The parameter »Auto Delete« defines how the device will react if a location to which to save the disturbance record is not available. In case »Auto Delete« is »Active«, the first recorded disturbance will be overwritten according to the FIFO principle. If the parameter is set to »Inactive«, recording of the disturbance events will be stopped until the storage location is manually released.
www.eaton.com 207
IM02602007E EDR-5000
208 www.eaton.com
Start: 1Trigger
Start: 2Trigger
Start: 3Trigger
Start: 4Trigger
Start: 5Trigger
Start: 6Trigger
Start: 7Trigger
Start: 8Trigger
Man. Trigger
RecordingOR
OR
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 209
Start 1
t
t
0
1
0
1
300 ms
1335 ms
Pre-trigger time
t
0
1365 ms
Post-trigger time
t
0
12000 ms
t-rec
t
0
12000 ms
Max file size
Start 1 = Prot.Pickup
Start 2 = -.-
Start 3 = -.-
Start 4 = -.-
Start 5 = -.-
Start 6 = -.-
Start 7 = -.-
Start 8 = -.-
Post-trigger time = 25%
Pre-trigger time = 15%
Max file size = 2s
Auto overwriting = Active
t-rec = Max file size
IM02602007E EDR-5000
210 www.eaton.com
Start 1
t
t
0
1
0
1
300 ms
200 ms
Pre-trigger time
t
0
1500 ms
Post-trigger time
t
0
11000 ms
t-rec
t-rec < Max file size
t
0
12000 ms
Max file size
Start 1 = Prot.Trip
Start 2 = -.-
Start 3 = -.-
Start 4 = -.-
Start 5 = -.-
Start 6 = -.-
Start 7 = -.-
Start 8 = -.-
Post-trigger time = 25%
Pre-trigger time = 15%
Max file size = 2s
Auto overwriting = Active
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Read Out of Disturbance Records
Within the »Operation/Disturb rec« menu, the User can:
• Detect the accumulated disturbance records.
Within the »Operation/Recorders/Man Trigger« menu, the User can trigger the disturbance recorder manually.
To Read Out the Disturbance Recorder with PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Recorders« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Disturb rec« icon.
• In the window, the disturbance records are shown in tabular form.
• A pop-up will appear by double clicking on a disturbance record. Choose a folder where the disturbance record is to be saved.
• The User can analyze the disturbance records by means of the optionally available Quality Manager by clicking on »Yes« when asked “Shall the received disturbance record be opened by the Quality Manager?"
Deleting Disturbance Records
Within the »Operation/Disturb rec« menu, the User can:
• Delete disturbance records;
• Choose the disturbance record that is to be deleted via »SOFTKEY« »up« and »SOFTKEY« »down«;
• Call up the detailed view of the disturbance record via »SOFTKEY« »right«;
• Confirm by pressing »SOFTKEY« »delete«;
• Enter the User password followed by pressing the »OK« key;
• Choose whether only the current or all disturbance records should be deleted; and
• Confirm by pressing »SOFTKEY« »OK«.
www.eaton.com 211
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Deleting Disturbance Records Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Recorders« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Disturb rec« icon.
• In the window, the disturbance records are shown in tabular form.
• In order to delete a disturbance record, double click on
(the red x) in front of the disturbance record and confirm.
Direct Commands of the Disturbance Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Man. Trigger Manual Trigger False,
True
False [Operation
/Recorders
/Man. Trigger]Res all rec Reset all records Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Disturbance Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start: 1 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List Prot.Pickup [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start: 2 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start: 3 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
212 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start: 4 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start: 5 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start: 6 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start: 7 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start: 8 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Auto overwriting
If there is no more free memory capacity left, the oldest file will be overwritten.
Inactive,
Active
Active [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Post-trigger time
The post trigger time is settable up to a maximum of 50% of the Maximum file size setting. The post-trigger will be the remaining time of the "Max file size" but at maximum "Post-trigger time"
0 - 50% 20% [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Pre-trigger time The pre trigger time is settable up to a
maximum of 50% of the maximum file size setting.
0 - 50% 20% [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Max file size The maximum storage capacity per record
is 10 seconds, including pre-trigger and post-trigger time. The disturbance recorder has a total storage capacity of 120 seconds.
0.1 – 10.0 s 2 s [Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
www.eaton.com 213
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Disturbance Recorder Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
Start1-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start2-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start3-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start4-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start5-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start6-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start7-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]Start8-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Disturb rec]
Disturbance Recorder Module Signals
Name Description
Recording Signal: RecordingMemory full Signal: Memory FullClear fail Signal: Clear Failure in MemoryRes all rec Signal: All records deleted
214 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Res record Signal: Delete Record Man. Trigger Signal: Manual Trigger
Special Parameters of the Disturbance Recorder
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
Rec state Recording state Ready Ready,
Recording,
Writing file,
Trigger Blo
[Operation
/Status display
/Disturb rec]
Error code Error code OK OK,
Write err,
Clear fail,
Calculation err,
File not found,
Auto overwriting off
[Operation
/Status display
/Disturb rec]
Fault RecorderFault rec
The fault recorder can be started by one of eight start events (selection from the »Assignment list«/OR-Logic). It can register up to 20 faults. The last of the recorded faults is stored in a fail-safe manner.
If one of the assigned trigger events becomes true, the fault recorder will be started. When a trigger event happens, each fault is saved including the module and name, fault number, number of grid faults and record number at that time. For each of the faults, the measuring values (at the time when the trigger event became true) can be viewed.
Up to eight signals to trigger the fault recorder can be selected from the »Assignment list«. The trigger events are OR-linked.
The parameter »Auto Delete« defines how the device will react if there is no saving place available. In case »Auto Delete« is »Active«, the first recorded fault will be overwritten according to the FIFO principle. If the parameter is set to »Inactive«, recording of the fault events will be stopped until the storage location is released manually.
www.eaton.com 215
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Read Out the Fault Recorder
The measured values at the time of tripping are saved (fail-safe) within the fault recorder. If there is no more memory free, the oldest record will be overwritten (FIFO).
In order to read out a failure record:
• Call up the main menu;
• Call up the sub-menu »Operation/Recorders/Fault rec.«;
• Select a fault record; and
• Analyze the corresponding measured values.
To Read Out the Fault Recorder Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
216 www.eaton.com
Start: 1Trigger
Start: 2Trigger
Start: 3Trigger
Start: 4Trigger
Start: 5Trigger
Start: 6Trigger
Start: 7Trigger
Start: 8Trigger
Man. Trigger
RecordingOR
OR
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Double click the »Fault Rec« icon within the »Operation/Recorders« tree.
• In the window, the fault recordings are shown in tabular form.
• In order to receive more detailed information on a fault, click the »Plus Sign« in front of the fault number.
Via the print menu, the User can export the data into a file. Please proceed as follows.
• Call up the data as described above.
• Call up the »File/Print« menu.
• Choose »Print Actual Working Window« within the pop-up.
• Press the »Print« button.
• Press the »Export to File« button.
• Enter a file name.
• Choose a location where to save the file.
• Confirm the »Save« button.
Direct Commands of the Fault Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res all rec Reset all records Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]Man. Trigger Manual Trigger False,
True
False [Operation
/Recorders
/Man. Trigger]
Global Protection Parameters of the Fault Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start: 1 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List Prot.Trip [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
www.eaton.com 217
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start: 2 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start: 3 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start: 4 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start: 5 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start: 6 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start: 7 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start: 8 Start recording if the assigned signal is true. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Auto overwriting
If there is no more free memory capacity left, the oldest file will be overwritten.
Inactive,
Active
Active [Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Fault Recorder Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
Start1-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
218 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
Start2-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:
[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start3-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start4-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start5-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start6-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start7-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]Start8-I State of the module input: Trigger event /
start recording if:[Device Para
/Recorders
/Fault rec]
Fault Recorder Module Signals
Name Description
Res record Signal: Delete Record Man. Trigger Signal: Manual Trigger
Fault Recorder Trigger Functions
These events (Pickups, Trips, Digital Inputs, Relay Output states) will start the fault recorder.
www.eaton.com 219
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Event RecorderEvent rec
The event recorder can register up to 300 events and the last 50 (minimum) saved events are stored in non-volatile memory, and therefore retailed when power is lost to the unit. The following information is provided for any of the events.
Events are logged as follows:
Record No. Fault No. No of grid faults Date of Record Module Name State
Sequential Number Number of the ongoing fault.
This counter will be incremented by each General Pickup (Prot.Pickup).
A grid fault No. can have several Fault Nos.
This counter will be incremented by each General Pickup.(Exception AR: this applies only to devices that offer auto reclosing).
Time stamp What has changed? Changed Value
There are three different classes of events.
• Alternation of binary states are shown as:• 0->1 if the signal changes physically from »0« to »1«.• 1->0 if the signal changes physically from »1« to »0«.
• Counters increment is shown as:• Old Counter state -> New Counter state (e.g.: 3->4)
• Alternation of multiple states are shown as:• Old state -> New state (e.g.: 0->2)
Read Out the Event Recorder
• Call up the »main menu«.•
• Call up the sub-menu »Operation/Recorders/Event rec«.
• Select an event.
To Read Out the Event Recorder via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device menu.
• Double click the »Operation« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Event Rec« icon within the »Operation/Recorders« menu.
220 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• In the window, the events are shown in tabular form.
To have the event recorder updated in a cyclic manner, select »Automatic Up-Date« in the »View« menu.
PowerPort-E is able to record more events than the device itself, if the window of the event recorder is opened and »Automatic Up-Date« is set to active.
Via the print menu, the User can export the data into a file. Please proceed as follows.
• Call up the data as described above.
• Call up the »File/Print« menu.
• Choose »Print Actual Working Window« within the pop-up.
• Press the »Print« button.
• Press the »Export to File« button.
• Enter a file name.
• Choose a location where to save the file.
• Confirm the »Save« button.
Direct Commands of the Event Recorder Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res all rec Reset all records Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Event Recorder Module Signals
Name Description
Res all rec Signal: All records deleted
Trend RecorderAvailable Elements:Trend rec
Functional Description
The Trend Data are data points stored by the Trend Recorder on the relay device over fixed intervals of time, and can be downloaded from the device using PowerPort-E. A Trend Record is viewable using the Quality
www.eaton.com 221
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Monitor software by selecting files saved by PowerPort-E with a file extension of “.ErTr”. The list of available trend recorder data is viewable by selecting [Operation/ Recorders/Trend Recorder] on the front panel of the relay.
When viewed within the Quality Manager, the trend record will show the observed values (up to 10) that the User has specified. The available values are dependent on the ordered protective device.
Managing Trend Records
To download information from the Trend Recorder, select [Operation/Recorder/Trend Rec] from the menu tree. The User will find three options within the Trend Recorder window that will allow the User to:
• Receive Trend Records,• Refresh the Trend Recorder, and • Delete Trend Records.
Selecting the »Receive Trend Record« button will download data from the relay to the User's PC. By selecting the »Refresh Trend Recorder«”, PowerPort-E updates the list of the Trend Recorder. The »Delete Trend Recorder« function will clear all trend data from the relay, leaving the data files on the User's PC.
To view data using the Quality Manager, first the User must open the desired “.ErTr” file to be viewed from a folder location previously designated by the User. Once the “.ErTr” file is open, the User will see the “Analog Channels” that are monitored by the Trend Recorder. By clicking on the “Analog Channels”, all monitored parameters are listed. To view a channel, the User must click on the left mouse key, then drag and drop the channel onto the right side of the Quality Manager screen. The channel is then listed under the »Displayed Channels«.
To remove a channel from view, the User must select the Trend Data to be removed in the »Displayed Channels« menu tree, then click on the right mouse button to bring up the menu options. Here, the User will find the »Remove« menu option that, when selected, will remove the trend data.
Configuring the Trend Recorder
The Trend Recorder is to be configured within [Device Para/Recorders/Trend Recorder] menu.
The User has to set the time interval. This defines the distance between two measuring points.
The User can select up to ten values that will be recorded.
Selection List for Trending
Name Description
- No assignmentIA RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)IB RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)IC RMS Measured value: Phase current (RMS)IX meas RMS Measured value (measured): IX (RMS)IR calc RMS Measured value (calculated): IR (RMS)I0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Zero current (Fundamental)I1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Positive phase sequence current
(Fundamental)
222 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
I2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Unbalanced load current (Fundamental)
IA avg RMS IA average value (RMS)IB avg RMS IB average value (RMS)IC avg RMS IC average value (RMS)VA RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage (RMS)VB RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage (RMS)VC RMS Measured value: Phase-to-neutral voltage (RMS)VX meas RMS Measured value (measured): VG measured (RMS)VAB RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage (RMS)VBC RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage (RMS)VCA RMS Measured value: Phase-to-phase voltage (RMS)V0 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical components Zero
voltage(Fundamental)V1 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical components positive
phase sequence voltage(Fundamental)V2 Fund. Measured value (calculated): Symmetrical components negative
phase sequence voltage(Fundamental)VA avg RMS VA average value (RMS)VB avg RMS VB average value (RMS)VC avg RMS VC average value (RMS)VAB avg RMS VAB average value (RMS)VBC avg RMS VBC average value (RMS)VCA avg RMS VCA average value (RMS)f Measured Value: FrequencyDisp PF Measured Value (Calculated): 55D - Displacement Power Factor
Power factorApt PF Measured Value (Calculated): 55A - Apparent Power FactorIA THD Measured Value (Calculated): IA Total Harmonic Current IB THD Measured Value (Calculated): IB Total Harmonic Current IC THD Measured Value (Calculated): IC Total Harmonic Current VA THD Measured value (calculated): VA Total Harmonic Distortion VB THD VB THD VC THD VC THD VAB THD Measured value (calculated): VAB Total Harmonic Distortion VBC THD Measured value (calculated): VBC Total Harmonic Distortion VCA THD Measured value (calculated): VCA Total Harmonic Distortion
www.eaton.com 223
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Global Protection Parameters of the Trend Recorder
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Resolution Resolution (recording frequency) 60 min,
30 min,
15 min,
10 min,
5 min
15 min [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Observed Value1
Observed Value1 1..n, TrendRecList IA RMS [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]Observed Value2
Observed Value2 1..n, TrendRecList IB RMS [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]Observed Value3
Observed Value3 1..n, TrendRecList IC RMS [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]Observed Value4
Observed Value4 1..n, TrendRecList IX meas RMS [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]Observed Value5
Observed Value5 1..n, TrendRecList VA RMS [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]Observed Value6
Observed Value6 1..n, TrendRecList VB RMS [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]Observed Value7
Observed Value7 1..n, TrendRecList VC RMS [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]Observed Value8
Observed Value8 1..n, TrendRecList VX meas RMS [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
224 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Observed Value9
Observed Value9 1..n, TrendRecList - [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]Observed Value10
Observed Value10 1..n, TrendRecList - [Device Para
/Recorders
/Trend rec]
Trend Recorder Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Hand Reset Hand Reset
Direct Commands of the Trend Recorder
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Reset Delete all entries Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
www.eaton.com 225
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Communication ProtocolsModbus®
Modbus
Modbus® Protocol Configuration
The time-controlled Modbus® protocol is based on the master-slave working principle. This means that the substation control and protection system sends an inquiry or instruction to a certain device (slave address) that will then be answered or carried out accordingly. If the inquiry/instruction cannot be answered/carried out (e.g.: because of an invalid slave address), a failure message is returned to the master.
The master (substation control and protection system) can query information from the device, such as:
• Type of unit version;• Measuring values/statistical measured values;• Switch operating position (in preparation);• State of device;• Time and date;• State of the device’s digital inputs; and• Protection-/state pickups.
The master (control system) can give commands/instructions to the device, such as:
• Control of switchgear (where applicable, i.e.: each according to the applied device version);• Change-over of parameter set;• Reset and acknowledgment of pickups/signals;• Adjustment of the date and time; and• Control of pickup relays.
For detailed information on data point lists and error handling, please refer to the Modbus® documentation.
To allow configuration of the devices for Modbus® connection, some default values of the control system must be available.
Device Planning Parameters of the Modbus
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode RTU,
TCP
RTU [Device Plan-ning]
Modbus RTU
Part 1: Configuration of the Devices
Call up »Device parameter/Modbus« and set the following communication parameters:
• Slave address, to allow clear identification of the device; and
• Baud rate.
226 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Also, select the RS485 interface-related parameters such as:
• Number of data bits;
• One of the following supported communication variants:• Number of data bits,• Even,• Odd,• Parity or no parity, or• Number of stop bits;
• »t-timeout«: communication errors are only identified after expiration of a supervision time »t-timeout«; and
• Response time (defining the period within which an inquiry from the master has to be answered).
Part 2: Hardware Connection
• For hardware connection to the control system, there is an RS485 interface at the rear side of the device (RS485, fiber optic or terminals).
• Connect the bus and the device (wiring).
• Up to 32 devices can be connected to the bus (point to point connection/spurs).
• Connect a terminating resistor to the bus.
Error Handling - Hardware Errors
Information on physical communication errors, such as:
• Baud rate error and• Parity error;
can be obtained from the event recorder.
Error Handling – Errors on Protocol Level
If, for example, an invalid memory address is inquired, error codes will be returned by the device that need to be interpreted.
Modbus TCP
Establishing a connection via TCP/IP to the device is only possible if the device is equipped with an Ethernet Interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Part 1: Setting the TCP/IP Parameters
www.eaton.com 227
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Call up »Device parameter/TCP/IP« at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
• TCP/IP address;
• Subnetmask; and
• Gateway.
Part 2: Configuration of the Devices
Call up »Device parameter/Modbus« and set the following communication parameters.
• Setting a unit identifier is only necessary if a TCP network should be coupled to a RTU network.
• If a different port than the default port 502 should be used, please proceed as follows:
• Choose “Private” within the TCP-Port-Configuration.
• Set the port number.
• Set the maximum acceptable time out for “no communication”. If this time has expired without any communication, the device concludes a failure has occurred within the master system.
• Allow or disallow the blocking of SCADA commands.
Part 3: Hardware Connection
• There is a RJ45 interface at the rear side of the device for the hardware connection to the control system.
• Establish the connection to the device by means of a proper Ethernet cable.
Direct Commands of the Modbus®
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Diagn Cr All Modbus Diagnosis Counters will be reset.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Modbus®
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Slave ID Device address (Slave ID) within the bus system. Each device address has to be unique within a bus system.
Only available if:Device Planning = RTU
1 - 247 1 [Device Para
/Modbus]
228 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Unit ID The Unit Identifier is used for routing. This parameter is to be set, if a Modbus RTU and a Modbus TCP network should be coupled.
Only available if:Device Planning = TCP
1 - 255 255 [Device Para
/Modbus]
TCP Port Config
TCP Port Configuration. This parameter is to be set only if the default Modbus TCP Port should not be used.
Only available if:Device Planning = TCP
Default,
Private
Default [Device Para
/Modbus]
Port Port number
Only available if:Device Planning = TCP And Only available if: TCP Port Config = Private
502 - 65535 502 [Device Para
/Modbus]
t-timeout Within this time the answer has to be received by the Communication system, otherwise the request will be disregarded. In that case, the Communication system detects a communication failure and the Communication System has to send a new request.
Only available if:Device Planning = RTU
0.01 – 10.00 s 1 s [Device Para
/Modbus]
Baud rate Baud rate
Only available if:Device Planning = RTU
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400
19200 [Device Para
/Modbus]
Physical Settings
Digit 1: Number of bits. Digit 2: E=even parity, O=odd parity, N=no parity. Digit 3: Number of stop bits. More information on the parity: It is possible that the last data bit is followed by a parity bit which is used for recognition of communication errors. The parity bit ensures that with even parity ("EVEN") always an even number of bits with valence "1" or with odd parity ("ODD") an odd number of "1" valence bits are transmitted. But it is also possible to transmit no parity bits (here the setting is "Parity = None"). More information on the stop-bits: The end of a data byte is terminated by the stop-bits.
Only available if:Device Planning = RTU
8E1,
8O1,
8N1,
8N2
8E1 [Device Para
/Modbus]
www.eaton.com 229
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-call If there is no request message sent from Communication to the device after expiry of this time, the device concludes a communication failure within the Communication system.
1 – 3600 s 10 s [Device Para
/Modbus]
Comm CmdBlo Activating (allowing)/ Deactivating (disallowing) the blocking of the Communication Commands
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Modbus]Disable Latching
Disable Latching: If this parameter is active (true), none of the Modbus states will be latched. That means that trip signals wont be latched by Modbus.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Modbus]
AllowGap If this parameter is active (True), the User can request a set of modbus register without getting an exception, because of invalid address in the requested array. The invalid addresses have a special value 0xFAFA, but the User is responsible for ignoring invalid addresses. Attention: This special value can be valid, if address is valid.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/Modbus]
Modbus® Module Signals (Output States)
Some signals (that are active for a short time only) have to be acknowledged separately (e.g.: trip signals) by the communication system.
Name Description
Transmission Signal: Communication ActiveComm Cmd 1 Communication CommandComm Cmd 2 Communication CommandComm Cmd 3 Communication CommandComm Cmd 4 Communication CommandComm Cmd 5 Communication CommandComm Cmd 6 Communication CommandComm Cmd 7 Communication CommandComm Cmd 8 Communication CommandComm Cmd 9 Communication CommandComm Cmd 10 Communication CommandComm Cmd 11 Communication CommandComm Cmd 12 Communication CommandComm Cmd 13 Communication CommandComm Cmd 14 Communication Command
230 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Comm Cmd 15 Communication CommandComm Cmd 16 Communication Command
Modbus® Module Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfRequestsTotal Total number of requests. Includes requests for other slaves.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]NoOfRequestsForMe
Total Number of requests for this slave.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]NoOfResponse Total number of requests having
been responded.0 0 -
9999999999[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]NoOfResponsTimeOverruns
Total number of requests with exceeded response time. Physically corrupted Frame.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]NoOfOverrunErros Total Number of Overrun Failures.
Physically corrupted Frame.0 0 -
9999999999[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]NoOfParityErrors Total number of parity errors.
Physically corrupted Frame.0 0 -
9999999999[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]NoOfFrameErrors Total Number of Frame Errors.
Physically corrupted Frame.0 0 -
9999999999[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]NoOfBreaks Number of detected communication
aborts0 0 -
9999999999[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]NoOfQueryInvalid Total Number of Request errors.
Request could not be interpreted0 0 -
9999999999[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
www.eaton.com 231
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfInternalError Total Number of Internal errors while interpreting the request.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Modbus]
IEC 61850IEC61850
Introduction
To understand the functioning and mode of operation of a substation in an IEC 61850 automation environment, it is useful to compare the commissioning steps with those of a conventional substation in a Modbus TCP environment. In a conventional substation, the individual Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs) communicate in a vertical direction with the higher level control center via Communication. The horizontal communication is exclusively realized by wiring relay output contacts (RO) and digital inputs (DI) together.
In an IEC 61850 environment, communication between the IEDs takes place digitally (via Ethernet) by a service called Generic Object Oriented Substation Event (GOOSE). By means of this service, information about events is submitted between each IED. Therefore each IED has to know about the functional capability of all other connected IEDs.
Each IEC 61850 capable device includes a description of its own functionality and communications skills (IED Capability Description, *.ICD). By means of a Substation Configuration Tool to describe the structure of the substation, assignment of the devices to the primary technique, etc., virtual wiring of the IEDs between each other and with other switch gear of the substation can be achieved. A description of the substation configuration will be generated in the form of a *.SCD file. Finally, this file has to be submitted to each device. Now the IEDs are able to communicate with each other, react to interlockings, and operate switch gear.
232 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Commissioning steps for a conventional substation with modbus TCP environment:
• Parameter setting of the IEDs;• Ethernet installation;• TCP/IP settings for the IEDs; and• Wiring according to wiring scheme.
Commissioning steps for a substation with IEC 61850 environment:
1. Parameter setting of the IEDsEthernet installationTCP/IP settings for the IEDs
2. IEC 61850 configuration (software wiring)a) Exporting an ICD file from each deviceb) Configuration of the substation
(generating a SCD file)c) Transmit SCD file to each device.
Generation/Export of a Device Specific ICD File
Each Eaton IEC 61850 capable device includes a description of its own functionality and communications skills in the form of an IED Capability Description (*.ICD) file. This file can be exported as follows and be used for the configuration of the substation.
• A change of the devices parameters has an influence on the content of the ICD file.
1. Connect the device with your PC/Notebook.2. Start PowerPort E.3. Click on »Receive data from Device« in the »Device« menu.4. Click on »IEC 61850« in the »Device Para« menu.5. Click on the ICD icon in the IEC 61850 window.6. Select a drive and file name for the ICD file and click "save".7. Repeat the steps 1 to 6 for all connected devices in this IEC 61850 environment.
Substation Configuration,Generation of a Station Configuration Description (SCD) File
The substation configuration (i. e. connection of all logical nodes of protection and control devices) as well as switch gear usually is done with a ”Substation Configuration Tool“. Therefore the ICD files of all connected IEDs in the IEC 61850 environment have to be available. The result of the station wide “software wiring” can be exported in the form of a Station Configuration Description (SCD) file.
www.eaton.com 233
IED1 IED2 IED3
IEC61850Master
Ethernet
Com
mIE
C61
850
GOOSE IEC61850 soft wiring
IED1 IED2 IED3
Modbus-TCPMaster
Ethernet
Com
mM
odbu
sTC
P
Conventional hard wiring
DI RO DI RO DI RO
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Suitable Substation Configuration Tools (SCT) are available by the following Companies:
• H&S, Hard- & Software Technologie GmbH & Co. KG, Dortmund (Germany) (www.hstech.de).• Applied Systems Engineering Inc. (www.ase-systems.com)• Kalki Communication Technologies Limited (www.kalkitech.com)
Import of the *.SCD File into the Device
When the substation configuration is completed, the *.SCD file has to be transmitted to all connected devices. This is has to be done as follows.
1. Connect the device with your PC/notebook.2. Start PowerPort E.3. Click on »Receive data from Device« in the »Device« menu.4. Click on »IEC 61850« in the »Device Para« menu.5. Switch the parameter »IEC 61850 Communication« to »OFF« and submit the changed parameter set
into the device.6. Click on the SCD icon in the IEC 61850 window.7. Select the folder where the *.SCD file is stored. Select the *.SCD file and click "Open".8. A password is requested. Enter the same password, which you use for parameter setting of the device.9. Following Step 5, again switch on the IEC Communication and submit the changed parameter set into
the device.10. Repeat Steps 1 through 9 for all devices connected to this IEC 61850 environment.11. If no error message occurs, the configuration has been completed successfully.
• When changing the substation configuration, usually a new *.SCD file has to be generated. This *.SCD file must be transmitted to all devices by means of PowerPort E. If the file is not transmitted to all devices, IEC 61850 malfunctions will be the result.
• If the parameters of the devices are changed after the completion of the substation configuration, changes in the corresponding *.ICD file may result. This, in turn, may make an update of the *.SCD file necessary.
IEC 61850 Virtual Outputs
In addition to the standardized logical node status information, up to 16 free configurable status information items can be assigned to the 16 Virtual Outputs. This can be done in the [Device Para/IEC61850] menu.
Device Planning Parameters of the IEC 61850
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
234 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Direct Commands of the IEC 61850
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ResetStatistic Reset of all IEC61850 diagnostic counters Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
Global Protection Parameters of the IEC 61850
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Active,
Inactive
Inactive [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput1 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput2 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput3 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput4 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput5 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput6 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput7 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput8 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput9 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput10 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput11 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput12 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]
www.eaton.com 235
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
VirtualOutput13 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput14 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput15 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput16 Virtual Output. This signal can be assigned
or visualized via the SCD file to other devices within the IEC61850 substation.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/IEC61850]
States of the Inputs of the IEC 61850
Name Description Assignment Via
VirtualOutput1-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput2-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput3-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput4-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput5-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput6-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput7-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput8-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput9-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput10-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput11-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]
236 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
VirtualOutput12-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput13-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput14-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput15-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]VirtualOutput16-I Module input state: Binary state of the
Virtual Output (GGIO)[Device Para
/IEC61850]
IEC 61850 Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
VirtualInput1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)VirtualInput16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
IEC 61850 Module Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfGooseRxAll Total number of received GOOSE messages including messages for other devices (subscribed and not subscribed messages).
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
www.eaton.com 237
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfGooseRxSubscribed
Total Number of subscribed GOOSE messages including messages with incorrect content.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfGooseRxCorrect
Total Number of subscribed and correctly received GOOSE messages.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfGooseRxNew Number of subscribed and correctly
received GOOSE messages with new content.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfGooseTxAll Total Number of GOOSE messages
that have been published by this device.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfGooseTxNew Total Number of new GOOSE
messages (modified content) that have been published by this device.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfServerRequestsAll
Total number of MMS Server requests including incorrect requests.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfDataReadAll Total Number of values read from
this device including incorrect requests.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfDataReadCorrect
Total Number of correctly read values from this device.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfDataWrittenAll Total Number of values written by
this device including incorrect ones.0 0 -
9999999999[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]NoOfDataWrittenCorrect
Total Number of correctly written values by this device.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
238 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfDataChangeNotification
Number of detected changes within the data sets that are published with GOOSE messages.
0 0 - 9999999999
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/IEC61850]
Values of the IEC 61850
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
GoosePublisherState
State of the GOOSE Publisher (on or off)
Off Off,
On,
Error
[Operation
/Status display
/IEC61850]GooseSubscriberState
State of the GOOSE Subscriber (on or off)
Off Off,
On,
Error
[Operation
/Status display
/IEC61850]MmsServerState State of MMS Server (on or off) Off Off,
On,
Error
[Operation
/Status display
/IEC61850]
IRIG-B00XIRIG-B
Requirement: A IRIG-B00X time code receiver is needed. IRIG-B004 and higher will support/transmit the “year” information.
If you are using an IRIG time code that does not support the “year” information (IRIG-B000, IRIG-B001, IRIG-B002, IRIG-B003), you have to set the “year” manually within the device. In these cases the correct year information is a precondition for a properly working IRIG-B.
Principle - General Use
This standard is the most used standard to synchronize the time of protection devices in medium voltage applications.
www.eaton.com 239
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Based on the IRIG STANDARD 200-04, the device interface and software provides all time synchronization formats IRIG-B00X (IRIG-B000 / B001 / B002 / B003 / B004 / B005 / B006 / B007) as described in the standard. IRIG-B004 and higher will support/transmit the “year” information.
Time code B has a time frame of 1 second with an index count of 10 milliseconds and contains time-of-year and year information in a binary code decimal (BCD) format, and seconds-of-day in straight binary seconds (SBS) format.
Time accuracy of ±1ms is a requirement to synchronize the different protection devices.
The location of the IRIG-B interface depends to the device type. Please see the wiring diagram supplied with the protective device.
Function
The following IRIG-B parameters can be set within the Device Parameters menu.
• Set the IRIG-B type (choose B000 through B007).
• Set the time synchronization via IRIG-B to Active or Inactive.
• Set the time zone parameter (choose one of the 36 UTC Time Zones).
• Activate or deactivate the “Daylight Savings Time” function.
Parameter for Daylight Savings Time (summer-winter time) has to be set manually.
240 www.eaton.com
IRIG-BTime Code Generator
Protective Relay
GPS Satellite Signal (optional)
GPS Conncection (optional)
+
Twisted Pair Cable
To Other Devices
-
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Check the wiring (wiring error) if no IRIG signal can be detected.
A signal will be issued if no IRIG-B time code is received for longer than 60 s.
IRIG-B Control Commands
In addition to the date and time information, the IRIB-B code offers the option to transmit up to 18 control commands that can be processed by the protective device. They have to be set and issued by the Time Code Generator.
The protective devices offer up to 18 IRIG-B assignment options for those control commands in order to carry out the assigned action. That means if the IRIG-B time code is fed with the corresponding state of those control commands, than they can be used for further processing within the devices (e.g.: in order to start statistics, switch on or off street lighting).
Device Planning Parameters of the IRIG-B00X
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Direct Commands of the IRIG-B00X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res IRIG-B Cr Resetting of the Diagnosis Counters: IRIG-B
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the IRIG-B00X
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/IRIG-B]IRIG-B00X Determination of the Type: IRIG-B00X.
IRIG-B types differ in types of included “Coded Expressions” (year, control-functions, straight-binary-seconds).
IRIB-000,
IRIB-001,
IRIB-002,
IRIB-003,
IRIB-004,
IRIB-005,
IRIB-006,
IRIB-007
IRIB-000 [Device Para
/IRIG-B]
www.eaton.com 241
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Time Zones Time Zones UTC+14 Kiritimati, UTC+13 Rawaki, UTC+12.75 Chatham Island, UTC+12 Wellington, UTC+11.5 Kingston, UTC+11 Port Vila, UTC+10.5 Lord Howe Island, UTC+10 Sydney, UTC+9.5 Adelaide, UTC+9 Tokyo, UTC+8 Hong Kong, UTC+7 Bangkok, UTC+6.5 Rangoon, UTC+6 Colombo, UTC+5.75 Kathmandu, UTC+5.5 New Delhi, UTC+5 Islamabad, UTC+4.5 Kabul, UTC+4 Abu Dhabi, UTC+3.5 Tehran, UTC+3 Moscow, UTC+2 Athens, UTC+1 Berlin, UTC+0 London, UTC-1 Azores, UTC-2 Fern. d. Noronha, UTC-3 Buenos Aires, UTC-3.5 St. John’s, UTC-4 Santiago, UTC-5 New York, UTC-6 Chicago, UTC-7 Salt Lake City, UTC-8 Los Angeles, UTC-9 Anchorage, UTC-9.5 Taiohae, UTC-10 Honolulu, UTC-11 Midway Islands
UTC+0 London [Device Para
/IRIG-B]
Daylight Saving Time
Daylight Saving Time Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Device Para
/IRIG-B]
Signals of the IRIG-B00X (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveInverted Signal: IRIG-B invertedControl Signal1 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal2 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal4 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal5 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal6 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
242 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Control Signal7 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal8 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal9 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal10 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal11 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal12 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal13 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal14 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal15 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal16 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal17 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalControl Signal18 Signal: IRIG-B Control Signal
IRIG-B00X Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
NoOfFramesOK Total number valid Frames. 0 0 - 65535 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/IRIG-B]NoOfFrameErrors Total Number of Frame Errors.
Physically corrupted Frame.0 0 - 65535 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/IRIG-B]Edges Edges 0 0 - 65535 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/IRIG-B]
www.eaton.com 243
IM02602007E EDR-5000
ParametersParameter setting and planning can be done:
• Directly at the device; or
• By way of the PowerPort-E software application.
Parameter Definitions
Device Parameters
Device Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. By modifying the Device Parameters, the User may (depending on the type of device):
• Set cutoff levels;• Configure digital inputs, Assign LEDs;• Configure Relay Outputs;• Assign acknowledgment signals;• Configure statistics;• Configure general Protocol Settings;• Adapt HMI settings;• Configure recorders (reports);• Set date and time;• Change passwords; and/or• Check the version (build) of the device.
System Parameters
System Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. System Parameters comprise the essential, basic settings of your switchboard such as rated frequency and transformer ratios.
Protection Parameters
Protection Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree. This Protection Parameters include the following.
• Global Protection Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters: All settings and assignments that are done within the Global Parameter tree are valid independent of the Setting Groups. They have to be set only once. In addition, Global Protection Parameters include the parameters used for Breaker Management.
• The Parameter Setting Switch is part of the Protection Parameters: The User may either directly switch to a certain parameter setting group or determine the conditions for switching to another parameter setting group.
• Setting Group Parameters are part of the Protection Parameters: By means of the Setting Group Parameters, the User may individually adapt the protective device to the current conditions or grid conditions. The Setting Group Parameters may be individually set in each Settings group.
244 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters
Device Planning Parameters are part of the Device Parameter tree.
• Improving the Usability (Clarity): All protection modules that are currently unused can be hidden (switched to invisible) through Device Planning. In the Device Planning menu, the User can adapt the scope of functionality of the protective device exactly as needed. The User can improve the usability by hiding all modules that are not currently needed.
• Adapting the device to the application: For those modules that are needed, determine how they should be set up (e.g.: directional, non-directional, <, >...).
Direct Commands
Direct Commands are part of the Device Parameter tree but NOT part of the parameter file. They will be executed directly (e.g.: Resetting of a Counter).
State of the Module Inputs
Module Inputs are part of the Device Parameter tree. The State of the Module Input is context-dependent.
By means of the Module Inputs, information can be passed to and acted upon by the modules. The User can assign signals to Module Inputs. The state of the signals that are assigned to an input can be viewed from the Status Display. Module Inputs can be identified by an ”-I” at the end of the name.
Signals
Signals are part of the Device Parameter tree. The state of the signal is context-dependent.
• Signals represent the state of the installation/equipment (e.g.: position indicators of the breaker).
• Signals are assessments of the state of the grid and the equipment (System OK, Transformer failure detected, ...).
• Signals represent decisions that are taken by the device (e.g.: Trip Command) based on the User parameter settings.
www.eaton.com 245
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Adaptive Parameter Sets
246 www.eaton.com
PSet-SwitchAdap
tSet
Prot
ectio
n Pa
ra
Para
met
er S
et 4
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Activ
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
Para
met
er S
et 3
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Activ
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
Para
met
er S
et 2
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Activ
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
Para
met
er S
et 1
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Activ
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
PSS
via
Inp
fct
PSS
via
Com
m
PSet
-Sw
itch.
Mod
e
Func
tion
ExB
lo F
cR
vs B
lo F
cB
lo T
ripC
md
ExB
lo T
ripC
md
FcAda
ptS
et 4
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
Ada
ptS
et 3
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e
Ada
ptS
et 2
[0…
*In]
[1...
n][0
…s]
[0.0
5...n
][1
...n]
[0…
s]A
ctiv
e/In
activ
eA
ctiv
e/In
activ
e[0
…*In
][1
...n]
[0…
s][0
.05.
..n]
[1...
n][0
…s]
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Act
ive/
Inac
tive
Stan
dard
Pic
kup
Sta
ndar
d
Cur
ve S
hape
Stan
dard
t
Stan
dard
t-mul
tiplie
r
Sta
ndar
d
Res
et M
ode
Sta
ndar
d
t-res
et
Sta
ndar
d
IH2
Blo
Sta
ndar
d
Non
dir T
rip a
t V=0
Pro
tect
ion
Par
a/G
loba
l Pro
t Par
a / I
-Pro
t / I[
1]...
[n] /
Ada
ptSe
t...
& AND
& AND
& AND
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Adap
tSet
4
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Adap
tSet
3
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Adap
tSet
2
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Adap
tSet
1
Ada
ptS
et 1
& AND
Stan
dard
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Adaptive Parameter Sets are part of the Device Parameter tree.
By means of Adaptive Parameter Sets, the User can temporarily modify single parameters within the Parameter Setting groups.
Adaptive Parameters drop-out automatically if the acknowledged signal that has activated them has dropped-out. Please take into account that Adaptive Set 1 is dominant to Adaptive Set 2. Adaptive Set 2 is dominant to Adaptive Set 3. Adaptive Set 3 is dominant to Adaptive Set 4.
In order to increase the usability (clarity), Adaptive Parameter Sets become visible if a corresponding activation signal has been assigned (PowerPort-E V. 1.2 and higher).
Example: In order to use Adaptive Parameters within Protective Element I [1], please proceed as follows.
• Assign within the Global Parameter tree, within Protective Element I[1], an activation signal for Adaptive Parameter Set 1.
• Adaptive Parameter Set 1 becomes now visible within the Protection Parameter Sets for element I[1].
By means of additional activation signals, further Adaptive Parameter Sets can be used.
The functionality of the IED (relay) can be enhanced / adapted, by means of Adaptive Parameters in order to meet the requirements of modified states of the grid or the power supply system respectively, to manage unpredictable events.
Moreover, the adaptive parameter can also be used to realize various special protective functions or to expand the existing function modules in a simple way, without costly redesign the existing hardware or software platform.
The Adaptive Parameter feature allows, besides a standard parameter set, one of the four parameter sets labeled from 1 to 4, to be used, for example, in a time overcurrent element under the control of the configurable Set Control Logic. The dynamic switch-over of the adaptive parameter set is only active for a particular element when its adaptive set control logic is configured and only as long as the activation signal is true.
For some protection elements, such as time overcurrent and instantaneous overcurrent ( 50P, 51P, 50G, 51G, …), besides the “default” setting there exists another four “alternative” settings for pickup value, curve type, time dial, and reset mode set values that can dynamically be switched-over by means of the configurable adaptive setting control logic in the single set parameter.
If the Adaptive Parameter feature is not used, the adaptive set control logic will not be selected (assigned). The protective elements work, in this case, just like a normal protection using the “Default” settings. If one of the Adaptive Set Control logic is assigned to a logic function, the protective element will be “switched-over” to the corresponding adaptive settings if the assigned logic function is asserted and will drop-out to the “Default” setting if the assigned signal that has activated the Adaptive Set has dropped-out.
Adaptive Parameters via HMI
The use of Adaptive Parameters via the HMI (panel) differs a bit to the use via PowerPort-E.
www.eaton.com 247
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Adaptive Parameters can be also used via the HMI (instead of using the recommended PowerPort-E). The principle method of using them via the HMI is as follows.
1. Assign an activation signal for an Adaptive Parameter Set within the Global Parameters »Global Para« for a protective element (available for current functions only).
2. Call up this protective element within a Setting Group.
3. Go to the parameter that should be modified adaptively and call it up for editing (arrow-right-key).
4. Choose the corresponding Adaptive Set.
5. Set the modified parameter for the selected Adaptive Set.
Application Example
The tripping time »t« for the 50[1] element of »Parameter Set 1« should be desensitized (reduced) in case Digital Input 2 becomes active.
1. Call up the menu [Protection Para/Global Protection Para/I-Prot/50[1]/Adaptive Para1] and assign Digital Input 2 as activation signal.
2. Call up the 50[1] element within the menu [Protection Para/Set[1]/I-Port/50[1].
3. Go to the tripping time parameter »t« by means of the softkey (arrow-down) and call up the submenu by means of the softkey (arrow-right).
4. Call up the corresponding parameter set (Adaptive Set 1 in this example).
5. Set the reduced tripping time for »Adaptive Set 1«.
Check and confirm that the functionality is in compliance with your protection plan via a commissioning test.
Application Example
During a “Switch-OnTo-Fault” condition, the User is usually requested to make the embedded protective function tripping of the faulted line faster, instantaneous, or sometimes non-directional.
Such a “Switch-OnTo-Fault” application can easily be realized using the Adaptive Parameter features mentioned previously. The standard time overcurrent protection element (e.g.: 51P) should trip instantaneously in case of SOTF condition,. If the SOTF logic function »SOTF ENABLED« is detecting a manual breaker close condition, the relay switches to Adaptive Set 1 if the signal »SOTF.ENABLED« is assigned to Adaptive Set 1. The corresponding Adaptive Set 1 will become active and than »t = 0« sec.
248 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The screen shot above shows the adaptive setting configurations following applications based on only one simple overcurrent protection element:
1.Standard Set: Default settings;2.Adaptive Set 1: SOTF application (Switch-OnTo-Fault);3.Adaptive Set 2: CLPU application (Cold Load Pickup);
Application Examples
• The output signal of the Switch OnTo Fault module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set that sensitizes the overcurrent protection.
• The output signal of the Cold Load Pickup module can be used to activate an Adaptive Parameter Set that desensitizes the overcurrent protection.
• By means of Adaptive Parameter Sets, an Adaptive Auto Reclosure can be realized. After a reclosure attempt, the tripping thresholds or tripping curves of the overcurrent protection can be adapted.
• Depending on undervoltage, the overcurrent protection can be modified (voltage controlled). This applies to devices that offer voltage protection only.
• The ground overcurrent protection can be modified by the residual voltage. This applies to devices that offer voltage protection only.
www.eaton.com 249
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Dynamic and automatic adaption of the ground current settings in order to adapt the settings to different loads (single-phase load diversity).
Adaptive Parameter Sets are only available for devices with current protection modules.
Adaptive Parameter Set Activation Signals
Name Description
-.- No assignment27M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element27M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element59M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element59M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element47[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry47[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage AsymmetrySOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to
modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.CLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabledAR.Running Signal: Auto Reclosing RunningAR.Pre Shot Pre Shot ControlAR.Shot 1 Shot ControlAR.Shot 2 Shot ControlAR.Shot 3 Shot ControlAR.Shot 4 Shot ControlAR.Shot 5 Shot ControlAR.Shot 6 Shot ControlDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
250 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 251
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
252 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 253
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
254 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 255
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
256 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 257
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
258 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveSys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
Operational Modes (Access Authorization)
Operational Mode – »Display Only«
• The protection is activated.
• All data, measuring values, records, and counters/meters can be viewed.
Operation Mode – »Parameter Setting and Planning«
In this mode, the User is able to:
• Edit and set parameters;
• Change device planning details; and
• Configure and reset operational data (event recorder/fault recorder/power meter/switching cycles).
If the device was not active within the parameter setting mode for a longer time (can be set between 20 – 3600 seconds), the device will automatically reset to »Display Only« mode (Please refer to the Appendix Module Panel).
As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode, the device cannot acknowledge.
In order to change into the operation mode (»Parameter Setting«) please proceed as follows.
1.Mark the parameter to be changed in the device display.
2.Press the »Wrench« soft key to temporarily change into the Parameter Setting mode.
3.Enter the parameter password.
4.Change the parameter.
5.Change any additional parameters that are needed.
As long as the User is within the parameter setting mode, a wrench icon will be shown in the upper right corner of the display.
6. For saving the altered parameter(s):
www.eaton.com 259
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Press the »OK« key; and• Confirm by pressing the »Yes« soft key.
7.Then the device changes into the »Display Only« mode.
Password
Password Entry at the Panel
Passwords can be entered by way of the soft keys
1 2 3 4
Example: For password (3244) press successively:
• Soft key 3;• Soft key 2;• Soft key 4; and• Soft key 4.
Password Changes
Passwords can be changed at the device in the »Device Para/Password« menu or by means of the PowerPort-E software.
A password must be a User-defined combination of the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4.
All other characters and keys WILL NOT be accepted.
The password for the operation mode »Parameter setting and planning« enables the User to transfer parameters from the PowerPort-E software into the device.
When the User wants to change a password, the existing one has to be entered first. The new password (up to 8 digits) is then to be confirmed twice. Please proceed as follows.
• In order to change the password, please enter the old password followed by pressing the »OK« key.• Next, enter the new password and press the »OK« key.• Finally, confirm your new password and press the »OK« key.
Password Forgotten
All passwords can be reset to the fail-safe adjustment (1234) by pressing the »Ack/Rst« key during cold booting. For this procedure, confirm the inquiry »Reset Passwords?« with »Yes«.
260 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Changing of Parameters - Example
• Move to the parameter to be change by using the soft keys.
• Press the »Wrench« soft key.
• Enter the password for parameter setting.
• Edit/change the parameter.
Now the User can:
• Save the change made and have it adopted by the system; or
• Change additional parameters and save all the altered parameters and have them adopted by the system.
To Save Parameter Changes Immediately
• Press the »OK« key to save the changed parameters directly and to have them adopted by the device. Confirm the parameter changes by pressing the »Yes« soft key or dismiss by pressing »No« soft key.
To Change Additional Parameters and Save Afterwards
• Move to other parameters and change them.
A star symbol in front of the changed parameters indicates that the modifications have only temporarily been saved. They are not yet stored and adopted by the device.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex parameter changes are involved, on every superior/higher-ranking menu level, the intended change of the parameter is indicated by the star symbol (star trace). This makes it possible to control or follow from the main menu level at any time where parameter changes have been made and have not been saved.
In addition to the star trace to the temporarily saved parameter changes, a general parameter changing symbol is faded in at the left corner of the display. It is possible from each point of the menu tree to see that there are parameter changes still not adopted by the device.
Press the »OK« key to initiate the final storage of all parameter changes. Confirm the parameter changes by pressing the »Yes« soft key or dismiss by pressing the »No« soft key.
www.eaton.com 261
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Plausibility Check
In order to prevent obvious incorrect settings, the device constantly monitors all temporarily saved parameter changes. If the device detects a conflict, it is indicated by a question mark in front of the respective parameter.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex parameter changes are involved, a question mark appears above the temporarily saved parameters (on every superior /higher - ranking menu level). This makes it possible to control or follow, from the main menu level, where conflicts are intended to be saved. This can be done at any time.
In addition to the question mark trace to the temporarily saved conflict parameter changes, a general conflict symbol/question mark is faded-in at the left corner of the display, and so it is possible to see from each point of the menu tree that conflicts have been detected by the device.
A star/parameter change indication is always overwritten by the question mark/conflict symbol.
If a device detects a conflict, it rejects saving and adopting of the parameters.
Example: If the residual voltage has been configured as »calculated« (»EVTcon = calculated«), then the device recognizes a conflict in case voltage measuring is configured as »Phase to Phase« (»VTcon = Phase to Phase«). The calculation of the residual voltage is physically not possible by means of phase-to-phase voltages.
Changing of Parameters When Using the PowerPort-E - ExampleExample: Changing of a protective parameter (to alter the characteristic for the overcurrent protection function I[1] in Parameter Set 1).
• If PowerPort-E is not in operation, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, select »Data To Be Received From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double-click the »Protection Para Icon« in the navigation tree.
• Double-click the »Protection Para Set Icon« in the navigation tree.
• Double-click the »Set 1 Icon« in the navigation tree.
• Double-click the »protection stage I[1]« in the navigation tree.
• In the working window, a tabulated overview appears showing the parameters assigned to this protective function.
• In this table, double-click the value/parameter to be changed (in this example: »Char«).
• Another window (pop-up) is opened where the User can select the required characteristic.
262 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Close this window by clicking the »OK« key.
A star symbol in front of the changed parameters indicates that the alterations have only temporarily been saved. They are not yet stored and adopted by the software/device.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex parameter changes are involved, on every superior/higher menu level, the intended change of the parameter is indicated by the star symbol (star trace). This makes it possible to control or follow, from the main menu level, where parameter changes have been made and have not been saved. This can be done at any time.
Plausibility Check
In order to prevent obvious incorrect settings, the application constantly monitors all temporarily saved parameter changes. If the device detects a conflict, it is indicated by a question mark in front of the respective parameter.
In order to make things easier to follow, especially where complex parameter changes are involved, on every superior/higher menu level above of the temporarily saved parameters, a conflict is indicated by a question mark (plausibility trace). This makes it possible to control or follow, from the main menu level, where conflicts exist. This can be done at any time.
So it is possible to see from each point of the menu tree that conflicts have been detected by the application.
A star/parameter change indication is always overwritten by the question mark/conflict symbol.
If the software detects a conflict, it rejects the saving and adopting of the parameters.
Example: If the residual voltage has been configured as »Calculated« (»EVTcon = calculated«), then the application recognizes a conflict in case voltage measuring is configured as »Phase to Phase« (»VTcon = Phase to Phase«). The calculation of the residual voltage is physically not possible by means of phase-to-phase voltages.
• Additional parameters can be changed if required.
• In order to transfer changed parameters into the device, please select »Transfer all parameters into the device« in the »Device« menu.
• Confirm the safety inquiry »Shall The Parameters Be Overwritten?«.
• Enter the password for setting parameters in the pop-up window.
• Confirm the inquiry »Shall The Data Be Saved Locally?« with »Yes« (recommended). Select a suitable storing location on your hard disk.
www.eaton.com 263
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Confirm the selected storage location by clicking »Save«.
• The changed parameter data is now saved in the data file chosen. Thereafter, the changed data is transferred to the device and adopted.
Once the User has entered the parameter setting password, PowerPort-E will not ask the User again for the password for at least 10 minutes. This time interval will start again each time parameters are transmitted into the device. If, for more than 10 minutes, no parameters are transmitted into the device, PowerPort-E will again ask for the password when the User tries to transmit parameters into the device.
Protection Parameters
Please note that by deactivating, for example protective functions, the User also changes the functionality of the device.
The manufacturer does not accept liability for any personal or material damage as a result of incorrect planning.
Contact your Eaton Customer Service representative for more information.
The protection parameters include the following protection parameter trees.
• Global Protection Parameters »Global Prot Para«: Here the User can find all protection parameters that are universally valid. That means they are valid independent of the protection parameter sets.
• Setting Group Parameters »Set1..4«: The protection parameters that the User set within a parameter set are only valid if the parameter set selected is switched to active.
Setting Groups
Setting Group Switch
Within the »Protection Para/P-Set Switch« menu, the User has the following possibilities:
• To manually set one of the four setting groups active;• To assign a signal to each setting group that sets this group to active; and• Scada switches the setting groups.
Setting Group Switch
Manual Selection Via Input Function (e.g.: Digital Input)
Via Scada
Switching Options Switch over, if another setting group is chosen manually within the »Protection Para/P-Set
Switch« menu.
Switch over not until the request is clear.
That means if there is more or less than one request signal active, no switch over will be
executed.
Switch over if there is a clear Scada request.
Otherwise no switch over will be executed.
264 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
The description of the parameters can be found within the “System Parameters” section.
Setting Group Switch Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If the device data have not been loaded, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Protection Para« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »P-Set Switch« within the protection parameters.
• To configure the Setting Group Switch respectively, manually choose an active set.
The description of the parameters can be found within the “System Parameters” section.
Copying Setting Groups (Parameter Sets) Via PowerPort-E
Setting groups can only be copied if there are no conflicts (no red question marks).
For applications using multiple settings groups, one can use the configuration file from the first group to create the second group. With the help of PowerPort-E, the User can simply copy an existing setting group to another (not yet configured) one. The User only needs to change those parameters where the two setting groups are different.
To efficiently establish a second parameter set where only few parameters are different, proceed as follows.
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• Open a (off-line) parameter file of a device or load data of a connected device.
• Carefully save the relevant device parameters by selecting [File\Save as].
• Select »Copy Parameter Sets« out of the “Edit” menu.
• Then define both source and destination of the parameter sets to be copied (source = copy from; destination: copy to).
• Click on »OK« to start the copy procedure.
• The copied parameter set is now cached (not yet saved!).
• Then, modify the copied parameter set(s), if applicable.
• Assign a new file name to the revised device parameter file and save it on your hard disk (backup copy).
www.eaton.com 265
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• To transfer the modified parameters back to the device, click on the »Device« menu item and select »Transfer All Parameters into the Device«.
Comparing Setting Groups Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• Click on menu item »Edit« and select »Compare Parameter Sets«.
• Select the two parameter sets from the two drop down menus that are to be compared with each other.
• Press the »Compare« button.
• The values that are different from the set parameters will be listed in tabular form.
Comparing Parameter Files Via PowerPort-EWith the help of PowerPort-E, the User can simply compare/differentiate the currently open parameter/device file against a file on the hard disk. The precondition is that the versions and type of devices match. To compare the parameter files, please proceed as follows.
• Click on »Compare with a Parameter File« within the »Device« menu.
• Click on the Folder icon in order to select a file on your hard disk.
• The differences will be shown in tabular form.
Converting Parameter Files Via PowerPort-EParameter files of the same type can be up- or down-graded (converted). During this process, the new parameter file will keep all active settings from the source parameter file and, at the same time, remove all inactive settings. As many parameters as possible will be converted.
• Parameters that are newly added will be set to default.
• Parameters that are not included in the target file version will be deleted.
• In order to convert a parameter file please proceed as follows.
• If PowerPort-E is not in operation, please start the application.
• Open a parameter file or load the parameters from a device that should be converted.
• Make a backup of this file in a fail-safe place.
• Choose »Save as« from the »File« menu.
• Enter a new file name (in order to prevent overwriting the original file).
266 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Choose the new file type from drop down menu »File Type«.
• Confirm the security check by clicking on »Yes« only if the User is sure that the file conversion should be
executed.
• In tabular form the modifications will be shown as follows.
Added parameter:
Deleted parameter:
www.eaton.com 267
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device ParametersSys
Date and TimeIn the »Device parameters/Date/Time« menu, the User can set the date and time.
Synchronize Date and Time Via PowerPort-E
• If PowerPort-E is not running, please start the application.
• If device data have not been downloaded recently, click »Receive Data From The Device« in the »Device« menu.
• Double click the »Device parameters« icon in the navigation tree.
• Double click the »Date/time« icon within the operational data.
• From the working window, the User can now synchronize the date and time of the device with the PC (i.e.: that means that the device accepts the date and time from the PC).
VersionWithin the»Device parameters/Version« menu, the User can obtain information on the software and hardware versions.
Version Via PowerPort-EWithin the »File/Properties« menu, the User can obtain detailed information on the currently opened file (e.g.: software and hardware version).
In order to be able to transmit a parameter file (e.g.: created off line) into the device, the following parameters must agree:
• Type Code (written on the top of the device/type label); and
• Version of the device model (can be found in the »Device Parameters\Version« menu).
268 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
TCP/IP Settings
Warning: Mixing up IP Addresses
(In case there is more than one protective device within the TCP/IP network or establishing an unintentional wrong connection to a protective device based on a wrong entered IP address.
Transferring parameters into the wrong protective device might lead to death, personal injury, or damage of electrical equipment.
In order to prevent faulty connections, the User MUST document and maintain a list with the IP addresses of any switchboard/protective devices.
The User MUST double check the IP addresses of the connection that is to be established. That means, the User MUST first read out the IP address at the HMI of the device (within menu [Device para/TCP IP]) then compare the IP address with the list. If the addresses are identical, establish the connection. If they are not, DO NOT establish the connection.
Within »Device Para / TCP/IP« menu, the TCP/IP settings have to be set.
The first-time setting of the TCP/IP Parameters can be done at the panel (HMI) only.
Establishing a connection via TCP/IP to the device is only possible if the device is equipped with an Ethernet interface (RJ45).
Contact your IT administrator in order to establish the network connection.
Set the TCP/IP Parameters:
Call up »Device parameter/TCP/IP« at the HMI (panel) and set the following parameters:
• TCP/IP address;
• Subnetmask; and
• Gateway.
Direct Commands of the System Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Ack LED All acknowledgeable LEDs will be acknowledged.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Ack RO All acknowledgeable Relay Outputs will be acknowledged.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
www.eaton.com 269
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Ack Comm Communication will be acknowledged. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]Ack RO LED Comm TCmd
Reset the Relay Outputs, LEDs, Communication, and the Trip Command.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Reboot Rebooting the device. No,
Yes
No [Service
/General]MaintMode Manually
Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch Mode: Manual Activation of the Arc Flash Reduction Mode
Only available if: Maint Mode = Activation Manually
Maint Mode inactive,
Activation via Comm,
Activation via DI,
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Service
/MaintMode Manually]
CAUTION: Manually rebooting the device will release the Supervision Contact.
Global Protection Parameters of the System
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
PSet-Switch Switching Parameter Set PS1,
PS2,
PS3,
PS4,
PSS via Inp fct,
PSS via Comm
PSS via Inp fct [Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]
PS1: Activated by
This Setting Group will be the active one if: The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to "Switch via Input" and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time. In case there is more than one input function active, no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed. In case all input functions are inactive, the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly.
Only available if: PSet-Switch = PSS via Inp fct
1..n, PSS Sys.Maint Mode Inactive
[Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]
270 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
PS2: Activated by
This Setting Group will be the active one if: The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to "Switch via Input" and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time. In case there is more than one input function active, no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed. In case all input functions are inactive, the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly.
Only available if: PSet-Switch = PSS via Inp fct
1..n, PSS Sys.Maint Mode Active
[Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]
PS3: Activated by
This Setting Group will be the active one if: The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to "Switch via Input" and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time. In case there is more than one input function active, no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed. In case all input functions are inactive, the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly.
Only available if: PSet-Switch = PSS via Inp fct
1..n, PSS -.- [Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]
PS4: Activated by
This Setting Group will be the active one if: The Parameter Setting Group Switch is set to "Switch via Input" and the other three input functions are inactive at the same time. In case there is more than one input function active, no Parameter Setting Group Switch will be executed. In case all input functions are inactive, the device will keep working with the Setting Group that was activated lastly.
Only available if: PSet-Switch = PSS via Inp fct
1..n, PSS -.- [Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]
Ack LED All acknowledgeable LEDs will be acknowledged if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]Ack RO All acknowledgeable Relay Outputs will be
acknowledged if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]Ack Comm Communication will be acknowledged if the
state of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Assignment List -.- [Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]Scaling Display of the measured values as primary,
secondary, or per unit values.Per unit values,
Primary values,
Secondary values
Primary values [Operation
/General Settings]
www.eaton.com 271
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Maint Mode Activation Mode of the Arc Flash Reduction. Switching into another mode is only possible when no Activation Signal is active (pending).
Inactive,
Activation Manually,
Activation via Comm,
Activation via DI
Inactive [Service
/Maint Mode]
Maint Mode Activated by
Activation Signal for the Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch.
Only available if: Maint Mode Activated by = Activation via DI
-.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
DI-8P X1.DI 7 [Service
/Maint Mode]
System Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
Ack LED-I Module Input State: LEDs Acknowledgment by Digital Input.
[Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]Ack RO-I Module Input State: Acknowledgment of the
Relay Outputs.[Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]Ack Comm-I Module Input State: Acknowledge
Communication via Digital Input. The replica that Communication has received from the device is to be reset.
[Device Para
/Ex Acknowledge]
PS1-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
[Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]PS2-I State of the module input, respectively of
the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
[Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]PS3-I State of the module input, respectively of
the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
[Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]PS4-I State of the module input, respectively of
the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
[Protection Para
/PSet-Switch]
272 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
Maint Mode-I Module Input State: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch
[Service
/Maint Mode]
System Module Signals
Name Description
Reboot Signal: Rebooting the device: 1=Restart initiated by power supply; 2=Restart initiated by the User; 3=Set on defaults (Super Reset); 4=Restart by the debugger; 5=Restart because of configuration change; 6=General failure; 7=Restart initiated by System Abort (host side); 8=Restart initiated by watchdog timeout (host side); 9=Restart initiated by System Abort (dsp side); 10=Restart initiated by watchdog timeout (dsp side); 11=Power supply failure (short term interruption) or power supply voltage to low; 12=illegal memory access.
Act Set Signal: Active Parameter SetPS 1 Signal: Parameter Set 1PS 2 Signal: Parameter Set 2PS 3 Signal: Parameter Set 3PS 4 Signal: Parameter Set 4PSS manual Signal: Manual switch over of a Parameter SetPSS via Comm Signal: Parameter Set Switch via CommunicationPSS via Inp fct Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Input FunctionMin. 1 param changed Signal: At least one parameter has been changedMaint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveMaint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance InactiveMaintMode Manually Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual ModeMaint Mode Comm Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm ModeMaint Mode DI Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input ModeParam to be saved Number of parameters to be saved. 0 means that all parameter
changes are overtaken.Ack LED Signal: LEDs AcknowledgmentAck RO Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay OutputsAck Counter Signal: Reset of all CountersAck Comm Signal: Acknowledge CommunicationAck TripCmd Signal: Reset Trip CommandAck LED-HMI Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :HMIAck RO-HMI Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs :HMIAck Counter-HMI Signal: Reset of all Counters :HMIAck Comm-HMI Signal: Acknowledge Communication :HMIAck TripCmd-HMI Signal: Reset Trip Command :HMIAck LED-Comm Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :Communication
www.eaton.com 273
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Ack RO-Comm Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs :CommunicationAck Counter-Comm Signal: Reset of all Counters :CommunicationAck Comm-Comm Signal: Acknowledge Communication :CommunicationAck TripCmd-Comm Signal: Reset Trip Command :CommunicationRes OperationsCr Signal: Res OperationsCrRes AlarmCr Signal: Res AlarmCrRes TripCr Signal: Res TripCrRes TotalCr Signal: Res TotalCr
Special Values of the System Module
Value Description Menu Path
Build Build [Device Para
/Version]Version Version [Device Para
/Version]Operating hours Cr Operating hours counter of the protective
device[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Sys]
274 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
System ParametersSystem Para
Within the system parameters, the User can set all parameters that are relevant for the primary side and the mains operational method like frequency, primary and secondary values, and the star point treatment.
General System Parameters
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Phase Sequence
Phase Sequence direction ABC,
ACB
ABC [System Para
/General Settings]
f Nominal frequency 50Hz,
60Hz
60Hz [System Para
/General Settings]
Voltage Depending System Parameters
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Main VT pri Primary Voltage of Main VTs. The phase to phase voltage is to be entered even if the load is in delta connection.
60 – 500000 V 12000 V [System Para
/General Settings]Main VT sec Secondary Voltage of Main VTs. The phase
to phase voltage is to be entered even if the load is in delta connection.
60.00 – 600.00 V 120 V [System Para
/General Settings]Main VT con Main VTs connection Wye,
Phase-to-Phase, Open-Delta
Wye [System Para
/General Settings]Aux VT pri Primary voltage of Aux VTs 60 – 500000 V 12000 V [System Para
/General Settings]Aux VT sec Secondary voltage of Aux VTs 35.00 – 600.00 V 120 V [System Para
/General Settings]V Sync The fourth measuring input of the voltage
measuring card measures the voltage that is to be synchronized.
A,
B,
C,
AB,
BC,
CA
A [System Para
/General Settings]
www.eaton.com 275
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Phase MTA Maximum Torque Angle: Angle between phase current and reference voltage in case of a short circuit. This angle is needed to determine the fault direction in case of short circuits.
0 - 360° 30° [System Para
/Direction]
IR Dir Cntrl IOptions for direction detection IR 3V0,
IR IPol,
IR Dual,
IR Neg
IR 3V0 [System Para
/Direction]
IX Dir Cntrl Options for direction detection IX 3V0,
IX Neg,
IX Dual
IX 3V0 [System Para
/Direction]
3V0 Source Earth overcurrent protection elements take into account this parameter for direction decisions. The User has to ensure, that this parameter is set to "Measured" only if the ground current is fed to the fourth measuring input of the current measuring card.
Measured,
Calculated
Calculated [System Para
/Direction]
Ground MTA Ground MTA
Only available if: Star point treatment = Solidly (Effectively) or Low-Resistance Grounded
0 - 360° 110° [System Para
/Direction]
Current Depending System Parameters
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CT con Current transformer connection 3-wire,
4th CT IN,
4th CT IG
3-wire [System Para
/General Settings]
CT pri Nominal current of the primary side of the current transformers.
1 – 50000 A 500 A [System Para
/General Settings]CT sec Nominal current of the secondary side of
the current transformers.1 A,
5 A
5 A [System Para
/General Settings]
276 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
CT dir Protection functions with directional feature can only work properly if the connection of the current transformers is free of wiring errors. If all current transformers are connected to the device with an incorrect polarity, the wiring error can be compensated by this parameter. This parameter turns the current vectors by 180 degrees.
0°,
180°
0° [System Para
/General Settings]
XCT pri This parameter defines the primary nominal current of the connected ground current transformer. If the ground current is measured via the Residual connection, the primary value of the phase current transformer must be entered here.
1 – 50000 A 50 A [System Para
/General Settings]
XCT sec This parameter defines the secondary nominal current of the connected ground current transformer. If the ground current is done via the Residual connection, the primary value of the phase current transformer must be entered here.
1 A,
5 A
5 A [System Para
/General Settings]
XCT dir Ground fault protection with directional feature depends also on the correct wiring of the ground current transformer. An incorrect polarity/wiring can be corrected by means of the settings "0°" or "180°". The operator has the possibility of turning the current vector by "180°" (change of sign) without modification of the wiring. This means, that – in terms of figures - the determined current indicator was turned by "180°" by the device.
0°,
180°
0° [System Para
/General Settings]
www.eaton.com 277
IM02602007E EDR-5000
BlockingThe device provides a function for temporary blocking of the complete protection functionality or of single protections.
Make absolutely sure that no illogical or even life-threatening blockings are allocated.
Make sure not to carelessly deactivate protection functions that have to be available according to the protection concept.
Permanent BlockingSwitching “On” or “Off” the Complete Protection Functionality
In the »Protection« module, the complete protection of the device can be switched “On” or “Off”. Set the Function parameter to »Active« or »Inactive« in the »Prot« module .
Protection is activated only if in the »Prot« module the parameter Function is = »Active« (i.e.: with »Function« = »Inactive«, no protection function are operating). If »Function« = »Inactive«, then the device cannot protect any components.
Switching Modules “On” or “Off”
Each of the modules can be switched “On” or “Off” (permanently). This is achieved when the »Function« parameter is set to »Active« or »Inactive« in the respective module.
Activating or Deactivating the Tripping Command of a Protection Permanently
In each of the protections, the tripping command to the breaker can be permanently blocked. For this purpose, the »TripCmd Blo« parameter has to be set to »Active«.
Temporary BlockingTo Block the Complete Protection of the Device Temporarily by a Signal
In the »Prot« module, the complete protection of the device can be blocked temporarily by a signal. On the condition that a module-external blocking is permitted (»ExBlo Fc=active«). In addition to this, a related blocking signal from the »Assignment list« must have been assigned. For the time the allocated blocking signal is active, the module is blocked.
If the »Prot« module is blocked, the complete protection function does not work. As long as the blocking signal is active, the device cannot protect any components.
To Block a Complete Protection Module Temporarily by an Active Assignment
• In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection module, the parameter »ExBlo Fc« of the module has to be set to »Active«. This gives the permission: »This module can be blocked«.
278 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Within the general protection parameters, a signal has to be additionally chosen from the »Assignment list«. The blocking only becomes active when the assigned signal is active.
To Block the Tripping Command of a Protection Element Temporarily by an Active Assignment
The tripping command of any of the protection modules can be blocked from an external signal. In this case, external does not only mean from outside the device, but also from outside the module. Not only real external signals are permitted to be used as blocking signals (for example: the state of a digital input), but the User can also choose any other signal from the »Assignment list«.
• In order to establish a temporary blockage of a protection element, the parameter »ExBlo TripCmd Fc« of the module has to be set to »Active«. This gives the permission: »The tripping command of this element can be blocked«.
• Within the general protection parameters, an additional signal has to be chosen and assigned to the »ExBlo« parameter from the »Assignment list«. If the selected signal is activated, the temporary blockage becomes effective.
www.eaton.com 279
IM02602007E EDR-5000
To Activate or Deactivate the Tripping Command of a Protection Module
280 www.eaton.com
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Bl
o Tr
ipC
md
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Trip
Cm
d Fc
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Trip
Cm
d
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Trip
Cm
d
Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
Nam
e =
All M
odul
es T
hat A
re B
lock
able
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Trip
Cm
d-I
Nam
e.Bl
o Tr
ipC
md
3O
R
AND
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Activate, Deactivate Respectively to Block Temporary Protection Functions
For the Sync-check module the signal Sync.Active will not be deactivated by an external blocking signal.
www.eaton.com 281
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Fu
nctio
n
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Fc
Nam
e.Ac
tive
Prot
. Act
ive
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
1
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Bloc
king
s (The
Gen
eral
Pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
is no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed)
Nam
e.Ex
Blo1
-I
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
2
Nam
e.Ex
Blo2
-I
Nam
e =A
ll M
odul
es T
hat A
re B
lock
able
1
2
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: P
rot
OR
AND
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Current protective functions cannot only be blocked permanently (»Function = Inactive«) or temporarily by any blocking signal from the »Assignment list«, but also by »Reverse Interlocking«.
All other protection functions can be activated, deactivated, or blocked in the same manner.
282 www.eaton.com
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.R
vs B
lo F
c
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Fu
nctio
n
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Fc
Nam
e.Ac
tive
Prot
. Act
ive
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
1
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.R
vs B
lo
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
Nam
e.R
vs B
lo
Bloc
king
s **
(The
Gen
eral
Pro
tect
ion
mod
ule
is n
ot d
eact
ivat
ed o
r blo
cked
)
Nam
e =
I[1]..
.[n],
IG[1
]...[n
]
Nam
e.Ex
Blo1
-I
Nam
e.Rv
s Bl
o-I
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Ex
Blo
2Na
me.
ExBl
o2-I
1
4
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: P
rot
OR
AND
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Protection (Prot) ModuleProt
The »Protection« module serves as the outer frame for all other protection modules (i.e.: they are all enclosed by the »Protection« Module).
In the case where the »Protection« module is blocked, the complete protective function of the device is disabled.
Module Prot Blocked - Protection Inactive:
If the master »Protection« module is allowed to be temporarily blocked and the allocated blocking signals are active, then all protection functions will be disabled. In such a case, the protective function is »Inactive«.
Protection Active:
If the master »Protection« module was activated and a blockade for this module was not activated respectively, the assigned blocking signals are inactive at that moment, then the »Protection« is »Active«.
How to Block All Protective and Supervisory FunctionsIn order to block all protective and supervisory functions, call up the menu [Protection/Para/Global Prot Para/Prot]:
• Set the parameter »ExBlo Fc = active«;
• Choose an assignment for »ExBlo1«; and
• Optionally choose an assignment for »ExBlo2«.
If the signal becomes true, then all protective and supervisory functions will be blocked as long as one of these signals are true.
www.eaton.com 283
IM02602007E EDR-5000
284 www.eaton.com
AND
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Prot
.ExB
lo F
c
Prot
.Act
ive
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Prot
.ExB
lo 1
Prot
.ExB
lo
Prot
-Ac
tive 1.
.n, A
ssig
nmen
t Lis
t
Prot
.ExB
lo 2
Prot
.ExB
lo1-
I
Prot
.ExB
lo2-
I
AND
Prot
.Ava
ilabl
e M
easu
red
Valu
es: O
K
At th
e m
omen
t, no
par
amet
er is
bei
ng c
hang
ed (e
xcep
t par
amet
er s
et p
aram
eter
s).
1
OR
AND
Sele
ctio
n Li
st
Prot
.ExB
lo 3
**Pr
ot.E
xBlo
3-I
**=A
vaila
bilit
y of
third
blo
ckin
g in
put d
epen
ds o
n de
vice
and
mod
ule
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Each protection element generates its own pickup and trip signals, which are automatically passed onto the »Prot« module where the phase based and general (collective) pickup and trip signals are generated. The »Prot« module serves as a top level and a common place to group all pickups and trips from each individual protection element.
For instance, »PROT.PICKUP PHASE A« is the phase A pickup signal OR-ed from all protection elements; »PROT.TRIP PHASE A« is the phase A trip signal OR-ed from all protection elements; »PROT.PICKUP« is the collective pickup signal OR-ed from all protection elements; Prot.Trip is the collective Trip signal OR-ed from all protection elements, and etc. The Tripping commands of the protection elements have to be fed to the »Bkr Manager« module for further trip request processing.
The tripping commands are executed by the »Bkr Manager« module. Tripping commands have to be assigned to a breaker. The Breaker Manager will issue the trip command to the breaker.
If a protection element is activated and respectively decides to trip, two pickup signals will be created.
1. The module or the protection element issues an pickup/alarm (e.g.: »50P[1].PICKUP or »50P[1].TRIP«).
2. The master »Prot« module collects/summarizes the signals and issues a pickup/alarm or a trip signal»PROT.PICKUP« »PROT.TRIP«.
www.eaton.com 285
IM02602007E EDR-5000
286 www.eaton.com
Prot
.Trip
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e =
Each
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Prot
.Trip Nam
e[n]
.Trip
...15 15 15
OR
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 287
Prot
.Pic
kup
Prot
.Pic
kup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e =
Each
pic
kup
of a
mod
ule
(exc
ept f
rom
sup
ervi
sion
mod
ules
but
incl
udin
g BF
) will
lead
to a
gen
eral
pic
kup
(col
lect
ive
pick
up).
...14 1414
OR
IM02602007E EDR-5000
288 www.eaton.com
50R[
1]...
[n].T
rip*
59[n
].Trip
Cm
d*
Prot
.Trip
IX o
r IR
51R[
1]...
[n].T
rip*
Prot
.Trip
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
trip
of a
trip
aut
horiz
ed m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
depe
ndin
g on
the
devi
ce ty
pe) w
ill le
ad to
a p
hase
se
lect
ive
gene
ral t
rip.
19c
19d 23
OR
Prot
.Trip
Pha
se A
50P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
A*
51P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
A*
V[n]
.Trip
Pha
se A
*
16a
16b
20
OR
Prot
.Trip
Pha
se B
50P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
B*
51P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
B*
V[n]
.Trip
Pha
se B
*
17a
17b 21
OR
Prot
.Trip
Pha
se C
50P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
C*
51P[
1]...
[n].T
rip P
hase
C*
V[n]
.Trip
Pha
se C
*
18a
18b
22
OR
50X[
1]...
[n].T
rip*
51X[
1]...
[n].T
rip*
19a
19b
*=Depending on the type of device
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 289
50R
[1]..
.[n].P
icku
p*
59[n
].Pic
kup*
Prot
.Pic
kup
IX o
r IR
51R
[1]..
.[n].P
icku
p*
Prot
.Pic
kup
Each
pha
se s
elec
tive
pick
up o
f a m
odul
e (I,
IG, V
, VX
dep
endi
ng o
n th
e de
vice
type
) will
lead
to a
pha
se s
elec
tive
gene
ral p
icku
p (c
olle
ctiv
e pi
ckup
).
27c
27d 31
OR
Prot
.Pic
kup
Phas
e B
50P[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p IB
*
V[n]
.Pic
kup
Phas
e B*
25a 29
OR
51P[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p IB
*25
b
Prot
.Pic
kup
Phas
e C
50P[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p IC
*
V[n]
.Pic
kup
Phas
e C
*
26a
30
OR
26b
51P[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p IC
*
Prot
.Pic
kup
Phas
e A
51P[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p IA
*
V[n]
.Pic
kup
Phas
e A*
24b
28
OR
50P[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p IA
*24
a
50X[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p*
51X[
1]...
[n].P
icku
p*
27a
27b
*=Depending on the type of device
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Direct Commands of the Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Fault a Mains No
Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) the external blocking of the global protection functionality of the device.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Prot]ExBlo1 If external blocking of this module is
activated (allowed), the global protection functionality of the device will be blocked if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Prot]ExBlo2 If external blocking of this module is
activated (allowed), the global protection functionality of the device will be blocked if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Prot]
Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Prot]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Prot]
Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Available Signal: Protection is available.Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase A
290 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BPickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CPickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultPickup Signal: General PickupTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CTrip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultTrip Signal: General TripRes Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.I dir fwd Signal: Phase current failure forward directionI dir rev Signal: Phase current failure reverse directionI dir n poss Signal: Phase fault - missing reference voltageIR dir fwd Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) forwardIR dir rev Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) reverse directionIR dir n poss Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) direction detection not possibleIX dir fwd Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) forwardIX dir rev Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) reverse directionIX dir n poss Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) direction detection not possible
Protection Module Values
Value Description Menu Path
FaultNo Disturbance No. [Operation
/Count and RevData
/Prot]No of grid faults Number of grid faults: A grid fault, e.g. a
short circuit, might cause several faults with trip and autoreclosing, each fault being identified by an increased fault number. In this case, the grid fault number remains the same.
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Prot]
www.eaton.com 291
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Switchgear/Breaker - ManagerBreaker
WARNING: Misconfiguration of the Breaker could result in death or serious injury.
Breaker ConfigurationFor the configuration of the breaker, great attention has to be payed to the following steps:
• Wiring;• Switching Authority;• POS Indicators wiring;• General Settings;• Trip Manager;• Interlockings;• Ex OPEN/CLOSE (Option); and• Synchronous Switching.
It is recommended to use the status display in order to verify and analyze each of the steps.
Wiring
The User has to establish the wiring of the Position Indicators of the Breaker to the Digital Inputs of the protective device (52a or 52b or (both recommended)).
The User has to wire a Relay Output for the Trip command.
In case the protective device is used for control purposes, two additional relay outputs have to be wired for the control commands (issue the OPEN and CLOSE commands). That means the Relay Output for the Breaker Open and the Relay Output for the Breaker Close command.
Switching Authority
For the Switching Authority [Control\General Settings], the following general settings are possible:
None: No switching authority (switching not allowed);Local: Switching only via push buttons at the panel;Remote: Switching only via SCADA, digital inputs, or internal signals; andLocal and Remote: Switching via push buttons, SCADA, digital inputs, or internal signals.
POS Indicators wiring
In the menu [Control/Breaker/Pos Indicators wiring], the signals for the switchgear status indication (position and ready) are to be assigned.
Position Indication with two contacts - 52a and 52b (recommended)
To identify the current position of the switchgear, the switchgear contact outputs have to be used (called 52a/52b
292 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
at a breaker). The Position Indication can work on either one or both of these inputs. Nevertheless, it is recommended that both are used.
The protective device monitors and evaluates continuously the Status of the Input Signals CinBkr52a-I and CinBkr52b-I. These signals are validated based on the supervision timers »t-Move CLOSE« and »t-Move OPEN« validation functions. As a result, the breaker position will be detected by the following signals:
• Pos CLOSE;• Pos OPEN;• Pos Indeterm;• Pos Disturb; and• Pos State (0, 1, 2 or 3).
CLOSE initiated (Supervision)
When a CLOSE command is initiated, the »t-Move CLOSE« timer will be started. While the timer is running, the »POS INDETERM« State will become true. If the command is executed and the breaker has reached the end position before the timer has elapsed, »POS CLOSE« will become true. Otherwise, if the timer has elapsed »POS DISTURB« will become true.
OPEN initiated (Supervision)
When an OPEN command is initiated, the »t-Move OPEN« timer will be started. While the timer is running, the »POS INDETERM« State will become true. If the command is executed and the breaker has reached the end position before the timer has elapsed, »POS OPEN« will become true. Otherwise, if the timer has elapsed »POS DISTURB« will become true.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52a and 52b.
States of the Digital Inputs Validated Breaker PositionsCinBkr52a-I CinBkr52b-I Pos CLOSE Pos OPEN Pos Indeterm Pos Disturb Breaker
State
0 0 0 0 1(While a Moving timer is running)
0(While a Moving timer is running)
0Intermediate
1 1 0 0 1(While a Moving timer is running)
0(While a Moving timer is running)
0Intermediate
0 1 0 1 0 0 1OFF
1 0 1 0 0 0 2ON
0 0 0 0 0(Moving timer
elapsed)
1(Moving timer
elapsed)
3Disturbed
1 1 0 0 0(Moving timer
elapsed)
1(Moving timer
elapsed)
3Disturbed
If for any reason only one breaker contact (52a or 52b) is wired, the Single Contact Indication can be used.
Single Contact Indication
The moving time supervision works only in one direction. If the 52a signal is connected to the device, only the “CLOSE command” can be supervised and if the 52b signal is connected to the device, only the “OPEN command” can be supervised.
www.eaton.com 293
IM02602007E EDR-5000
If the single contact indication is used, the »SI SINGLECONTACTIND« will become true.
NOTICE: In case of single contact indication, the protective device can monitor either the 52a or the 52b contact only. In case of the 52a, the device will monitor / supervise the CLOSE command. In case of the 52b, the device will monitor / supervise the OPEN command.
Single Contact Indication – 52a only
If only the 52a signal is used for the Status Indication of an “CLOSE command”, the switch command will also start the moving time, the position indication indicates an INTERMEDIATE position during this time interval. When the switchgear reaches the end position indicated by the Pos CLOSE signal, the moving time will be terminated. If the moving time elapsed before the switchgear has reached the end position, the switching operation was not successful and the Position Indication will change to Pos DISTURB.
An OPEN command also starts the moving time. Because the device does not receive an open signal by the breaker, it assumes that the breaker is in open position after the moving time has elapsed.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52a only.
States of the Digital Input Validated Breaker PositionsCinBkr52a-I CinBkr52b-I Pos CLOSE Pos OPEN Pos Indeterm Pos Disturb Breaker
State
0 Not wired 0 0 1(While t-Move
CLOSE is running)
0(While t-Move
CLOSE is running)
0Intermediate
0 Not wired 0 1 0 0 1OFF
1 Not wired 1 0 0 0 2ON
1 Not wired 0 0 0(After t-Move
CLOSE is elapsed)
1(After t-Move
CLOSE is elapsed)
3Disturbed
Single Contact Indication – 52b only
If only the 52b signal is used for the monitoring of the “OPEN command”, the switch command will start the moving timer. The Position Indication will indicate an INTERMEDIATE position. If the moving time elapsed before the switchgear has reached the OPEN position, the switching operation was not successful and the Position Indication will change to Pos DISTURB.
A CLOSE command also starts the moving time. Because the device does not receive a close signal by the breaker, it assumes that the breaker is in close position after the moving time has elapsed.
The following table shows how breaker positions are validated based on 52b only.
294 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
States of the Digital Input Validated Breaker PositionsCinBkr52a-I CinBkr52b-I Pos CLOSE Pos OPEN Pos Indeterm Pos Disturb Breaker
StateNot wired 0 0 0 1
(While t-Move OPEN is running)
0(While t-Move
OPEN is running)
0Intermediate
Not wired 0 0 1 0 0 1OFF
Not wired 1 1 0 0 0 2ON
Not wired 1 0 0 0(After t-Move OPEN
is elapsed)
1(After t-Move OPEN
is elapsed)
3Disturbed
General Settings
In the menu [Control/Breaker/General Settings], the moving times for opening and closing of the breaker can be set.
Trip Manager
The command for tripping will be triggered by each of the assigned protection modules. The tripping commands of all protection modules are combined by an “OR” logic.
In addition to that, the User can set the minimum hold time of the tripping command within this module and define whether the tripping command is latched or not.
www.eaton.com 295
IM02602007E EDR-5000
296 www.eaton.com
Signal Breaker CLOSE
Signal Breaker OPEN
Signal Breaker Ready
Trigger [x]
Trigger [x]
Trigger [x]
Bre
aker
Breaker OPEN Command
Breaker CLOSE Command
Protection Trip Command
Position Indication:OPEN, CLOSE,
Indeterminated, Disturbed
Trip Command 50P[x]
Trip Command 51P[x]
Trip Command XX[x]
I Pro
tect
ion
Mod
ule
Trip Command 27[x]
Trip Command 59[x]
Trip Command XX[x]
V Pr
otec
tion
Mod
ule
HMI
Autoreclosure CLOSE
SCADA
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 297
Bkr.T
rip B
kr
Bkr.T
rip B
kr
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
1
Bkr.t
-Trip
Cmd
t
. . . .
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Bkr.L
atch
ed
+ R
Trip
Cm
d C
r
Bkr.R
es T
ripC
mdC
r
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Ackn
owle
dge
-HM
I
Ackn
owle
dge-
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Ackn
owle
dge-
Com
m
Nam
e =E
ach
trip
of a
n ac
tive,
trip
aut
horiz
ed p
rote
ctio
n m
odul
e w
ill le
ad to
a g
ener
al tr
ip.
11
15 15 15 15 15
OR
OR
OR
OR
AND
S
Q
R1
Q
Cou
nter
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Interlockings
There are three interlocking inputs for each switching direction (OPEN/CLOSE) available. Switching into the corresponding switching direction can be inhibited via these inputs. Please note: The Protection Trip commands and the reclosure command of the auto reclosure module will be issued without interlocking. In cases when the breaker must not be opened, the protection trip command has to be inhibited by a separate blocking signal.
298 www.eaton.com
AND
Switc
h co
mm
and
requ
est v
ia
Dig
ital I
nput
:(M
anua
l Sw
itch
Com
man
d)
Com
mun
icat
ion
issu
es th
e fo
llow
ing
com
man
ds:
(Man
ual S
witc
h C
omm
and)
HM
I iss
ues
the
follo
win
g co
mm
ands
:(M
anua
l Sw
itch
Com
man
d)
Auto
recl
osur
e is
sues
the
follo
win
g co
mm
ands
:(A
utom
atic
Sw
itch
Com
man
d)
Prot
ectio
n is
sues
Trip
C
omm
and
(e.g
. 50P
)
Interlockings
AND
Trip command assigned and
configured within the Trip manager
Brea
ker.O
PEN
Cm
d
Brea
ker.T
ripC
md
Bkr O
PEN
Cm
d
Bkr
CLO
SE C
md
Bkr
CLO
SE C
md
Bkr
CLO
SE C
md
Bkr
CLO
SE C
md
Bkr
OP
EN C
md
Bkr
OP
EN C
md
15 15 15
41 42
Brea
ker.P
rot C
LOSE
Brea
ker.C
LOSE
Cm
d
Rel
ease
by
sync
hron
izin
g un
it
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Ex OPEN/CLOSE
If the breaker should be opened or closed by an external signal, the User can assign one signal that will trigger the CLOSE and one signal that will trigger the OPEN command (e.g.: digital inputs or output signals of the Logic).
An applied CLOSE command will be overwritten by an upcoming OPEN command. An applied OPEN command will not be overwritten by an upcoming CLOSE command, that means, the OPEN command is dominantly.
Synchronous Switching
If a signal is assigned to the »Synchronism« input, the closing of the switchgear will be performed only when this signal gets active during the maximum allowed waiting time »t-MaxSyncSuperv«.
If no signal is assigned to the »Synchronism« input, the synchronism release is permanent.
www.eaton.com 299
Signal Breaker CLOSE
Signal Breaker OPEN
Signal Breaker Ready
Trigger [x]
Trigger [x]
Synchronism
Brea
ker
Breaker OPEN Command
Breaker CLOSE Command
Trip Command
CLOSE Request
Position Indication:OPEN, CLOSE,
Indeterminated, Disturbed
HMI
Autoreclosure CLOSE
SCADA
Ready to CLOSE
Sync
Che
ck
Breaker CLOSE Initiative
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Direct Commands of the Switchgear/Breaker
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Bwear Slow Breaker
Resetting the slow breaker alarm Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Ack TripCmd Acknowledge Trip Command Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Global Protection Parameters of the Switchgear/Breaker
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
CinBkr-52a The breaker is in CLOSE-position if the state of the assigned signal is true (52a).
-.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
DI-8P X1.DI 5 [Control
/Breaker
/Pos Indicators wiring]
CinBkr-52b The breaker is in OPEN-position if the state of the assigned signal is true (52b).
-.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
DI-8P X1.DI 6 [Control
/Breaker
/Pos Indicators wiring]
Ready Breaker is ready for operation if the state of the assigned signal is true. This digital input can be used by some protective elements (if they are available within the device) like Auto Reclosure (AR), e.g.: as a trigger signal.
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Pos Indicators wiring]
300 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Interl CLOSE1 Interlocking of the CLOSE command 1..n, Assignment List WiredInputs.Bkr. Trouble-I
[Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl CLOSE2 Interlocking of the CLOSE command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl CLOSE3 Interlocking of the CLOSE command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl OPEN1 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl OPEN2 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl OPEN3 Interlocking of the OPEN command 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]SC CLOSE Switching CLOSE Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital input
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Ex OPEN/CLOSE Cmd]
SC OPEN Switching OPEN Command, e.g.: the state of the Logic or the state of the digital input
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Ex OPEN/CLOSE Cmd]
t-TripCmd Minimum hold time of the OPEN-command (Breaker, load break switch)
0 – 300.00 s 0.2 s [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Latched Defines whether the Relay Output will be
Latched when it picks up.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 301
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Ack TripCmd Ack TripCmd 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger1 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 50P[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger2 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 50P[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger3 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 50P[3].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger4 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 51P[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger5 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 51P[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger6 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 51P[3].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger7 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 50X[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger8 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 50X[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger9 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 51X[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
302 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger10 Open Command to the breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds 51X[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger11 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 50R[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger12 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 50R[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger13 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 51R[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger14 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 51R[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger15 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 27M[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger16 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 27M[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger17 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 59M[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger18 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 59M[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger19 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 27A[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 303
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger20 Open Command to the breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds 27A[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger21 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 59A[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger22 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 59A[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger23 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 59N[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger24 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 59N[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger25 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 46[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger26 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 46[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger27 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 47[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger28 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 47[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger29 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 81[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
304 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger30 Open Command to the breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds 81[3].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger31 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 32[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger32 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 32[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger33 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 32V[1].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger34 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 32V[2].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger35 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds PF-55D[1].TripC
md[Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger36 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds PF-55D[2].TripC
md[Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger37 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds PF-55A[1].TripC
md[Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger38 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds PF-55A[2].TripC
md[Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger39 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds 81[5].TripCmd [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
www.eaton.com 305
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger40 Open Command to the breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger41 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger42 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger43 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger44 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger45 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger46 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger47 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger48 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Trigger49 Open Command to the breaker if the state
of the assigned signal becomes true.1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]
306 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger50 Open Command to the breaker if the state of the assigned signal becomes true.
1..n, Trip Cmds -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Synchronism Synchronism 1..n, In-SyncList -.- [Control
/Breaker
/Synchronous Switching]
t-MaxSyncSuperv
Synchron-Run timer: Max. time allowed for synchronizing process after a close initiate. Only used for GENERATOR2SYSTEM working mode.
0 – 3000.00 s 0.2 s [Control
/Breaker
/Synchronous Switching]
t-Move CLOSE Time to move to the CLOSE Position. 0.01 – 100.00 s 0.1 s [Control
/Breaker
/General Settings]t-Move OPEN Time to move to the OPEN Position. 0.01 – 100.00 s 0.1 s [Control
/Breaker
/General Settings]
Synchronism release signals
Name Description
-.- No assignmentBreaker.CLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE requestDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 307
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
308 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 309
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
310 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 311
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
312 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 313
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
314 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 315
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Switchgear/Breaker Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
CinBkr-52a-I Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52a) [Control
/Breaker
/Pos Indicators wiring]CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the
Bkr.. (52b)[Control
/Breaker
/Pos Indicators wiring]Ready-I Module Input State: Breaker Ready [Control
/Breaker
/Pos Indicators wiring]Sys-in-Sync-I State of the module input: This signals has
to become true within the synchronization time. If not, switching is unsuccessful.
[Control
/Breaker
/Synchronous Switching]Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment
Signal (only for automatic acknowledgment). Module input signal
[Control
/Breaker
/Trip Manager]Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of
the CLOSE command[Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of
the CLOSE command[Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of
the CLOSE command[Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]
316 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
Interl OPEN1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN command
[Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of
the OPEN command[Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of
the OPEN command[Control
/Breaker
/Interlockings]SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching
CLOSE Command, e.g.: the state of the Logic or the state of the digital input.
[Control
/Breaker
/Ex OPEN/CLOSE Cmd]SC OPEN-I State of the module input: Switching OPEN
Command, e.g.: the state of the Logic or the state of the digital input.
[Control
/Breaker
/Ex OPEN/CLOSE Cmd]
Switchgear/Breaker Signals (Outputs States)
Name Description
SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions cannot be detected.
Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEPos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionPos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionPos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionPos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-
back signals (Position Indicators) contradict themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.
State Signal: Breaker Position (0 = Indeterminate, 1 = OPEN, 2 = CLOSE, 3 = Disturbed)
Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed
successfully.CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command
unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.CES SAuthority Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed. No switching authority.
www.eaton.com 317
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision: Switching Direction Control. A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly).
CES DoubleOperating Command Execution Supervision: A second switch command is in conflict with a pending one.
CES CLOSE durg OPEN Cmd Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not ready.CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed because of field interlocking.CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed No Synchronization signal while t-sync was running.Prot CLOSE Signal: CLOSE command issued by the Prot module.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandAck TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip Command.Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker Alarm.Res Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm.CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the Prot module.
OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot module.
CLOSE Cmd manual Signal: CLOSE Cmd manualOPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manualCLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request
Switching the Breaker at the PanelControl
Manually switching a switchgear at the device panel is possible at the following switching authorities:
• Local; and • Local and Remote.
Assumed the device displays the main screen:
1. Press the »Menu« softkey.
2. Select the »Control« menu by using the »up« or »down« softkeys and press the »right« arrow softkey button.
3. Select the »Control« menu by using the »up« or »down« softkeys and press the »right« arrow softkey button.
4. A symbol for the switchgear and its status (ON, OFF, intermediate or disturbed) is displayed.
5.
318 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
6. Dependent on the status (ON/OFF), the switchgear can be switched ON or OFF by the corresponding softkey.
The current position of the switchgear will be visualized by different symbols:
Breaker State Symbol0
(Intermediate)
1(Off)
2(ON)
3(Disturbed)
Direct Commands of the Switching Authority
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Switching Authority
Switching Authority None,
Local,
Remote,
Local and Remote
Local [Control
/General Settings]
Signals of the Switching Authority
Name Description
Local Switching Authority: LocalRemote Switching Authority: Remote
Breaker Wear Features
The protective relay offers the following Breaker Wear features.
• Monitoring of the accumulated interrupted currents.• Slow breaker alarm.• Calculation of the Breaker Open Capacity »Bkr OPEN capacity«. 100% means that breaker
maintenance is mandatory now.
www.eaton.com 319
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Breaker Wear Curve.• Monitoring of total CLOSE/OPEN cycles and alarm for max allowed CLOSE/OPEN cycles per hour.
Slow Breaker Alarm
An increase of the closing or opening time of the breaker is an indication for the maintenance need of this switchgear. If the measured time exceeds the time »t-Move OPEN« or »t-Move CLOSE«, the signal »BWEAR SLOW BREAKER« will be activated. This signal will be active until it is reset manually.
Breaker Wear Curve
In order to keep the breaker in good working condition, the breaker needs to be monitored. The breaker health (operation life) depends above all on:
• The number of CLOSE/OPEN cycles;• The amplitudes of the interrupting currents; and• The frequency that the breaker operates (operations per hour).
The User has to maintain the breaker accordingly to the maintenance schedule that is to be provided by the manufacturer (breaker operation statistics). By means of up to ten points that the User can replicate the breaker wear curve within menu [Control/Breaker/BWear]. Each point has two settings: the interrupt current in kilo amperes and the allowed operation counts. No matter how many points are used, the operation counts the last point as zero. The protective relay will interpolate the allowed operations based on the breaker wear curve. When the interrupted current is greater than the interrupt current at the last point, the protective relay will assume zero operation counts.
320 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Global Protection Parameters of the Breaker Wear Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Operations Alarm
Service Alarm, too many Operations 1 - 100000 9999 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Isum Intr Alarm Alarm, the Sum (Limit) of interrupting
currents has been exceeded.0.00 – 2000.00 kA 100.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]
www.eaton.com 321
0.1 1 10 1001
10
100
1 103×
1 104×0.0
100001.2
10000
8.0150
20.012
20.00
Breaker Maintenance Curve for a typical 25kV Breaker
Num
ber o
f Ope
ratio
ns
Interrupted Current in kA per operation
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Isum Intr per hour Alarm
Alarm, the per hour Sum (Limit) of interrupting currents has been exceeded.
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 100.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Bwear Curve Fc
The Breaker Wear Curve defines the maximum allowed CLOSE/OPEN cycles depending on the brake currents. If the breaker maintenance curve is exceeded, an alarm will be issued. The breaker maintenance curve is to be taken from the technical data sheet of the breaker manufacturer. By means of the available points this curve is to be replicated.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]
WearLevel Alarm
Breaker Wear curve Alarm Level in %
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 - 100.00% 80.00% [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]WearLevel Lockout
Breaker Wear Curve Lockout Level in %
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 - 100.00% 95.00% [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current1 Interrupted Current Level #1
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 0.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Count1 Open Counts Allowed #1
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 10000 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current2 Interrupted Current Level #2
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 1.20 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Count2 Open Counts Allowed #2
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 10000 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current3 Interrupted Current Level #3
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 8.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]
322 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Count3 Open Counts Allowed #3
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 150 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current4 Interrupted Current Level #4
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Count4 Open Counts Allowed #4
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 12 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current5 Interrupted Current Level #5
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Count5 Open Counts Allowed #5
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 0 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current6 Interrupted Current Level #6
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Count6 Open Counts Allowed #6
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 0 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current7 Interrupted Current Level #7
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Count7 Open Counts Allowed #7
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 0 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current8 Interrupted Current Level #8
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]
www.eaton.com 323
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Count8 Open Counts Allowed #8
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 0 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current9 Interrupted Current Level #9
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Count9 Open Counts Allowed #9
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 0 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Current10 Interrupted Current Level #10
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0.00 – 2000.00 kA 20.00 kA [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]Count10 Open Counts Allowed #10
Only available if:Bwear Curve Fc = Active
0 - 100000 0 [Control
/Breaker
/BWear]
Breaker Wear Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Operations Alarm Signal: Service Alarm, too many OperationsIsum Intr trip: IA Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IAIsum Intr trip: IB Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IBIsum Intr trip: IC Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: ICIsum Intr trip Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded in at least one phase.Res TripCmdCr Signal: Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commandsRes Isum trip Signal: Reset summation of the tripping currentsWearLevel Alarm Signal: Breaker Wear curve Alarm Level in %WearLevel Lockout Signal: Breaker Wear Curve Lockout Level in %Res Bwear Curve Signal: Res Bwear CurveIsum Intr per hour Alarm Signal: Isum Intr per hour AlarmRes Isum Intr per hour Alarm Signal: Res Isum Intr per hour Alarm
324 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Breaker Wear Counter Values
Value Description Menu Path
TripCmd Cr Counter: Total number of trips of the switchgear (breaker, load break switch … ). Resettable with Total or All.
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]
Breaker Wear Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
Isum trip IA Summation of the tripping currents phase
0.00 A 0.00 – 1000.00 A
[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]Isum trip IB Summation of the tripping currents
phase0.00 A 0.00 –
1000.00 A[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]Isum trip IC Summation of the tripping currents
phase0.00 A 0.00 –
1000.00 A[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]Isum Intr per hour Sum per hour of interrupting
currents.0.00 kA 0.00 –
1000.00 kA[Operation
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]Bkr OPEN capacity Bkr. OPEN capacity. 100% means,
that the breaker is to be maintenanced.
0.0% 0.0 - 100.0% [Operation
/Count and RevData
/Breaker]
Direct Commands of the Breaker Wear Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res TripCmdCr Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commands
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]Res Isum trip Reset summation of the tripping currents Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]Res Isum Intr per hour
Sum per hour of interrupting currents. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
www.eaton.com 325
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Bkr OPEN capacity
Resetting of the Bkr. OPEN capacity. 100% means, that the breaker is to be maintenanced.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
326 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Protective Elements
Directional Feature – Phase Current
All elements can be selected as »Non-directional/Forward/Reverse« operated. This has to be done in the »Device Planning« menu.
For the direction detection it is mandatory, that the required voltages exceed 0.35 V and the required currents exceed 10 mA.
For the case, that the voltage drops below 0.35 V, the last angle between the operating and polarizing quantity will be used for the directional detection.
Overcurrent protection elements, time inverse or instantaneous or time delay, etc., can trip in a specified fault current direction. When the trip direction is set to »Non-directional«, the direction detection takes no effect. When it is set to »Forward«, a trip is only permitted in the forward direction where fault current lies within ± 90° around the maximum torque angle »Phase MTA«. When it is set to »Reverse«, a trip is only permitted in reverse direction where fault current lies within ± 90° around the opposite of the maximum torque angle.
In the case of a 3-phase nearly zero voltage fault, the memorized voltage, or prefault voltages, is used to establish the correct fault direction.
www.eaton.com 327
IM02602007E EDR-5000
328 www.eaton.com
Prot
.I di
r n p
oss
Prot
.I di
r rev
Prot
.I di
r fw
d
VA IA IB ICVCVB
Prot
.I Ph
ase
MTA
φ VAB
VA
VBC
VBVC
A
VC
VBC
I1
Phas
e M
TA
Rev
erse
Forw
ard
Volta
ge m
emor
y
(For
war
d)
(Rev
erse
)
(Not
pos
sibl
e)
Prot
-Ph
ase
failu
re D
irect
ion
Det
ectio
n
AND
AND
AND
Prot
.Pha
se S
eque
nce
Prot
.Pic
kup
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Phase Directional Supervision Logic
www.eaton.com 329
Non
-dire
ctio
nal
Rev
erse
Forw
ard
Nam
e.M
ode
AND
AND
Prot
.I di
r fw
d
Prot
.I di
r rev
Nam
e. F
ault
in P
roje
cted
Dire
ctio
n
(For
war
d)
(Rev
erse
)
Dire
ctio
n D
ecis
ion
Phas
e ov
ercu
rrent
AND
Prot
.I di
r n p
oss
(Not
pos
sibl
e)
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.N
ondi
r Trip
at V
=0
Nam
e =
I[1]..
.[n]
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
9O
R
IM02602007E EDR-5000
50P/67P- DEFT Overcurrent ProtectionAvailable Elements50P[1] ,50P[2] ,50P[3]
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings (applies only to devices which are equipped with Inrush protection)..
All overcurrent protective elements are identically structured.
All ANSI 67 elements (directional overcurrent protection), will be displayed as ANSI 50 elements. That means, that the name of an ANSI 50 element wont change, if it is set within the device planning from “non-directional” to “directional”.
For each element the following characteristic is available:
• DEFT (definite time).
Explanation
This element offers a criterion setting. The criterion setting tells if the threshold is based on the fundamental (Phasor) or RMS.
For Tripping curves, please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)” section.
330 www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 331
50P/
67P[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
50P[
1]...
[n]
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IB
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IC Nam
e.Tr
ip
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e A
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e B
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e C
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA IB IC
AND
AND
AND
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
AND
AND
AND
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o*
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
5 6 74 3
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: IH
2*
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: IH
2*
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: IH
2*
1516a
17a
18a
24a
25a
26a
14
OR
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
φD
EFT
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.t
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s,
tripp
ing
times
and
rese
t mod
es w
ill
be c
alcu
late
d by
the
devi
ce.
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
t 0
Nam
e.* I
[1]..
.[n] F
ault
in P
roje
cted
Dire
ctio
n9
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Dire
ctio
n D
ecis
ion
Pha
se o
verc
urre
nt
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the 50P/67P Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode 50P[1]: Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
50P[2]: Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
50P[3]: Do not use,
Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
Non-directional
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 50P/67P Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
332 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the 50P/67P Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
50P[1]: Active
50P[2]: Active
50P[3]: Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
www.eaton.com 333
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental,
True RMS,
I2
True RMS [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]Pickup
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT Or Characteristic = INV Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Active Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Inactive
0.02 – 40.00 In 50P[1]: 2 In
50P[2]: 2.5 In
50P[3]: 3.0 In
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
t
Tripping delay
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT
0.00 – 300.00 s 50P[1]: 0 s
50P[2]: 0.25 s
50P[3]: 0.25 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
50P/67P Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
334 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50P[1]]
www.eaton.com 335
IM02602007E EDR-5000
50P/67P Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup IA Signal: Pickup IAPickup IB Signal: Pickup IBPickup IC Signal: Pickup ICPickup Signal: PickupTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Overcurrent Protection, directional [ANSI 50P/67P]
Object to be tested:
• For each directional overcurrent element is to be measured: the total tripping time (recommendation) or alternatively tripping delays and the drop-out ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase.
Especially in Holmgreen connections, wiring errors can happen easily and these are then detected safely. By measuring the total tripping time, it can be ensured that the secondary wiring is OK (from the terminal on, up to the trip coil of the Breaker).
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the User. The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker (not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the protection elements) + breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
336 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Necessary means
• Synchronizable current and voltage sources• Optional: ampere meters • Timer
Procedure
Synchronize the 3-phase current and voltage sources with each other. Then simulate the tripping directions to be tested by the angle between current and voltage.
Testing the threshold values (3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase)
Each time feed a current which is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping. Then check the threshold values.
Testing the total tripping delay (recommendation)
Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the Brk. (Brk. tripping).
Testing the trip delay (measured at the relay output)
Measure the tripping times at the relay output.
Testing the drop-out ratio
Reduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the dropout ratio.
Successful test result
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values and drop-out ratios correspond with those values, specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found under Technical Data.
51P/67P - INV Overcurrent-ProtectionAvailable Elements51P[1]
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings (applies only to devices which are equipped with Inrush protection).
All overcurrent protective elements are identically structured.
All ANSI 67 elements (directional overcurrent protection), will be displayed as ANSI 51 elements. That means, that the name of an ANSI 51 element wont change, if it is set within the device planning from “non-directional” to “directional”.
www.eaton.com 337
IM02602007E EDR-5000
For each element, the following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• Therm Flat IT;• Therm Flat I2T; and• Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (PHASE)” section.
338 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 339
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IB
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IC Nam
e.Tr
ip
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e A
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e B
IH2.
Blo
Phas
e C
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IA IB IC
AND
AND
AND
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals) AN
D
AND
AND
Nam
e.IH
2 Bl
o*
Imax
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
5 6 74 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: IH
2*
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: IH
2*
1516b
17b
18b
24b
25b
26b
14
OR
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
φ INV
Imax
Nam
e.t-r
eset
Nam
e.t-m
ultip
lier
Nam
e.C
urve
Sha
pe
Nam
e.R
eset
Mod
e
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s,
tripp
ing
times
and
rese
t mod
es w
ill
be c
alcu
late
d by
the
devi
ce.
51P/
67P[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
51P/
67P[
1]...
[n]
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
Nam
e.* I
[1]..
.[n] F
ault
in P
roje
cted
Dire
ctio
n9
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n Ph
ase
over
curre
nt
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the 51P/67P Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
Non-directional
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 51P/67P Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
340 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the 51P/67P Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com 341
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental,
True RMS,
I2
True RMS [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]Pickup
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Active Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Inactive
0.02 – 40.00 In 1.00 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]Curve Shape
Characteristic IEC NINV,
IEC VINV,
IEC EINV,
IEC LINV,
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
ANSI MINV [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
t-multiplier
Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.
0.02 - 20.00 1 [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
342 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Reset Mode
Reset Mode Instantaneous,
t-delay,
Calculated
Calculated [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]t-reset
Reset time for intermittent phase failures (INV characteristics only)
Available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
0.00 – 60.00 s 0 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
51P/67P Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
www.eaton.com 343
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[1]]
51P/67P Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup IA Signal: Pickup IAPickup IB Signal: Pickup IBPickup IC Signal: Pickup ICPickup Signal: PickupTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
344 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Commissioning: Overcurrent Protection, Non-directional [ANSI 51P/67P]
Object to be tested:
• For each directional overcurrent element is to be measured: the total tripping time (recommendation) or alternatively tripping delays and the drop-out ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase.
Especially in Holmgreen connections, wiring errors can happen easily and these are then detected safely. By measuring the total tripping time, it can be ensured that the secondary wiring is OK (from the terminal on, up to the trip coil of the Breaker).
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the User. The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker (not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the protection elements) + breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means
• Synchronizable current and voltage sources;• Optional: ampere meters; and• Timer.
Procedure
Synchronize the 3-phase current and voltage sources with each other. Then simulate the tripping directions to be tested by the angle between current and voltage.
Testing the threshold values (3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase)
Each time feed a current which is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping. Then check the threshold values.
Testing the total tripping delay (recommendation)
Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the Brk. (Brk. tripping).
Testing the trip delay (measured at the relay output)
Measure the tripping times at the relay output.
Testing the drop-out ratio
Reduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the dropout ratio.
Successful test result
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values and drop-out ratios correspond with those values, specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found under Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 345
IM02602007E EDR-5000
51V – Voltage Restraint Overcurrent-Protection
The 51P[2] and 51P[3] elements can be used for Voltage Restraint if the Parameter »VRestraint« is set to »active« within the Parameter Set.
51P[2] ,51P[3]
All voltage restraint overcurrent protective elements are identically structured.
All ANSI 67 elements (directional overcurrent protection), will be displayed as ANSI 51 elements. That means, that the name of an ANSI 51 element wont change, if it is set within the device planning from “non-directional” to “directional”.
The 51V element restrains operation which reduces pickup levels. This allows the User to lower the pickup value of the 51V elements with the corresponding phase input voltage (phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground, depending on the setting of »Main VT con« within the System Parameters). When the minimum fault phase current is close to the load current, it may make the phase time overcurrent protection coordination difficult. In this case, an undervoltage function may be used to alleviate this situation. When the voltage (RMS) is low, the phase time overcurrent pickup threshold may be set low accordingly, so that the phase time overcurrent protection may achieve adequate sensitivity and better coordination. The device uses a simple linear model to determine the effective pickup by characterizing the relationship between the voltage and the phase time overcurrent pickup threshold.
Once the voltage restraint is activated, the effective phase time overcurrent pickup threshold will be the calculated Pickup% times the phase time overcurrent pickup setting. The effective pickup threshold must be within the setting range allowed and, if it is less, the minimum pickup value will be used.
That means:Vmin = 0.25*Vmax;• Pickup%min = 25%;• Pickup% = 25%, if V <= Vmin;• Pickup% = 1/Vmax*(V - Vmin) + 25%, if Vmin < V < Vmax;• Pickup% = 100%, if V >= Vmax;
346 www.eaton.com
Pickup%
VRestraint max25% VRestraint max
25%
100%
V
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
For tripping curves, please refer to the“Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)” section.
If this element should be blocked in case of a Loss Of Potential, »LOP BLO« has to be set to »active«.
Definition of Vn: Vn is dependent on the System Parameter setting of "Main VT con".
In case that within the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta":
Vn=Main VT sec .
In case that "Main VT con" is set to "Wye":
Vn= MainVT sec3
www.eaton.com 347
Name.TripCmd
Name.Pickup IA
Name.Pickup IB
Name.Pickup IC
Name.Trip
IH2.Blo Phase A
IH2.Blo Phase B
IH2.Blo Phase C
Please Refer to Diagram: Blockings**
51V Pickup = %Pickup * 51P
Pickup
IA
IB
IC
AND
AND
AND
Name.Trip Phase A
Name.Trip Phase B
Name.Trip Phase C
Name.Pickup
Please Refer to Diagram: Trip Blockings
Inactive
Active
Name.IH2 Blo
(Element is not deactivated and no active blocking signals)
AND
AND
AND
Name.IH2 Blo*
Imax
(Tripping command not deactivated or blocked. )
5
6
7
4
3
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
Please Refer to Diagram: IH2*
15
16b
17b
18b
24b
25b
26b
14
OROR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
φINV
Imax
Name.t-reset
Name.t-multiplier
Name.Curve Shape
Name.Reset Mode
Based on above parameters, tripping times and reset modes will be calculated by the device.
51V[1]...[n]
Name = 51V[1]...[n]
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush P
rotection
VA
VB
VC
φ
Pickup%
25%
100%
V
25%
VRestraint max
%Pickup
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
RMS
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the 51V Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
Non-directional
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 51V Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
348 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
Setting Group Parameters of the 51V Module
In the case that Voltage Restraint is active (Vrestraint=active), the minimum pickup that can be set is 0.1 In.
In the case that Voltage Restraint is inactive (Vrestraint=inactive), the minimum pickup that can be set is 0.01 In.
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
51P[2]: Active
51P[3]: Inactive
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
www.eaton.com 349
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental,
True RMS,
I2
True RMS [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/
element starts to time out to trip.
Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Active Minimum of the setting range If: VRestraint = Inactive
0.02 – 40.00 In 1.00 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]Curve Shape
Characteristic IEC NINV,
IEC VINV,
IEC EINV,
IEC LINV,
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
ANSI MINV [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
350 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-multiplier
Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.
0.02 - 20.00 51P[2]: 2
51P[3]: 3
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]Reset Mode
Reset Mode Instantaneous,
t-delay,
Calculated
Calculated [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]t-reset
Reset time for intermittent phase failures (INV characteristics only).
Available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
0.00 – 60.00 s 0 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]VRestraint
Voltage Restraint Protection Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]VRestraint max
Maximum voltage restraint level. Definition of Vn: Vn is dependent on the System Parameter setting of "Main VT con". When the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta" , "Vn = Main VT sec ". When the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Wye", "Vn = Main VT sec/SQRT(3)".
Only available if: VRestraint = Active
0.04 – 1.30 Vn 1.00 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
LOP Blo
Blocking if voltage transformer failure detected. LOP (Loss of Potential)
Only available if: VRestraint = Active
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
www.eaton.com 351
IM02602007E EDR-5000
51V Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
352 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51P[2]]
51V Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup IA Signal: Pickup IAPickup IB Signal: Pickup IBPickup IC Signal: Pickup ICPickup Signal: PickupTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Voltage Restraint [ANSI 51V]
Object to be tested:
Signals to be measured for Voltage Restraint element: the threshold values, total tripping time (recommended), or alternatively tripping delays and the dropout ratios; each time 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase.
www.eaton.com 353
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Eaton recommends measuring the total tripping time instead of the tripping delay. The tripping delay should be specified by the customer. The total tripping time is measured at the position signaling contact of the breaker (not at the relay output contacts!).
Total tripping time = tripping delay (please refer to the tolerances of the protection stages)+ breaker operating time (about 50 ms)
Please take the breaker operating times from the technical data specified in the relevant documentation provided by the breaker manufacturer.
Necessary means:
• Current source;• Voltage Source;• Current and Voltage meters; and• Timer.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values (3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase)Feed %Pickup voltage. For each test performed, feed a current that is about 3-5% above the threshold value for activation/tripping. Then check if the pickup values are %Pickup of the value according to 51P protection.
Testing the total tripping delay (recommendation)Measure the total tripping times at the auxiliary contacts of the breakers (breaker tripping).
Testing the tripping delay (measuring at the relay output contact)Measure the tripping times at the relay output contact.
Testing the dropout ratioReduce the current to 97% below the trip value and check the dropout ratio.
Successful test resultThe measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found under Technical Data.
Directional Features for Measured (IX) Ground Fault Elements 50X/51XAll ground fault elements can be selected as »Non-directional/Forward/Reverse« operated. This has to be done in the »Device Planning« menu.
For the direction detection, it is mandatory that the required voltages exceed 0.35 V and the required currents exceed 10 mA. An exception is the measured sensitive ground current which has to exceed 1 mA.
For the case that the voltage drops below 0.35 V, the last angle between the operating and polarizing quantity will be used for the directional detection.
354 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Important Definitions
Polarizing Quantity: This is the quantity that is used as a reference value. The polarizing quantity can be selected by the parameter »IX Direction Control« in the [System Para/Direction] menu as follows:
• »IX 3V0«: The neutral voltage selected by the parameter »3V0 Source« will be used as the polarizing quantity. The traditional way to polarize a ground fault element is to use neutral voltage (3V0). The neutral voltage can, however, be either »measured« or »calculated«. This can be selected by the parameter »3V0 Source« in the [System Para/Direction] menu.
• »IX Neg«: With this selection, the negative phase sequence voltage and current (Polarizing: V2/Operating: I2) will be used to detect direction. The monitored current is still the measured residual current IX.
• »IX Dual«: For this method, the negative phase sequence voltage »V2« will be used as polarizing quantity if »V2« and »I2« are available, otherwise 3V0 will be used. The operating quantity is either I2 if »V2« and »I2« are available, else IX.
The following table gives the User a quick overview of the all possible directional settings.
50X/51X Direction Decision by Angle Between:
[System Para/ Direction]
The Following Angle Has to Be Set:
[System Para/Direction]:
IX Dir Cntrl =
[System Para/Direction]:
3V0 Source =
Measured ground current and neutral voltage:IX, 3V0 (measured)
Ground MTA IX 3V0 Measured
Measured ground current and neutral voltage:IX, 3V0 (calculated)
Ground MTA IX 3V0 Calculated
Negative sequence voltage and currentI2, V2
90° + Phase MTA IX Neg N.A.
Negative phase sequence current and voltage (preferred), measured ground current and neutral voltage (alternatively):I2, V2 (if available)or else:IX, 3V0 (measured)
If V2 and I2 are available: 90° + Phase MTA
else:
Ground MTA
IX Dual Measured
Negative phase sequence current and voltage (preferred), measured ground current and neutral voltage (alternatively):I2, V2 (if available)or else:IX, 3V0 (calculated)
If V2 and I2 are available: 90° + Phase MTA
else:
Ground MTA
IX Dual Calculated
www.eaton.com 355
IM02602007E EDR-5000
356 www.eaton.com
50X/
51X
-Dire
ctio
n D
etec
tion
Prot
.IX d
ir n
poss
Prot
.IX d
ir re
v
Prot
.IX d
ir fw
d(F
orw
ard)
(Rev
erse
)
(Not
pos
sibl
e)
10b
10b
Prot
-50
X/51
X -D
irect
ion
Det
ectio
n
10b
Mea
sure
d
3V0
Sour
ce
Syst
em P
ara
Calc
ulat
ed
VR c
alc
VX m
eas
IX 3
V0
IX N
eg
IX D
ir C
ntrl
IX D
ual
3V0
3V0
If V2
and
I2 a
re a
vaila
ble,
I2 is
the
oper
atin
g qu
antit
y, e
lse
IX is
the
oper
atin
g qu
antit
y
V2
IG =
IX m
eas 90
° +
Phas
e M
TA
Gro
und
MTA
Syst
em P
ara
Syst
em P
ara
If V2
and
I2 a
re a
vaila
ble,
MTA
= 9
0° +
Ph
ase
MTA
, oth
erw
ise
MTA
= G
roun
d M
TA
Rev
erse
Forw
ard
pola
rizin
g
MTA
pola
rizin
gop
erat
ing
oper
ating
V2
I2
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
50X/67X DEFT Measured Ground Fault ProtectionElements50X[1] ,50X[2]
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the ground current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings.
All ground current elements are identically structured.
The following table shows the application options of the earth overcurrent protection element
Applications of the IG-Protection Module Setting in OptionANSI 50X – Ground overcurrent protection, non-directional
Device Planning menuSetting: Non-directional
Measuring Mode: Fundamental/TrueRMS
ANSI 67X – Ground overcurrent protection, directional
Device Planning menuSetting: Forward/Reverse
Measuring Mode: Fundamental/TrueRMSVX Selection: measured/calculated
CriterionFor all protection elements it can be determined, whether the measurement is done on basis of the »Fundamental« or if »TrueRMS« measurement is used.
VX SelectionWithin the parameter menu, this parameter determines, whether the earth current and the residual voltage is »measured« or »calculated«.
Calculation is only possible, when phase to neutral voltage is applied to the voltage inputs.
At setting »measured« the quantities to be measured, i. e.: residual voltage and the measured ground current have to be applied to the corresponding 4th measuring input.
All ground current protective elements can be planned User defined as non-directional or as directional stages. This means, for instance, all elements can be projected in forward/reverse direction.
For each element the following characteristics are available:
• DEFT (definite time).
For tripping curves, please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com 357
IM02602007E EDR-5000
358 www.eaton.com
50X[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
50X[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
Blo
IG
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo*
84 3
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: I
H2*
151427
a
19a
AND AN
D
AND
φD
EFT
Nam
e.t
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
IX M
easu
red
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s,
tripp
ing
times
and
rese
t mod
es
will
be c
alcu
late
d by
the
devi
ce.
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
t 0
Nam
e.* F
ault
in P
roje
cted
Dire
ctio
n10
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n G
roun
d Fa
ult
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the 50X/67X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
Non-directional
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 50X/67X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
www.eaton.com 359
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the 50X/67X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
360 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental,
True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]Pickup
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.02 – 20.00 In 50X[1]: 1 In
50X[2]: 2 In
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]Pickup
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.002 – 2.000 In 0.02 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]t
Tripping delay
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.5 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
50X/67X Ground Fault Protection Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
www.eaton.com 361
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50X[1]]
362 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
50X/67X Ground Fault Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup IX or IRTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Ground Fault Protection – Non-directional [ANSI 50X/67X]
Please test the non-directional ground overcurrent analog to the non-directional phase overcurrent protection.
www.eaton.com 363
IM02602007E EDR-5000
51X/67X INV Measured Ground Fault ProtectionElements51X[1] ,51X[2]
All ground current elements are identically structured.
The following table shows the application options of the earth overcurrent protection element
Applications of the IG-Protection Module Setting in OptionANSI 51X – Ground overcurrent protection, non-directional
Device Planning menuSetting: Non-directional
Measuring Mode: Fundamental/TrueRMS
ANSI 67X – Ground overcurrent protection, directional
Device Planning menuSetting: Forward/Reverse
Measuring Mode: Fundamental/TrueRMSVX Selection: measured/calculated
CriterionFor all protection elements it can be determined, whether the measurement is done on basis of the »Fundamental« or if »TrueRMS« measurement is used.
VX SelectionWithin the parameter menu, this parameter determines, whether the earth current and the residual voltage is »measured« or »calculated«.
Calculation is only possible, when phase to neutral voltage is applied to the voltage inputs.
At setting »measured« the quantities to be measured, i. e. Residual voltage and the measured ground current have to be applied to the corresponding 4th measuring input.
All ground current protective elements can be planned User defined as non-directional or as directional stages. This means, for instance, all elements can be projected in forward/reverse direction.
For each element the following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• Therm Flat IT;• Therm Flat I2T; and• Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (Ground Current)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
364 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 365
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
Blo
IG
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo*
84 3
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: IH
2*
151427
b
19b
AND AN
D
AND
IX M
easu
red
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
51X[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
51X[
1]...
[n]
φ INV
Nam
e.t-r
eset
Nam
e.t-m
ultip
lier
Nam
e.C
urve
Sha
pe
Nam
e.R
eset
Mod
e
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s, tr
ippi
ng
times
and
rese
t mod
es w
ill be
cal
cula
ted
by th
e de
vice
.
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
Nam
e.* F
ault
in P
roje
cted
Dire
ctio
n10
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Dire
ctio
n D
ecis
ion
Gro
und
Faul
t
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the 51X/67X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode 51X[1]: Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
51X[2]: Do not use,
Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
Non-directional
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 51X/67X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
366 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the 51X/67X Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
www.eaton.com 367
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental,
True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]Pickup
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.02 – 20.00 In 0.5 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]Pickup
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.002 – 2.000 In 0.02 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]Curve Shape
Characteristic IEC NINV,
IEC VINV,
IEC EINV,
IEC LINV,
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
ANSI MINV [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
368 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-multiplier
Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.
0.02 - 20.00 51X[1]: 1
51X[2]: 2
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]Reset Mode
Reset Mode Instantaneous,
t-delay,
Calculated
Calculated [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]t-reset
Reset time for intermittent phase failures (INV characteristics only)
Only available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
0.00 – 60.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
51X/67X Ground Fault Protection Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
www.eaton.com 369
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51X[1]]
51X/67X Ground Fault Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup IX or IRTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
370 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Commissioning: Ground Fault Protection – Non-directional [ANSI 51X/67X]
Please test the non-directional ground overcurrent analog to the non-directional phase overcurrent protection.
www.eaton.com 371
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Directional Features for Calculated (IR) Ground Fault Elements 50R/51RAll ground fault elements can be selected as »Non-directional/Forward/Reverse« operated. This has to be done in the »Device Planning« menu.
For the direction detection, it is mandatory that the required voltages exceed 0.35 V and the required currents exceed 10 mA. An exception is the measured sensitive ground current which has to exceed 1 mA.For the case that the voltage drops below 0.35 V, the last angle between the operating and polarizing quantity will be used for the directional detection.
Important Definitions
Polarizing Quantity: This is the quantity that is used as a reference value. The polarizing quantity can be selected by the parameter »IR Direction Control« in the [System Para/Direction] menu as follows:
• »IR 3V0«: The neutral voltage selected by the parameter »3V0 Source« will be used as the polarizing quantity. The traditional way to polarize a ground fault element is to use neutral voltage (3V0). The neutral voltage can, however, be either »measured« or »calculated«. This can be selected by the parameter »3V0 Source« in the [System Para/Direction] menu.
• »IR IPol«: The measured neutral current (usually = IX) will be used as polarizing quantity.
• »IR Dual«: For this method, the measured neutral current IPol=IX will be used as polarizing quantity, if available, otherwise 3V0 will be used.
• »IR Neg«: With this selection, the negative phase sequence voltage and current will be used to detect the direction. The monitored current is still the calculated residual current IR.
Operating Quantity: For the directional IR elements, the operating quantity is in general the calculated neutral current IR (except from »IR Neg« mode, where »I2« is the operating quantity).
The ground maximum torque angles (MTA) can be adjusted from 0° to 360°, except, if »IR IPol« is selected. In this case, it is set to 0° (fixed).
The following table gives the User a quick overview of the all possible directional settings.
50R/51R Direction Decision by Angle Between:
[System Para/ Direction]
The Following Angle Has to Be Set:
[System Para/Direction]:
IR Dir Cntrl =
[System Para/Direction]:
3V0 Source =
Residual current and neutral voltage:IR, 3V0 (measured)
Ground MTA IR 3V0 Measured
Residual current and neutral voltage:IR, 3V0 (calculated)
Ground MTA IR 3V0 Calculated
Residual current and neutral/ground currentIR, IX
0° (fixed) IR IPol N.A.
372 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
50R/51R Direction Decision by Angle Between:
[System Para/ Direction]
The Following Angle Has to Be Set:
[System Para/Direction]:
IR Dir Cntrl =
[System Para/Direction]:
3V0 Source =
Residual current and neutral/ground current (preferred), residual current and neutral voltage (alternatively):IR, IX (if available)or else:IR, 3V0 (measured)
If Ipol (=IX) is available, MTA = 0° (fixed); else MTA=Ground MTA
IR Dual Measured
Residual current and neutral/ground current (preferred), residual current and neutral voltage (alternatively):IR, IX (if available)or else:IR, 3V0 (calculated)
If Ipol (=IX) is available, MTA = 0° (fixed); else MTA=Ground MTA
IR Dual Calculated
Negative sequence voltage and currentI2, V2
90° + Phase MTA IR Neg N.A.
www.eaton.com 373
IM02602007E EDR-5000
374 www.eaton.com
Rev
erse
Forw
ard
pola
rizin
g
50R
/51R
-D
irect
ion
Det
ectio
n
MTA
Mea
sure
d
3V0
Sour
ce
Syst
em P
ara
Cal
cula
ted
VR
cal
c
VX
mea
s
IR 3
V0
IR IP
ol
IR D
ir C
ntrl
IR D
ual
IR N
eg
3V0
3V0
IX m
eas
IX m
eas
I2
V2
I0 =
IR c
alc
Prot
.IR d
ir n
poss
Prot
.IR d
ir re
v
Prot
.IR d
ir fw
d(F
orw
ard)
(Rev
erse
)
(Not
pos
sibl
e)
10a
10a
pola
rizin
gop
erat
ing
Prot
-50
R/5
1R -
Dire
ctio
n D
etec
tion
oper
ating
0° (f
ixed
)
Gro
und
MTA
Syst
em P
ara
Syst
em P
ara
10a
Prot
.IR N
eg d
ir n
poss
Prot
.IR N
eg re
v di
r
Prot
.IR N
eg d
ir fw
d(F
orw
ard)
(Rev
erse
)
(Not
pos
sibl
e)
10a
10a
10a
If IP
ol is
ava
ilabl
e, M
TA =
0°;
els
e M
TA=G
roun
d M
TA
90°
+ P
hase
MTA
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
50R/67R DEFT Calculated Ground Fault ProtectionElements50R[1] ,50R[2]
If using inrush blockings, the tripping delay of the ground current protection functions must be at least 30 ms or more in order to prevent faulty trippings.
All ground current elements are identically structured.
The following table shows the application options of the earth overcurrent protection element
Applications of the IG-Protection Module Setting in OptionANSI 50R – Ground overcurrent protection, non-directional
Device Planning menuSetting: Non-directional
Measuring Mode: Fundamental/TrueRMS
ANSI 67R – Ground overcurrent protection, directional
Device Planning menuSetting: Forward/Reverse
Measuring Mode: Fundamental/TrueRMSVX Selection: measured/calculated
CriterionFor all protection elements it can be determined, whether the measurement is done on basis of the »Fundamental« or if »TrueRMS« measurement is used.
VX SelectionWithin the parameter menu, this parameter determines, whether the earth current and the residual voltage is »measured« or »calculated«.
• Calculation is only possible, when phase to neutral voltage is applied to the voltage inputs.
At setting »measured« the quantities to be measured, i. e.: residual voltage and the measured ground current have to be applied to the corresponding 4th measuring input.
All ground current protective elements can be planned User defined as non-directional or as directional stages. This means, for instance, all elements can be projected in forward/reverse direction.
For each element the following characteristics are available:
• DEFT (definite time).
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com 375
IM02602007E EDR-5000
376 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
Blo
IG
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo*
84 3
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: IH
2*
151427
c
19c
AND AN
D
AND
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
50R
[1]..
.[n]
Nam
e =
50R
[1]..
.[n]
IX C
alcu
late
d
Nam
e.t
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
t0
φD
EFT
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s, tr
ippi
ng
times
and
rese
t mod
es w
ill be
cal
cula
ted
by th
e de
vice
.
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
t 0
Nam
e.* F
ault
in P
roje
cted
Dire
ctio
n10
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: D
irect
ion
Dec
isio
n G
roun
d Fa
ult
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the 50R/67R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
Non-directional
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 50R/67R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
www.eaton.com 377
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the 50R/67R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
378 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental,
True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]Pickup
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.02 – 20.00 In 50R[1]: 1 In
50R[2]: 2 In
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]t
Tripping delay
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.5 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
50R/67R Ground Fault Protection Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
www.eaton.com 379
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter3 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter4 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/50R[1]]
50R/67R Ground Fault Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command
380 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IRTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Ground Fault Protection – Non-directional [ANSI 50R/67R]
Please test the non-directional ground overcurrent using the procedure for non-directional phase overcurrent protection.
www.eaton.com 381
IM02602007E EDR-5000
51R/67R INV Calculated Ground Fault ProtectionElements51R[1] ,51R[2]
All ground current elements are identically structured.
The following table shows the application options of the earth overcurrent protection element
Applications of the IG-Protection Module Setting in OptionANSI 51R – Ground overcurrent protection, non-directional
Device Planning menuSetting: Non-directional
Measuring Mode: Fundamental/TrueRMS
ANSI 67R – Ground overcurrent protection, directional
Device Planning menuSetting: Forward/Reverse
Measuring Mode: Fundamental/TrueRMSVX Selection: measured/calculated
CriterionFor all protection elements it can be determined, whether the measurement is done on basis of the »Fundamental« or if »TrueRMS« measurement is used.
VX SelectionWithin the parameter menu, this parameter determines, whether the earth current and the residual voltage is »measured« or »calculated«.
• Calculation is only possible, when phase to neutral voltage is applied to the voltage inputs.
At setting »measured« the quantities to be measured, i. e.: residual voltage and the measured ground current have to be applied to the corresponding 4th measuring input.
All ground current protective elements can be planned User defined as non-directional or as directional stages. This means, for instance, all elements can be projected in forward/reverse direction.
For each element the following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• Therm Flat IT;• Therm Flat I2T; and• Therm Flat I4T.
For tripping curves please refer to the “Appendix/Time Current Curves (Ground Current)” section.
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents. However, this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
382 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 383
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs**
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
IH2.
Blo
IG
Inac
tive
Activ
e
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo
AND
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.IG
H2
Blo*
84 3
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: IH
2*
151427
d
19d
AND AN
D
AND
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φ
φ INV
Nam
e.t-r
eset
Nam
e.t-m
ultip
lier
Nam
e.C
urve
Sha
pe
Nam
e.R
eset
Mod
e
Base
d on
abo
ve p
aram
eter
s, tr
ippi
ng
times
and
rese
t mod
es w
ill be
cal
cula
ted
by th
e de
vice
.
IX C
alcu
late
d
51R
[1]..
.[n]
Nam
e =
51R
[1]..
.[n]
*=Applies only to devices that offer Inrush Protection
Nam
e.* F
ault
in P
roje
cted
Dire
ctio
n10
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Dire
ctio
n D
ecis
ion
Gro
und
Faul
t
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the 51R/67R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode 51R[1]: Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
51R[2]: Do not use,
Non-directional,
Forward,
Reverse
Non-directional
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the 51R/67R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]AdaptSet 1 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 1 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
384 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
AdaptSet 2 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 2 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]AdaptSet 3 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 3 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]AdaptSet 4 Assignment Adaptive Parameter 4 AdaptSet -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the 51R/67R Ground Fault Protection
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
www.eaton.com 385
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
Criterion Measuring method: fundamental or Reset Fundamental,
True RMS
True RMS [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]Pickup
If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element will be started.
0.02 – 20.00 In 51R[1]: 0.1 In
51R[2]: 0.5 In
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]Curve Shape
Characteristic IEC NINV,
IEC VINV,
IEC EINV,
IEC LINV,
ANSI MINV,
ANSI VINV,
ANSI EINV,
Therm Flat,
IT,
I2T,
I4T
ANSI MINV [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
t-multiplier
Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor. The setting range depends on the selected tripping curve.
0.02 - 20.00 51R[1]: 1
51R[2]: 2
[Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
386 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Reset Mode
Reset Mode Instantaneous,
t-delay,
Calculated
Calculated [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]t-reset
Reset time for intermittent phase failures (INV characteristics only)
Only available if:Reset Mode = t-delay
0.00 – 60.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
51R/67R Ground Fault Protection Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
www.eaton.com 387
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 3 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 4 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/I-Prot
/51R[1]]
51R/67R Ground Fault Protection Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup IX or IRTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip CommandActive AdaptSet Active Adaptive ParameterDefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter SetAdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 2AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 3AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 4
Commissioning: Ground Fault Protection – Non-directional [ANSI 51R/67R]
Please test the non-directional ground overcurrent analog to the non-directional phase overcurrent protection.
388 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
ZI - Zone InterlockingElementsZI
Principle – General Use
The purpose of zone interlocking is to speed up tripping for some faults without sacrificing the coordination of the system and interjecting nuisance trips into the system. Zone interlocking devices can communicate across distribution zones to determine whether or not a device sees a fault condition.
Zone interlocking is a communication scheme used with breakers and protective relays to improve the level of protection in a power distribution system. This is achieved through communication between the downstream and upstream devices in a power system. The zones are classified by their location downstream of the main circuit protective device which is generally defined as Zone 1.
By definition, a selectively coordinated system is one where by adjusting the trip unit pickup and time delay settings, the breaker closest to the fault trips first. The upstream breaker serves two functions: (1) back-up protection to the downstream breaker and (2) protection of the conductors between the upstream and downstream breakers.
For faults which occur on the conductors between the upstream and downstream breakers, it is ideal for the upstream breaker to trip with no time delay. This is the feature provided by Zone Selective Interlocking.
The zone interlocking information can be transferred to or received from other compatible zone interlocking devices by means of suitable communication cables. The single zone interlock terminal block, with its 3-wire scheme, can be used for either phase zone interlocking, ground zone interlocking, or a combination of the two. If phase and ground zone interlocking are combined, the potential consequences must be understood before implementation.
Systems containing multiple sources, or where the direction of power flow varies, require special considerations, or may not be suitable for this feature.
The breaker failure pickup signal »BF.PICKUP« is implicitly connected to zone interlocking, so that NO zone interlock output signal can be sent to the upstream device if a breaker failure on a downstream device is detected.
Description of the Functions and Features
• Configurable protection functions to initiate the zone interlocking OUTPUT signal (start functions).
• Remove zone interlocking OUTPUT signal immediately after detection of a breaker failure.
• Reset time (about ten cycles - settable) to interrupt OUTPUT signal for durable trip signal.
• Small trip delay (about three cycles – settable) to wait for downstream devices interlocking signals.
• Zone interlocking trip signal only possible by absence of zone interlocking INPUT signals.
• Configurable zone interlocking trip functions (protective functions serve as zone interlocking trip functions).
• Zone interlocking trip function pickup and tripping characteristic adaption using adaptive settings controlled by the zone interlocking input signals.
www.eaton.com 389
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the Zone Interlocking
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Use Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Zone Interlocking
In the global parameter menu for zone interlocking, two external blocking inputs (»Ex Block1/Ex Block2«), as with other protection modules, can be assigned to the input of the zone interlocking function so that the zone interlock function can be blocked by an assigned functions
Via an external input signal, the zone interlocking can also be blocked if the parameter »ExtBlockTripCMD« is assigned.
Breaker Failure Pickup flag BF.Pickup is implicitly connected to zone interlocking, so that NO zone interlock output signal can be sent to the upstream device if a breaker failure on downstream device is detected.
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]
Setting Group Parameters of the Zone Interlocking
The zone interlocking Setting Group Parameters consists of three groups of setting to configure the zone interlocking module to adapt to various application philosophies accordingly:
• General: This group comprises the settings used to control the general usage of the zone interlocking module.
• OUTPUT: What should be assigned to the Zone Out?- Phase,- Ground, or
• - Both.
The OUTPUT group comprises the settings to configure the zone interlocking output logic. If the zone interlocking application is used to a downstream device, the settings in OUTPUT group should be programmed accordingly. If the zone interlocking application is only used for an upstream device (main
390 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
breaker or Zone 1), the setting ZoneInterlockOut within the OUTPUT group should be disabled.
• TRIP: Activate the Zone Trip.
The TRIP group comprises the settings used to configure the zone interlocking TRIP logic. If the zone interlocking application is applied to an upstream device, (main breaker or Zone 1), the settings in the TRIP group should be programmed accordingly. If the zone interlocking application is only used for a downstream device (feeder breaker or Zone 2), the setting ZoneInterlockTrip in TRIP group should be disabled.
Setting the above mentioned setting groups accordingly the zone interlocking module can be configured as:
• Downstream device application (using only OUTPUT logic);,
• Upstream device application (using only TRIP logic); or
• Midstream device application (using both OUTPUT and TRIP logic together).
The following menu and tables show the detailed information about the settings.
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/General Settings]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/General Settings]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/General Settings]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/General Settings]
www.eaton.com 391
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ZI OUT Fc Zone Interlocking Out activate (allow) / inactivate (disallow)
Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/Zone Out]Fault Type Fault Type Phase,
Ground,
Both
Both [Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/Zone Out]Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/Zone Trip]Fault Type Fault Type Phase,
Ground,
Both
Both [Protection Para
/<n>
/ZI
/Zone Trip]
Zone Interlocking Output Logic [X2]
The following current protective function elements serve as the Phase Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
• 51P[1];• 50P[1]; and• 50P[2].
The following current protective function serves as the Ground Zone Interlock OUTPUT start functions:
• 51X[1];• 50X[1];• 51R[1]; and• 50R[1].
392 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 393
ZI.OUT
Zone Interlocking OUTPUT Logic Timing
STARTEDSTANDBY TRIPPED RESET STANDBYSTATETRANSFER
51P[1].Trip
51P[1].Pickup
ZI.Bkr Blo
t
t
0
1
0
1
t
0
1
t
0
1
t
0
1
Reset Timer
10 Cycles
IM02602007E EDR-5000
394 www.eaton.com
OR OR OR
OR
OR
OR
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
Phas
e
Gro
und
Faul
t Typ
e
Both
50P[
1].P
icku
p
51P[
1].P
icku
p
50P[
2].P
icku
p
50P[
1].T
ripC
md
51P[
1].T
ripC
md
50P[
2].T
ripC
md
50X[
1].P
icku
p
51X[
1].P
icku
p
50R
[1].P
icku
p
51R
[1].P
icku
p
50X[
1].T
ripC
md
51X[
1].T
ripC
md
50R
[1].T
ripC
md
51R
[1].T
ripC
md
Activ
e
ZI O
UT
Fc
Inac
tive
BF[1
].Trip
ZI[1
].Bkr
Blo
ZI[1
].Gro
und
OU
T
ZI[1
].Pha
se O
UT
ZI[1
].OU
T
166 m
st
166 m
st
X2: Z
I.Zon
e O
ut
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs2
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Zone Interlocking Trip Logic [X2]
The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Phase Zone-Interlock trip functions:
• 1.5 * 51P[1];• 50P[1]; and• 50P[2].
The following overcurrent protection elements trigger Ground Zone Interlock trip functions:
• 51X[1];• 50X[1];• 51R[1]; and• 50R[1].
www.eaton.com 395
Zone Interlocking TRIP Logic Timing
STARTEDSTANDBY TRIPPED STANDBY INTERLOCKED STANDBY
ZI.Trip
STATETRANSFER
51P[1].Pickup
ZI.Pickup
t
t
0
1
0
1
t
0
1
t
0
1
t0
1
Trip Delay Timer
3 Cycles
ZI.IN
IM02602007E EDR-5000
396 www.eaton.com
AND
AND
OR
50 m
st
50 m
st
OR OR OR
OR
AND
AND
Phas
e
Gro
und
Faul
t Typ
e
Both
50P[
1].P
icku
p
1.5*
51P[
1].P
icku
p
50P[
2].P
icku
p
50X[
1].P
icku
p
51X[
1].P
icku
p
50R
[1].P
ickup
51R
[1].P
ickup
Activ
e
Trip
Inac
tive
ZI[1
].Gro
und
Pick
up
ZI[1
].Pha
se P
icku
p
ZI[1
].Pha
se T
rip
ZI[1
].Gro
und
Trip
ZI[1
].Trip
ZI.IN
X2: Z
I.Zon
e Tr
ip
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
2(E
lem
ent i
s no
t dea
ctiv
ated
and
no
activ
e bl
ocki
ng s
igna
ls)
ZI[1
].Trip
Cm
d
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
3
15AN
D
14O
R
1414
ZI[1
].Pic
kup
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Zone Interlocking Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ZI]Bkr Blo-I Signal: Blocked by Breaker Failure []
Zone Interlocking Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandBkr Blo Signal: Blocked by Breaker FailurePhase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase PickupPhase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground PickupGround Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone InterlockingTrip Signal: Zone Interlocking TripTripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandPhase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUTGround OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUTOUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTIN Signal: Zone Interlocking IN
Zone Interlocking Wiring
The ZI Outputs are for use with connection to electronic inputs only.
The zone interlocking connection between relays is done by means of a twisted shielded cable. Downstream
www.eaton.com 397
IM02602007E EDR-5000
zone interlock outputs may be paralleled from up to ten devices (FP-5000 or DT-3000 or a combination of both) for connection to upstream zone interlocked relays.
Hardware Terminals for Zone Interlocking
By means of the zone interlocking terminals, the device can be connected to other Eaton protective devices such as an FP5000, DT3000, etc.
As an upstream device, the terminals - Phase/Ground IN should be connected to the OUT terminals of up to ten downstream device(s) by means of a dedicated cable wired in parallel. As a downstream device, the terminals - Phase/Ground OUT should be connected to the IN terminals of an upstream device by means of a dedicated cable.
398 www.eaton.com
Zone 1
J3
FP-X000
1
4
2
Out
In
Com
X2
13
14
15
Shield
Out
Com
Zone 2
16
17
18
Shield
In
Com
EDR-X000
Zone 3
J3
FP-X000
1
4
2
Out
In
Com
DT-3000
13
14
15
Out
In
Out
16
18
In
Com
Ground
Phase
J3
FP-X000
1
4
2
Out
In
Com
X2
13
14
15
Shield
Out
Com
16
17
18
Shield
In
Com
EDR-X000
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Terminal Marking X2 for Device: EDR-3000
www.eaton.com 399
123456789
101112131415161718
RO3
X?.
SC
IRIG-B+
IRIG-B-
COM
OUT
IN
COM
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Terminal Marking X2 for Device: EDR-4000 and EDR-5000
400 www.eaton.com
123456789
101112131415161718
RO3
X?.Do not use
Do not use
COM
OUT
IN
COM
RO4
RO1
RO2
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
79 - Automatic ReclosureAR
The autoreclosure is used to minimize outages on overhead lines. The majority1 (>60% in medium voltage and >85% in high voltage) of faults (arc flash over) on overhead lines are temporary and can be cleared by means of the autoreclosure element.
De-select the autoclosure element within the device planning menu if the protective device is used in order to protect cables, generators, ortransformers.
Features
The autoreclose function is designed with diverse, very comprehensive yet flexible features which meet all requirements of different utility concepts and technical applications.
The available features of the autoreclose function can be summarized as follows.
• Flexible assignment of initiate functions for individual shots.
• Maximum of six autoreclose shots.
• Dynamic adjustment of protection setting values (e.g.: pickup, time delay tripping curve, etc.) during autoreclose process via adaptive set concept.
• Reclose shots per hour limit.
• Autorecloser wear monitor with maintenance alarm.
• Programmable reclosing blocking feature.
• Auto zone coordination with downstream reclosers.
• Automatic manual-breaker-close blocking feature.
• Manual/Auto reset lockout (panel, contact input, communications, etc.).
• Autoreclose with Sync-check (Only in conjunction with internal Sync-check and Control modules).
• External AR shot counter increment is possible.
• Automatic autoreclose result evaluation (successful/unsuccessful).
• Separate counters to register total, successful/unsuccessful reclosing numbers.
1: Protective Relaying: Principles and Applications, ISBN 978-0824799182
www.eaton.com 401
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Via the pre shot (fast trip), the AR-module is able to trip the breaker ahead of the protection stage that has activated the AR-module. As a general rule, a fast trip is either issued before the first reclosure attempt or after the last permitted reclosure attempt.
1. At the beginning of the sequence, a “Pre shot” (Fast trip) is executed before the time overcurrent protection element of any device on the line completely times out. Purpose: to clear the fault before any of the circuit protection trips or blows open. A short time after the pre-shot occurs, the breaker can be re-closed into the line and all circuits connected on the line will still be energized. 80%-90% of the faults are not permanent. After a period from 0.5 up to 1 sec., the line is probably no longer faulty and the complete line can be re-energized. If the line is still faulty, segments of the line will be switched off selectively by the time overcurrent protection module as a result of the system coordination.
2. A Pre shot (Fast trip) at the end of the reclosure sequence occurs after the last permitted reclosure shot. Purpose: To prevent unnecessary damage from the electrical equipment in case of permanent faults. If the last reclosure attempt is executed and the fault is still present, then the breaker can be tripped quickly before the time overcurrent protection module has completely timed out.
The following table gives a folder (structure) overview.
AR Menu Folder Purpose
AR
Path:[Protection Para\Global Prot Para\AR]
Within this menu, external blockings, external lockings, external shot increments and external resets can be assigned. Those external events can only become effective, if they have been activated (allowed) within the General Settings. Please see table row below.
General Settings
Path: [Protection Para\Set[x]\AR\General Settings]
Within this menu several general settings can be activated: the function itself, external blocking, zone coordination, external locking, and external shot increment can be set to active. The corresponding trigger events (e.g.: digital inputs) have to be assigned within the corresponding global protection parameters. Please see table row above.
Furthermore, this menu contains some timers, the number of permitted reclosure attempts, the alarm mode (trip/alarm), and the reset mode can be set.
Shot Manager
Path: [Protection Para\Set[x]\AR\Shot Manager]
In Shot manager setting menu, the control logic between individual shots and protective functions will be specified. For each shot (inclusive the pre shot), the trigger (start) events can be assigned.
For each shot, a maximum of four initiate functions (protective functions which are dedicated to start this shot) can be selected from a list of available protective functions.
When the autoreclosure process is running in the shot X stage, the corresponding protection and control settings will be used to control the operation during this stage.In addition, the dead times have to be set. For each shot, its dead time will be set individually, except for the shot 0, for which no dead timer setting is necessary. The shot 0 is just a virtual state to define the time before the first shot is to issue. Each dead timer specifies the time duration which has to be expired before the reclosure command for this shot can be issued.
402 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
AR Wear Supervision
Path: [Protection Para\Set[x]\AR\AR Wear Superv]
In this setting menu two Service Alarms can be set as well as the number of permissible reclosure attempts per hour.
BlockFct
Path: [Protection Para\Set[x]\AR\BlockFct]
This group of settings specifies the protection functions by which the autoreclosure function must be blocked even if the autoreclosure function is already initiated.
Note the difference between the protection function which can be blocked by autorecloser and the function(s) here to block the autorecloser.
AR States
The following diagram shows the state transitions between the various states of the autoreclosure function. This diagram visualizes the run time logic and timing sequence according to the state transition direction and the events which trigger the transitions.
www.eaton.com 403
IM02602007E EDR-5000
State transition diagram.
In general, the autoreclosure function is only active (will be initiated) when all of the following conditions are met:
• Autoreclosure function is enabled (In AR General Setting: Function =active);
404 www.eaton.com
Standby
1
Ready
3
Lockout
6
t-ManualCloseBlock
2
t-Reset Lockout
7Blocked
5
AR Cycle
Start
t-dead
t-Run2Ready
4
Lock=True
Initiate AR
Initi
ateF
c=Tr
ue
succ
essf
ul
Bkr=
Pos
CLO
SE Lock=True
Bkr=
Pos
CLO
SE&
t-Man
ualC
lose
Bloc
k=tim
er e
laps
ed
Reset Lockout=True
t-Res
et L
ocko
ut=t
imer
ela
psed
Blo=
Fals
e
Bkr=
Pos
OPE
N&
t-Man
ualC
lose
Bloc
k=tim
er e
laps
ed
Blo=
True
Blo=True
AR.B
lo=T
rue
Lock=True
Bkr=Pos OPEN
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Breaker contact(s) (52a or/and 52b) is (are) installed and has (have) been programmed; and
• Autoreclosure is not blocked by the blocking inputs (ExBlo1/2).
1 Standby
The autoreclosure is in this state when the following conditions are met:
• The breaker is in the open position;• The autoreclose function is not initiated from any initiate (start) functions; and• No external or internal AR blocking signals are present.
No autoreclose shot operation is possible if the autoreclose function is within Standby state.
2 t-manual close block
Suppose that the breaker is open and the AR state is in Standby state. Then the breaker is closed manually. The event “CB Pos On” starts a Manual-Close-Blocking timer and results in a state transition from »STANDBY« to a transit state - »T-BLO AFTER CB MAN ON«. The autoreclosure function changes into the »READY« state only as the Manual-Close-Blocking timer elapses and the breaker is closed. By means of the manual close blocking timer, a faulty starting of the autoreclose function in case of a Switch-OnTo-Fault condition is prevented.
3 Ready
An activated autoreclose function is considered to be in »READY« state when all of the following conditions are true:
• The breaker is in closed position;
• The Manual-Close-Block-timer elapses after a breaker manual/remote close operation;
• The autoreclose function is not initiated from any initiate (start) functions; and
• No external or internal AR blocking signals are present.
An autoreclose start is only possible if the autoreclose function is in Ready state.
4 Run (Cycle)
The »RUN« state can only be reached if the following conditions are fulfilled:
www.eaton.com 405
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• The autoreclose was in »READY« state before;
• The breaker was in closed position before;
• No external or internal AR Blocking signals exist; and
• At least one of the assigned initiate functions is true (triggers the Autoreclosure).
A complete autoreclose process with multi-shot reclosing will be accomplished inside the Run state.
If the autoreclose gets into the »RUN« state, the autoreclose function transfers its control to a »RUN« state control automatically with several subordinate states which will be described in detail in the next section (AR Cycle).
5 Blocked
An activated autoreclose function goes into the »BLOCKED« state when one of the assigned blocking functions is true.
The autoreclose function exits the »BLOCKED« state if the assigned blocking signal is no longer present.
6 Lockout
An activated autoreclose function goes into the »LOCKOUT« state when one of the following conditions is true:
• An unsuccessful autoreclose is detected after all programmed autoreclose shots. The fault is of permanent nature;
• Reclose failure (incomplete sequence);
• Autoreclose rate per hour exceeds the limit;
• Breaker failure during AR starting;
• Manual breaker close operation during autoreclose process;
• At least one protective function is still tripping before the reclose command is issued; or
The autoreclose function exits the »LOCKOUT« state if the programmed lockout reset signal asserts and programmed Lockout Reset timer elapses.
A Service Alarm (Service Alarm 1 or Service Alarm 2) will not lead to a lockout of the AR function.
406 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
AR Cycle (Shot)
4 Run (Cycle)
The following drawing shows the state transitions in detail inside an AR run cycle.
www.eaton.com 407
tR2R=OUT&&Bkr=Pos CLOSE
--------------------------AR.successful
tD=OUT&CB=OFF&
CB_READY=TRUE&Trip
=False---------------------------------------------
Shot=Shot+1 & tCI start & Shot=Shot+1 &
tCI start & CB_CLOSE=True
t-Run2Ready
16
t-dead
14
Waiting Bkr Open
13
Ready
11
Ready
11
AR.Lock=TrueAR.Blo=True
AR.Lock=True
AR.Lock=TrueAR.Blo=True
AR.Blo=True
AR.Blo=TrueAR.Lock=True
Initi
ate
AR: I
nitia
teFc
=Trip
&&(S
hotC
ount
er<s
et)
------
------
------
------
------
------
t-CB
open
sta
rt
Bkr=Pos OPEN------------------
t-D: timer started
Initiate AR: InitiateFc=Trip-----------------------------------
tCB-Open start
Bkr=Pos CLOSE-----------------------------------------
tR2R start&CB_CLOSE=False
Reclosing
15
IM02602007E EDR-5000
11 Ready
An activated autoreclose function is considered to be in »READY« state when all of the following conditions are true:
• The breaker is in closed position;
• The Manual-Close-Block-timer elapses after a breaker manual/remote close operation;
• The autoreclose function is not initiated from any initiate (start) functions; and
• No external or internal AR blocking signals are present.
13 Waiting Bkr Open
While in the »WAITING BKR OPEN« state, the autoreclosure supervises if the breaker is really tripped (open) after receiving the trip flag of the initiate protection function within a pre-set breaker supervision time (200 ms). If this is the case, the autoreclosure starts the programmed dead timer and goes to the dead timing state »t-dead«.
14 t-dead
While in the dead timing state »t-dead«, the pre-set dead timer for current AR shot is timing and cannot be interrupted unless there are any blocking or lockout conditions coming.
After dead timer elapses, the autoreclosure issues the breaker reclosing command and goes into the next state: »RECLOSING«, only if the following conditions are met:
• The breaker is in open position;• The breaker is ready for next reclosing operation (if the Bkr. Ready logic input is used);• No pickup from current (assigned) AR initiate function(s);• No trip from current (assigned) AR initiate function(s); and• No general tipping command.
Before issuing the breaker reclosing command, the current shot counter will be incremented. This is very important for the shot-controlled initiate and blocking functions. Before entering into the »RECLOSING« state, the pre-set breaker reclosing supervision timer (»t-Brk-ON-cmd«) will also be started.
15 Reclosing
If there is no other blocking or lockout conditions and the breaker is closed while the breaker reclosing supervision timer is timing, the autoreclosure starts the »t-Run2Ready« timer and goes into the state: »T-RUN2READY«.
408 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
16 t-Run2Ready
Successful Autoreclosure:While in »T-RUN2READY« state, if there is no other blocking or lockout conditions and no more faults detected within the »t-Run2Ready« timer, the autoreclosure logic will leave the »RUN« state and goes back to the »READY« state. The flag “successful” is set.
Unsuccessful Autoreclose:If a fault is detected again (the shot-controlled initiate function is triggering) while »t-Run2Ready« timer is still timing, the autoreclosure control again transfers to the »RUNNING« state. For a permanent fault, the process described before will be repeated until all programmed shots were operated and the autoreclose process changes into the »LOCKOUT« state. The flag “failed” is set.
Timing Diagrams
Auto Reclosing timing diagram for unsuccessful 2-shot auto reclosing scheme with acceleration at pre-shot.
www.eaton.com 409
Pre Shot
Shot
AR.Running
Shot 1 Shot 2
AR - Module statest
0
1
Ready Running Lockout
Reclosing
t
0
1
Bkr State
t
0
1
Protection
t
0
1
Protection
t
0
1
Fault
t
0
1
t-D1 t-D2 t-Run2Ready
Pos OPEN
Pos CLOSE
Reset
Trip
Reset
Pickup
Clearance
Inception
50P[1].Fasttrip 50P[1].Trip 51P[1].Trip
51P[1] 50P[1]. AdaptSet1 50P[1].DefaultSet
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Auto Reclosing timing diagram for successful 2-shot auto reclosing scheme with acceleration at pre-shot.
Auto Reclosing States during manual breaker closing.
Protection Trip while Manual Close Blocking time is Timing
What happens if while the timer manual close block time is timing down the protective device gets a trip signal?
While the timer manual close block time is timing, any trip during this time period trips the breaker. The manual
410 www.eaton.com
Pre Shot
Shot
AR.Running
Shot 1 Shot 2
AR - Module statest
0
1
Ready Running Ready
Reclosing
t0
1
Bkr State
t0
1
Protection
t0
1
Protection
t0
1
Fault
t0
1
t-D1 t-D2 t-Run2Ready
Pos OPEN
Pos CLOSE
Reset
Trip
Reset
Pickup
50P[1].Fasttrip 50P[1].Trip
50P[1]. AdaptSet1 50P[1].DefaultSet
Clearance
Inception
Manual Breaker Close
AR - Module statest
0
1
t-Man Close Blo
t0
1
t-ManualCloseBlock
Pos OPEN
Pos CLOSE
Standby Ready
Bkr State
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
close block timer does not care about that and timing continues until it times out.
After it times out, the AR-module looks at the breaker status again and sees that the breaker is open. The AR goes to the »STANDBY« state, no autoreclosure is possible. Note: The AR Does Not go to »LOCKOUT« state!)
AR Lockout Reset Logic in case lockout Reset coming before manual breaker closed.
www.eaton.com 411
Protection Trip
AR - Module statest
0
1
t-Man Close Blo
Manual Breaker Close
t0
1
Bkr State
t0
1
t-ManualCloseBlock
Standby
Pos OPEN
Pos CLOSE
Standby
Lockout Reset
AR - Module statest
0
1
Lockout t-Man Close Blo Ready
Manual Breaker Close
t0
1
t0
1
Lockout Reset Time
t-ManualCloseBlock
t-Reset Lockout Standby
Bkr State
Pos OPEN
Pos CLOSE
IM02602007E EDR-5000
AR Lockout Reset Logic in case lockout Reset coming after manual breaker closed.
Zone Coordination
General Description
What does Zone Coordination mean?
Zone Coordination means that the upstream protection device is doing a virtual autoreclosure while the downstream protective device is doing a “real” autoreclosure. By means of the zone coordination, selectivity can be kept even if a downstream protective device changes its tripping characteristic after a reclosure cycle. The virtual autoreclosure of the upstream device follows the downstream autoreclosure.
What application can be realized by means of Zone Coordination?
A radial distribution system is protected by an upstream protective device (with a breaker) and a downstream protective device with a reclosure and fuse. By means of the zone coordination, a “fuse saving scheme” might be realized. In order to “save fuses”, the downstream protective device might trip for the first reclosure attempt at low tripping values (under-grade the fuse, trying to avoid a damaging of the fuse). If the reclosure attempt fails, the tripping values might be raised (over-grade the fuse) for the second reclosure attempt (using higher tripping values/characteristics).
What is essential?
The triggering thresholds of the upstream and the downstream devices have to be the same but the tripping times have to be selectively.
How is Zone Coordination activated?
The zone coordination function is part of the autoreclosure element and it can be enabled by setting the parameter »Zone coordination« as »active« within the [Protection Para/AR/General Settings] menu for an upstream feeder protection device.
How does the Zone Coordination work (within the upstream protection device)?
When the zone coordination function is enabled, it works similar to a normal autoreclose function with the same setting parameters: maximum reclosure attempts, dead timer for each shot, initiate functions for each shot, and other timers for autoreclose process, but with the following zone coordination features to coordinate with the downstream reclosers.
• The corresponding dead timer for each shot will be started even if the breaker of the upstream feeder relay is NOT tripped from the assigned initiate protective functions.
412 www.eaton.com
Lockout Reset
AR - Module statest
0
1
Lockout t-Man Close Blo Ready
Manual Breaker Close
t0
1
t0
1
t-Lock2Ready t-ManualCloseBlock
t-Reset Lockout
Bkr State
Pos OPEN
Pos CLOSE
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• The dead timer begins timing once the autoreclose senses a drawback of the assigned overcurrent protection pickup signal. This exhibits that the fault current was tripped by the downstream recloser opening.
• The shot counter of an enabled zone coordination will be incremented after the dead timer elapses, even there is no breaker reclosing command issued. Meanwhile, the »T-RUN2READY« timer is started.
• If a permanent fault exists after the downstream recloser is reclosed, the fault current makes the upstream overcurrent protection pick up again, but with the pickup thresholds or operating curves controlled by the incremented shot number. In this way, the upstream feeder will “follow” the protective settings of downstream recloser shot by shot.
• For a transient fault, the autoreclose with zone coordination will not be initiated again because of absence of the fault current and will be reset normally after the expiration of the reset timer »t-Run2Ready«.
www.eaton.com 413
IM02602007E EDR-5000
414 www.eaton.com
Protective Device
Recloser
Shot 1(triggered by: I [1])
Tripping Curve of the Fuse
Shot 2 (triggered by: I [2])
Shot 1(triggered by: I [1])
Shot 2(triggered by: I [2])
I
t
I
t
I
t
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Direct Commands of the Automatic Reclosure Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res TotNo suc unsuc
Reset all statistic AR counters: Total number of AR, successful and unsuccessful no of AR.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]Res ServiceCr Reset the Service Counters Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]Reset Lock via HMI
Reset the AR Lockout via the panel. Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]Res Max Shots / h Cr
Resetting the Counter for the maximum allowed shots per hour.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Device Planning Parameters of the Module Automatic Reclosure
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Module Automatic Reclosure
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]Ex Shot Inc The AR Shot counter will be incremented by
this external Signal. This can be used for Zone Coordination (of upstream Auto Reclosure devices).
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]Ex Lock The auto reclosure will locked out by this
external Signal (set into the lockout state).1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]
www.eaton.com 415
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
DI Reset Ex Lock
The Lockout State of the AR can be reset by a digital input.
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]Comm Reset Ex Lock
The Lockout State of the AR can be reset by Communication.
-.-,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 1,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 2,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 3,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 4,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 5,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 6,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 7,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 8,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 9,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 10,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 11,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 12,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 13,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 14,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 15,
Modbus.Comm Cmd 16
-.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]
Setting Group Parameters of the Module Automatic Reclosure
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]
416 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]Zone coordination
Zone coordination: Sequence coordination is to keep upstream reclosers in step with the downstream ones for fast and delay curve operation, thus avoiding over-tripping
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]Ex Shot Inc Fc The AR Shot counter will be incremented by
this external Signal. This can be used for Zone Coordination (of upstream Auto Reclosure devices). Note: This parameter enables the functionality only. The assignment has to be set within the global parameters.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]
Ex Lock Fc The auto reclosure will locked out by this external Signal. Note: This parameter enables the functionality only. The assignment has to be set within the global parameters.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]Reset Mode Reset Mode Auto,
HMI,
DI,
Comm,
HMI And Comm,
HMI And DI,
Comm And DI,
HMI And DI
Auto [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]
Attempts Maximum number of permitted reclosure attempts.
1 - 6 1 [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]
www.eaton.com 417
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-D1 Dead time between trip and reclosure attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase or a ground fault.
Only available if: Attempts = 1-6
0.01 – 9999.00 s 1 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]t-D2 Dead time between trip and reclosure
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase or a ground fault.
Only available if: Attempts = 2-6
0.01 – 9999.00 s 1 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]t-D3 Dead time between trip and reclosure
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase or a ground fault.
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
0.01 – 9999.00 s 1 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]t-D4 Dead time between trip and reclosure
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase or a ground fault.
Only available if: Attempts = 4-6
0.1 – 9999.00 s 1 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]t-D5 Dead time between trip and reclosure
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase or a ground fault.
Only available if: Attempts = 5-6
0.01 – 9999.00 s 1 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]t-D6 Dead time between trip and reclosure
attempt. Can be initiated either by a phase or a ground fault.
Only available if: Attempts = 6
0.01 – 9999.00 s 1 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]
418 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-ManualCloseBlock
This timer will be started if the Breaker was switched on manually. While this timer is running, AR cannot be started.
0.01 – 9999.00 s 10.0 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]t-Lock2Ready This timer is started by the lockout reset
signal, and before the timer expire the AR cannot go to any other state.
0.01 – 9999.00 s 10.0 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]t-Run2Ready Examination Time: If the Breaker remains
after an reclosure attempt (shot) for the duration of this timer in the Closed position, the AR has been successful and the AR module returns into the ready state.
0.01 – 9999.00 s 10.0 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]t-Block2Ready The release (de-blocking) of the AR will be
delayed for this time, if there is no blocking signal anymore.
0.01 – 9999.00 s 10.0 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]t-AR Supervision
AR Overall supervision time (> sum of all the timers used by AR)
1.00 – 9999.00 s 100.0 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/General Settings]Service Alarm 1
As soon as the AR-Counter exceeds this number of reclosure attempts, an alarm will be given out (overhauling of the Bkr.)
1 - 65535 1000 [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/AR Wear Superv]Service Alarm 2
Too many auto reclosure attempts. If the configured number of AR cycles is reached, an alarm will be given out.
1 - 65535 65535 [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/AR Wear Superv]
www.eaton.com 419
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Max AR/h Maximum Number of permitted Autoreclosure Cycles per hour.
1 - 20 10 [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/AR Wear Superv]Initiate AR: InitiateFc1
Initiate Auto Reclosure : Initiate Function Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Initiate AR]Initiate AR: InitiateFc2
Initiate Auto Reclosure : Initiate Function Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Initiate AR]Initiate AR: InitiateFc3
Initiate Auto Reclosure : Initiate Function Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Initiate AR]Initiate AR: InitiateFc4
Initiate Auto Reclosure : Initiate Function Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Initiate AR]Shot 1: InitiateFc1
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 1-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]
420 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Shot 1: InitiateFc2
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 1-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]Shot 1: InitiateFc3
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 1-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]Shot 1: InitiateFc4
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 1-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 1]Shot 2: InitiateFc1
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 2-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]Shot 2: InitiateFc2
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 2-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]Shot 2: InitiateFc3
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 2-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]
www.eaton.com 421
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Shot 2: InitiateFc4
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 2-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 2]Shot 3: InitiateFc1
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]Shot 3: InitiateFc2
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]Shot 3: InitiateFc3
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]Shot 3: InitiateFc4
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 3-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 3]Shot 4: InitiateFc1
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 4-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]
422 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Shot 4: InitiateFc2
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 4-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]Shot 4: InitiateFc3
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 4-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]Shot 4: InitiateFc4
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 4-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 4]Shot 5: InitiateFc1
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 5-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]Shot 5: InitiateFc2
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 5-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]Shot 5: InitiateFc3
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 5-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]
www.eaton.com 423
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Shot 5: InitiateFc4
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 5-6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 5]Shot 6: InitiateFc1
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]Shot 6: InitiateFc2
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]Shot 6: InitiateFc3
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]Shot 6: InitiateFc4
Automatic Reclosure Attempt : Initiate Function
Only available if: Attempts = 6
Start fct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/Shot Manager
/Shot 6]
Module Automatic Reclosure Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]
424 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]Ex Shot Inc-I Module input state: The AR Shot counter
will be incremented by this external Signal. This can be used for Zone Coordination (of upstream Auto Reclosure devices). Note: This parameter enables the functionality only. The assignment has to be set within the global parameters.
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]
Ex Lock-I Module input state: External AR lockout. [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]DI Reset Ex Lock-I Module input state: Resetting the lockout
state of the AR (if the resetting via digital inputs has been selected).
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]Comm Reset Ex Lock-I Module input state: Resetting the Lockout
State of the AR by Communication.[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/AR]
Module Automatic Reclosure Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingStandby Signal: Standbyt-Man Close Blo Signal: AR blocked after breaker was switched on manually. This
timer will be started if the breaker was switched on manually. While this timer is running, AR cannot be started.
Ready Signal: Ready to shootRunning Signal: Auto Reclosing Runningt-dead Signal: Dead time between trip and reclosure attemptBkr CLOSE Cmd Signal: Bkr. Switch ON (CLOSE) Commandt-Run2Ready Signal: Examination Time: If the Breaker remains after a reclosure
attempt (shot) for the duration of this timer in the Closed position, the AR has been successful and the AR module returns into the ready state.
Lock Signal: Auto Reclosure is locked outt-Reset Lockout Signal: Delay Timer for resetting the AR lockout. The reset of the
AR lockout state will be delayed for this time after the reset signal (e.g digital input or Scada) has been detected.
www.eaton.com 425
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Blo Signal: Auto Reclosure is blockedt-Blo Reset Signal: Delay Timer for resetting the AR blocking. The release
(de-blocking) of the AR will be delayed for this time, if there is no blocking signal anymore.
successful Signal: Auto Reclosing successfulfailed Signal: Auto Reclosing Failuret-AR Supervision Signal: AR SupervisionPre Shot Pre Shot ControlShot 1 Shot ControlShot 2 Shot ControlShot 3 Shot ControlShot 4 Shot ControlShot 5 Shot ControlShot 6 Shot ControlService Alarm 1 Signal: AR - Service Alarm 1, too many switching operationsService Alarm 2 Signal: AR - Service Alarm 2, too many switching operationsMax Shots / h exceeded Signal: The maximum allowed number of shots per hour has been
exceeded.Res Statistics Cr Signal: Reset all statistic AR counters: Total number of AR,
successful and unsuccessful no of AR. Res Service Cr Signal: Reset the Service Counters for pickup and blocking.Reset Lockout Signal: The AR Lockout has been reset via the panel.Res Max Shots / h Signal: The Counter for the maximum allowed shots per hour has
been reset.ARRecCState Signal: AutoReclosing states defined by IEC61850:1=Ready/2=In
Progress/3=Successful
Automatic Reclosure Module Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
AR Shot No. Counter - Auto Reclosure Attempts 0 0 - 6 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/AR]Total number Cr Total number of all executed
Automatic Reclosures Attempts0 0 - 65536 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/AR]Cr successfl Total number of successfully
executed Automatic Reclosures0 0 - 65536 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/AR]
426 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
Cr failed Total number of unsuccessfully executed automatic reclosure attempts
0 0 - 65536 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/AR]Cr Service Alarm1 Remaining numbers of ARs until
Service Alarm 11000 0 - 1000 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/AR]Cr Service Alarm2 Remaining numbers of ARs until
Service Alarm 265536 0 - 65536 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/AR]Max Shots / h Cr Counter for the maximum allowed
shots per hour.0 0 - 65536 [Operation
/Count and RevData
/AR]
Setting Group Parameters of the AR Abort Functions
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment: 1 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the assigned signal is true. If the state of this function is true the AR will be aborted.
BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]Assignment: 2 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the
assigned signal is true. If the state of this function is true the AR will be aborted.
BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]Assignment: 3 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the
assigned signal is true. If the state of this function is true the AR will be aborted.
BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]Assignment: 4 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the
assigned signal is true. If the state of this function is true the AR will be aborted.
BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]
www.eaton.com 427
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Assignment: 5 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the assigned signal is true. If the state of this function is true the AR will be aborted.
BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]Assignment: 6 Abort the AR-cycle, if the state of the
assigned signal is true. If the state of this function is true the AR will be aborted.
BlockFct -.- [Protection Para
/<n>
/AR
/BlockFct]
AR Abort Functions
Name Description
-.- No assignment50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59N[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59N[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
428 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command47[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command47[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[5].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[6].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55D[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55D[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
AR Start Functions
Name Description
-.- No assignment50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 429
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
430 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
46 - Current Unbalance ProtectionElements:46[1] ,46[2]
This is the 46 device Current Unbalance setting, which works similar to the 47 device Voltage Unbalance setting. The positive and negative sequence currents are calculated from the 3-phase currents. The Threshold setting defines a minimum operating current magnitude of either I1 or I2 for the 46 function to operate, which insures that the relay has a solid basis for initiating a current unbalance trip. The »%(I2/I1)« setting is the unbalance trip pickup setting. It is defined by the ratio of negative sequence current to positive sequence current »%(I2/I1)« for ABC rotation and »%(I1/I2)« for ACB rotation. The device will automatically select the correct ratio based on the Phase Sequence setting in the System Configuration group described above.
This function requires positive or negative sequence current magnitude above the threshold setting and the percentage current unbalance above the »%(I2/I1)« setting before allowing a current unbalance trip. Therefore, both the threshold and percent settings must be met for the specified Delay time setting before the relay initiates a trip for current unbalance.
All elements are identically structured.
www.eaton.com 431
IM02602007E EDR-5000
432 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
IA
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
46[1
]...[n
]
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
ICIBNam
e =
46[1
]...[n
]
2 3
1514
AND
AND
PPS
NPS
Filte
r
Nam
e.%(I2
/I1)
Nam
e.Thr
esho
ld
AND
I2
%(I2
/I1)
Nam
e.t t 0
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Current Unbalance Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Current Unbalance Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Current Unbalance Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
www.eaton.com 433
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Threshold The Threshold setting defines a minimum operating current magnitude of I2 for the 46 function to operate, which ensures that the relay has a solid basis for initiating a current unbalance trip. This is a supervisory function and not a trip level.
0.01 – 4.00 In 0.1 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]%(I2/I1) The %(I2/I1) setting is the unbalance trip
pickup setting. It is defined by the ratio of negative sequence current to positive sequence current (% Unbalance=I2/I1), or %(I2/I1) for ABC rotation and %(I1/I2) for ACB rotation.
Only available if: %(I2/I1) = Use
2 - 40% 46[1]: 40%
46[2]: 20%
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
t Tripping delay
Only available if: Characteristic = DEFT
0.00 – 300.00 s 46[1]: 10 s
46[2]: 20 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Current Unbalance Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
434 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/46[1]]
Current Unbalance Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup Negative SequenceTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Current Unbalance Module
Object to be tested:Test of the unbalanced load protection function.
Necessary means:• Three-phase current source with adjustable current unbalance; and• Timer.
Procedure:
Check the phase sequence:
• Ensure that the phase sequence is the same as that set in the system parameters.
• Feed-in a three-phase nominal current.
• Change to the »Measuring Values« menu.
• Check the measuring value for the unbalanced current »I2 Fund.«. The measuring value displayed for »I2 Fund.« should be zero (within the physical measuring accuracy).
www.eaton.com 435
IM02602007E EDR-5000
If the displayed magnitude for I2 Fund. is the same as that for the balanced nominal currents fed to the relay, it implies that the phase sequence of the currents seen by the relay is reversed.
• Now turn-off phase A.
• Again check the measuring value of the unbalanced current »I2 Fund.« in the »Measuring Values« menu.The measuring value of the unbalanced current »I2 Fund.« should now be 33%.
• Turn-on phase A, but turn-off phase B.
• Once again check the measuring value of the unbalanced current I2 Fund. in the »Measuring Values« menu. The measuring value of the asymmetrical current »I2 Fund.« should be again 33%.
• Turn-on phase B, but turn-off phase C.
• Again check the measuring value of unbalanced current »I2 Fund.« in the »Measuring Values« menu. The measuring value of the unbalanced current »I2 Fund.« should still be 33%.
Testing the trip delay:
• Apply a balanced three-phase current system (nominal currents).
• Switch off IA (the threshold value »Threshold« for »I2 Fund.« must be below 33%).
• Measure the tripping time.
The present current unbalance »I2 Fund.« corresponds with 1/3 of the existing phase current displayed.
Testing the threshold values
• Configure minimum »%(I2/I1)« setting (2%) and an arbitrary threshold value »Threshold« (I2 Fund.).
• For testing the threshold value, a current has to be fed to phase A which is lower than three times the adjusted threshold value »Threshold« (I2 Fund.).
• Feeding only phase A results in »%(I2/I1) = 100%«, so the first condition »%(I2/I1) >= 2%« is always fulfilled.
• Now increase the phase A current until the relay is activated.
Testing the drop-out ratio of the threshold values
Having tripped the relay in the previous test, now decrease the phase A current. The drop-out ratio must not be higher than 0.97 times the threshold value.
Testing %(I2/I1)
• Configure minimum threshold value »Threshold« (I2 Fund.) (0.01 x In) and set »%(I2/I1)« greater or equal to 10%.
436 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Apply a balanced three-phase current system (nominal currents). The measuring value of »%(I2/I1)« should be 0%.
• Now increase the phase A current. With this configuration, the threshold value »Threshold« (I2 Fund.) should be reached before the value »%(I2/I1)« reaches the set »%(I2/I1)« ratio threshold.
• Continue increasing the phase 1 current until the relay is activated.
Testing the drop-out ratio of %(I2/I1)
Having tripped the relay in the previous test, now decrease the phase A current. The drop-out of »%(I2/I1)« has to be 1% below the »%(I2/I1)«setting.
Successful test result:
The measured trip delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios are within the permitted deviations/tolerances, specified under Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 437
IM02602007E EDR-5000
LOP – Loss of PotentialAvailable elements:LOP
LOP function detects the loss of voltage in any of the voltage input measuring circuits and uses the following measured values and information to detect an LOP condition:
• Three-phase voltages;
• Ratio of negative-to-positive sequence voltages;
• Zero sequence voltage;
• Three-phase currents;
• Residual current (I0);
• Pickup flags from all overcurrent elements; and
• Breaker status.
Once an LOP condition is detected and it lasts longer than an adjustable minimum pickup time, the LOP Pickup will be set. The LOP Block will only be set if the LOP-Block control setting is set to enabled (activated). The LOP Pickup and LOP Block signals can both be used as logical signal to block the protective functions which use the voltage information such as voltage restraint. The minimum pickup timer is used to prevent short time incorrect operation of the LOP function during breaker switching-on operation.
438 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 439
SQ
R
Inac
tive
LOP
Blo
Enab
le
Activ
e
VA/V
AB
VB/V
BC
VC/V
CA
%(V
2/V1
)
V0 IA IB IC 3*I0
No
IOC
Pic
kup
Bkr s
tate
= c
lose
d
V <
1.0
V
%(V
2/V1
) > 4
0%
V0 <
1.0
V
I < 2
x In
3*I0
< 0
.1 x
In
0.0
999
9 s
t-Pic
kup
0N
ame.
LOP
Blo
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
AND
AND
AND
ANDOR
OR
LOP[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
LOP
50 m
s
t-Min
Hol
d Ti
me
0
100
ms
0
t-Res
etD
elay
38
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)2
IOC
= In
stan
tane
ous
Ove
rcur
rent
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the LOP Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Use Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the LOP Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/LOP]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/LOP]
Setting Group Parameters of the LOP Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/LOP]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/LOP]LOP Blo Enable
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking by the module LOP.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/LOP]
440 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-Pickup Pickup Delay 0 – 9999.0 s 0.1 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/LOP]
LOP Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/LOP]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/LOP]State Module input state: Breaker Position (0 =
Indeterminate, 1 = OPEN, 2 = CLOSE, 3 = Disturbed)
[]
LOP Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Signal: Pickup Loss of PotentialLOP Blo Signal: Loss of Potential blocks other elements
Commissioning: Loss of Potential
Object to be tested:
Testing the LOP.
Necessary means:
• Three-phase current source and
• Three-phase voltage source.
www.eaton.com 441
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Procedure part 1:
Examine if the output signals »LOP BLO « (200ms delay) and »LOP« only become true if:
• Any of the three-phase voltages becomes less 1 Volt;and
• The residual voltage is less than 1 Volt or the %V2/V1 ratio is greater 40%and
• All three-phase currents are less than 2 * Ipu (rated current);and
• The residual current is less than 0.1 Ipu (rated current);and
• No pickup of an IOC element;and
• The breaker is closed.
Successful test result part 1:
The output signals only become true if all the above mentioned conditions are fulfilled.
Procedure part 2:
Assign the »LOP« or »LOP BLO« output signals to all protection element that should be blocked by LOP (e.g.: Undervoltage Protection, Voltage Restraint … ).
Test if those elements are blocked if the LOP modules issue a blocking signal.
Successful test result part 2:
All elements that should be blocked in case of LOP are blocked if the conditions (Procedure part 1) are fulfilled.
442 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
SOTF - Switch Onto Fault ProtectionSOTF
In case a faulty line is energized (e.g.: when an grounding switch is in the CLOSE position), an instantaneous trip is required. The SOTF module is provided to generate a permissive signal for other protection functions such as overcurrents to accelerate their trips. The SOTF condition is recognized according to the User’s operation mode that can be based on:
• The breaker state;• No current flowing;• Breaker state and no current flowing;• Breaker switched on manually; and/or• An external trigger.
This protection module can initiate a high speed trip of the overcurrent protection modules. The module can be started via a digital input that indicates that the breaker is manually closed.
This module issues a signal only (the module is not armed and does not issue a trip command).
In order to influence the trip settings of the overcurrent protection in case of switching onto a fault, the User has to assign the signal “SOTF.ENABLED“ to an Adaptive Parameter Set. Please refer to Parameter / Adaptive Parameter Sets sections. Within the Adaptive Parameter Set, the User has to modify the trip characteristic of the overcurrent protection according to the User's needs.
www.eaton.com 443
IM02602007E EDR-5000
444 www.eaton.com
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
Nam
e =
SOTF
2
SOTF
.ena
bled
SOTF
.I<
IA IB IC
SOTF
.I<
SOTF
.AR
Blo
*AR
.Run
ning
*
SO
TF.
t-en
able
t0
Ext S
OTF
SOTF
AND
AND
AND
I<
Bkr
Stat
e An
d I<
SOTF
.Mod
e
Bkr
Stat
e
Bkr m
anua
l CLO
SEEx
t SO
TF
OR
OR
*App
lies
only
for d
evic
es w
ith A
uto
Rec
losu
re
Bkr[x
].Ex
Man
CLO
SE C
md
T
41Br
eake
r.Pro
t CLO
SE
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Bkr State,
I<,
Bkr State And I<,
Bkr manual CLOSE,
Ext SOTF
Bkr manual CLOSE
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]Ext SOTF External Switch Onto Fault
Only available if: Mode = Ext SOTF
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]
Setting Group Parameters of the Switch Onto Fault Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/SOTF]
www.eaton.com 445
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/SOTF]
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/SOTF]
I< The breaker is in the OPEN Position, if the measured current is less than this parameter.
0.01 – 1.00 In 0.01 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/SOTF]t-enable While this timer is running, and while the
module is not blocked, the Switch Onto Fault Module is effective (SOTF is armed).
0.10 – 10.00 s 2 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/SOTF]
Switch Onto Fault Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]Ex Man CLOSE Cmd-I Module Input State: External manual
breaker CLOSE command (NOT for AR!)[]
Bkr Pos-I Module input state: Breaker Position by now (switching position)
[]
Ext SOTF-I Module Input State: External Switch Onto Fault Alarm
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/SOTF]
446 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Signals of the Switch Onto Fault Module (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blockingenabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to
modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.I< Signal: No Load Current.
Commissioning: Switch Onto Fault [ANSI 50HS]
Object to be tested:
Testing the module Switch Onto Fault according to the configured operating mode:
• I< (No current);• Bkr. state (Breaker position);• I< (No current) and Bkr. state (Breaker position); and• Bkr. manual CLOSE.
Necessary means:
• Three-phase current source (if the Enable Mode depends on current);• Ampere meters (may be needed if the Enable Mode depends on current); and• Timer.
Test Example for Mode Bkr. Manual CLOSE
Mode I< (In order to test the effectiveness): Initially, do not feed any current. Start the timer and feed with an abruptly changing current that is distinctly greater than the I<-threshold to the measuring inputs of the relay.
Mode I< and Bkr. state: Simultaneously, manually switch on the breaker and feed with an abrupt change current that is distinctly greater than the I<-threshold.
Mode Bkr. state: The breaker has to be in the OFF position. The signal „SOTF.ENABLED“=0 is false. If the breaker is switched on, the signal „SOTF.ENABLED“=1 becomes true as long as the timer t-effective is running.
• The breaker has to be in the OPEN position. There must be no load current.
• The status display of the device shows the signal "SOTF.ENABLED“=1.
Testing:
• Manually switch the breaker to the CLOSE position and start the timer at the same time.
www.eaton.com 447
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• After the hold time t-enable is expired, the state of the signal has to change to "SOTF.enabled“=0.
• Write down the measured time.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond with those values, specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Tech-nical Data section.
448 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
CLPU - Supervision Module Cold Load PickupAvailable Elements:CLPU
When manually or automatically closing a breaker after it has been open for a prolonged time, a greater than normal load current may be experienced due to the load inrush . This high starting current causes some overcurrent elements to unnecessarily trip the breaker. The cold load pickup (CLPU) function prevents this from happening.
The cold load pickup function detects a warm-to-cold load transition according to the four selectable cold load detection modes:
• Breaker state;• Undercurrent (I<);• Breaker state AND undercurrent; and• Breaker state OR undercurrent.
After a warm-to-cold load transition has been detected, a specified load-off timer will be started. This User-settable load-off timer is used in some cases to make sure that the load is really “cold” enough. After the load-off timer times out, the CLPU function issues an “enable” signal »CLPU.ENABLED« that can be used to block User-selected, sensitive protection elements such as instantaneous overcurrent elements, current unbalance, or power protection elements. Using this enable signal, some User-selected time inverse overcurrent elements may also be desensitized by means of activating adaptive settings of the corresponding overcurrent elements.
When a cold load condition is finished (a cold-to-warm load condition is detected) due to, for example, breaker closing or load current injection, a load inrush detector will be initiated that supervises the coming and going of the load inrush current process. A load inrush is detected if the coming load current exceeds a User-specified inrush current threshold. This load inrush is considered as finished if the load current is decreased to 90% of the inrush current threshold.
After the inrush current is diminished, a settle timer starts. The cold load pickup enable signal can only be reset after the settle timer times out. Another max-Block timer, which is started parallel with the load inrush detector after a cold load condition is finished, may also terminate the CLPU enable signal if a load inrush condition is prolonged abnormally.
The cold load pickup function can be blocked manually by external or internal signal at the User´s choice. For the devices with the Auto-Reclosing function, the CLPU function will be blocked automatically if auto-reclosure is initiated (AR is running).
This module issues a signal only (it is not armed).
In order to influence the tripping settings of the overcurrent protection, the User has to assign the signal “CLPU.ENABLED“ to an adaptive parameter set. Please refer to the Parameter / Adaptive Parameter Sets section. Within the adaptive parameter set, the User has to modify the tripping characteristic of the overcurrent protection according to the needs.
www.eaton.com 449
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Please be aware of the meaning of the two delay timers.
t load Off (Pickup Delay): After this time expires, the load is no longer diversified.
t Max Block (Release Delay): After the starting condition is fulfilled (e.g.: breaker switched on manually), the “CLPU.enabled” signal will be issued for this time. That means for the duration of this time, the tripping thresholds of the overcurrent protection can be desensitized by means of adaptive parameters (please refer to the Parameters section). This timer will be stopped if the current falls below 0.9 times of the threshold of the load inrush detector and remains below 0.9 times of the threshold for the duration of the settle time.
450 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Example Mode: Breaker Position
www.eaton.com 451
Nam
e =
CLP
U
CLP
U
Cin
Bkr-5
2a
0101
CLP
U.d
etec
ted
t-Loa
d O
fft-M
ax B
lock
Col
d Lo
ad01P
leas
e R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals)
Nam
e =
CLP
U
2
CLP
U.e
nabl
ed
CLP
U.I<
IA IB IC
CLP
U.I<
AR.R
unni
ng*
CLP
U
AND
AND
AND
I<
Bkr
Stat
e An
d I<
CLP
U.M
ode
Bkr
Stat
e
Bkr
Stat
e O
r I<
OR
OR
Bkr[x
].Pos
OPE
N
*App
lies
only
for d
evic
es w
ith A
uto
Rec
losu
re
AND
CLP
U.L
oad
Inru
sh
CLP
U.S
ettle
Tim
e
Imax
1.0
* Thr
esho
ld
0.9
* Thr
esho
ld
Settl
e Ti
me
0
0
Settl
e Ti
me+
e
OR
0
t-Max
Blo
ck
t-Loa
d O
ff
0
CLP
U.d
etec
ted
1.0
* Thr
esho
ld
0.9
* Thr
esho
ld
Load
Inru
sh D
etec
tor
S
Q
R1
Q
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameter of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Bkr State,
I<,
Bkr State Or I<,
Bkr State And I<
Bkr State [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/CLPU]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/CLPU]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/CLPU]Rvs Blo Reverse Blocking, if Reverse Blocking is
activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/CLPU]
Set Parameters of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]
452 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Rvs Blo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) reverse blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/element are blocked that are configured "Rvs Blo Fc = active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]
t-Load Off Select the outage time required for a load to be considered cold. If the Pickup Timer (Delay) has run out, a Cold Load Signal will be issued.
0.00 – 7200.00 s 10 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]t-Max Block Select the maximum amount of time
allowed for cold load pickup to be active; if the time has elapsed a warm load signal will be issued.
0.00 – 300.00 s 10 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]I< The breaker is in the OPEN Position, if the
measured current is less than this parameter.
0.01 – 1.00 In 0.01 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]Threshold Set the load current inrush threshold. 0.10 – 4.00 In 1.2 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]Settle Time Select the time for the cold load inrush. 0.00 – 300.00 s 1.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/CLPU]
States of the Inputs of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/CLPU]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/CLPU]Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/CLPU]
www.eaton.com 453
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
Bkr Pos-I Module input state: Breaker Position by now (switching position).
[]
Signals of the Cold Load Pickup Module (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingRvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blockingenabled Signal: Cold Load enableddetected Signal: Cold Load detectedI< Signal: No Load Current.Load Inrush Signal: Load InrushSettle Time Signal: Settle Time
Commissioning of the Cold Load Pickup Module
Object to be tested:
Testing the Cold Load Pickup module according to the configured operating mode:
• I< (No current);• Bkr. state (Breaker position);• I< (No Current) and Bkr. state (Breaker position); and• I< (No Current) or Bkr. state (Breaker position).
Necessary means:
• Three-phase current source (if the Enable Mode depends on current);Ampere meters (may be needed if the Enable Mode depends on current); and• Timer.
Test Example for Mode Bkr. State (Breaker Position)
Mode I<: In order to test the tripping delay, start the timer then feed with an abruptly changing current that is distinctly less than the I<-threshold. Measure the tripping delay. In order to measure the drop-out ratio, feed an abruptly changing current that is distinctly above the I<-threshold.
Mode I< and Bkr state: Combine the abruptly changing current(switching the current ON and OFF) with the manual switching ON and OFF of the breaker.
Mode I< or Bkr state: Initially carry out the test with an abruptly changing current that is switched ON and OFF (above and below the I<-threshold). Measure the tripping times. Finally, carry out the test by manually switching the breaker ON and OFF.
454 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• The breaker has to be in the OFF position. There must not be any load current.
• The Status Display of the device shows the signal "CLPU.ENABLED“=1.
• The Status Display of the device shows the signal ”CLPU.I<“=1.
Testing the tripping delay and the resetting ratio:
• Manually switch the breaker ON and simultaneously start the timer.•
• After the the »t Max Block (Release Delay)« timer has expired, the signal "CPLU.Enabled “=0 has to be false.
•
• Write down the measured time.•
• Manually switch the breaker OFF and simultaneously start the timer.•
• After the »t load Off« timer has expired, the signal ”CPLU.ENABLED “=1 has to become true.
• Write down the measured time.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Tech-nical Data section.
www.eaton.com 455
IM02602007E EDR-5000
27M - Undervoltage ProtectionAvailable elements:27M[1] ,27M[2]
M is for “Main” referring to protection metered by the Main Voltage transformer in the System Configuration.
All undervoltage elements are identically structured.
Definition of Vn: Vn is dependent on the System Parameter setting of "Main VT con".
In case that within the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta":
Vn=Main VT sec .
In case that "Main VT con" is set to "Wye":
Vn= MainVT sec3
This is the 27 device undervoltage setting for the main three phase VT. This function consists of a Phase, a Pickup, a Delay setting. The Phase setting allows the User to select at which phase (any one, any two, or all) the undervoltage function operates. The Pickup setting is the magnitude at which the undervoltage element operates. The Delay setting is the time period an undervoltage must occur before the device initiates a trip. Depending on the settings within the System Parameters, the element works based on phase-to-phase (»Open-Delta«) or phase-to-ground (»wye«) voltages. This element will operate depending on the phase setting: if any one, any two, or all of the voltage(s) that is/are selected by the Phase setting drop(s) below the set point. This element works based on RMS values.
An undervoltage pickup occurs when the measured voltage drops below the UV Threshold setting. The undervoltage trip is set when the voltage stays below the threshold setting for the delay time specified (within the number of phases specified by the phase setting). The undervoltage pickup and trip is reset when the voltage rises above the drop-out ratio specified in Specifications section for the undervoltage protection.
If the element should be blocked in the event of a “Loss of Potential”, the »LOP BLO« parameter must be set to »active«.
If the VT measurement location is not at the bus bar side but at the output side, the following has to be taken into account.
When disconnecting the line, it has to be ensured by an »External Blocking« that undervoltage tripping cannot happen. In order to block the 27M element in case that the breaker is open:
• Assign the »Bkr.POS OPEN« signal to a blocking input (»ExBlo1« or »ExBlo2« within the Global Parameters) of the 27M element,and
• »ExBlo Fc« has to be set to “active” within the parameter sets of the the 27M element.
When the auxiliary voltage is switched on and the measuring voltage has not yet been applied, undervoltage tripping has to be prevented by an »External
456 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Blocking«. Otherwise a continuous tripping would occur, disabling the ability to energize again.
If phase voltages are applied to the measuring inputs of the device and system parameter »VT con« is set to »Phase-to-ground«, the messages issued by the voltage protection module in case of actuation or trip should be interpreted as follows:
»27M[1].PICKUP A« or »27M[1].TRIP A« => pickup or trip caused by phase voltage »VA«.»27M[1].PICKUP B« or »27M[1].TRIP B« => pickup or trip caused by phase voltage »VB«.»27M[1].PICKUP C« or »27M[1].TRIP B« => pickup or trip caused by phase voltage »VC«.
However, if line-to-line voltages are applied to the measuring inputs and system parameter »VT con« is set to »Phase to Phase«, then the messages should be interpreted as follows:
»27M[1].PICKUP A« or »27M[1].TRIP A« => pickup or trip caused by phase-to-phase voltage »VAB«.»27M[1]. PICKUP B« or »27M[1].TRIP B« => pickup or trip caused by phase-to-phase voltage »VBC«.»27M[1]. PICKUP C« or »27M[1].TRIP C« => pickup or trip caused by phase-to-phase voltage »VCA«
www.eaton.com 457
IM02602007E EDR-5000
458 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Pha
se C
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Pha
se A
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Pha
se B
VA VB VC
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
AND
AND
AND
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
27M
[1]..
.[n]
V<
AND
AND
Inac
tive
Nam
e.LO
P Bl
o
Activ
e
Nam
e =
27M
[1]..
.[n]
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
2 31514 20 21 2228 29 30
OR
AND
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
AND
Nam
e.t
t 0
38LO
P.LO
P Bl
o
any
one
Nam
e.M
ode
any
two
all
RM
S
RM
S
RM
S
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Undervoltage Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Undervoltage Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Undervoltage Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
www.eaton.com 459
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
Phases Indicates if one, two of three or all phases are required for operation
Any one,
Any two,
All
Any one [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/
element will be started. Definition of Vn: Vn is dependent on the System Parameter setting of "Main VT con". In case that within the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta" , "Vn = Main VT sec ". In case that "Main VT con" is set to "Wye", "Vn = Main VT sec/SQRT(3)".
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 27M[1]: 0.80 Vn
27M[2]: 0.90 Vn
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 27M[1]: 10 s
27M[2]: 2.00 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]LOP Blo Blocking if voltage transformer failure
detected. LOP (Loss of Potential)Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]Vstart< If the voltage falls below this voltage, the
Time Depending Voltage Protection will be started.
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = Vstart<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
460 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
V(t)<1 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.01 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t1 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]V(t)<2 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.01 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t2 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 0.15 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]V(t)<3 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.70 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t3 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 0.15 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]V(t)<4 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.70 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
www.eaton.com 461
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t4 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 0.70 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]V(t)<5 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t5 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 1.50 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]V(t)<6 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t6 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]V(t)<7 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t7 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
462 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
V(t)<8 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t8 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]V(t)<9 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t9 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]V(t)<10 Pickup value
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]t10 Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V(t)<
0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
Undervoltage Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
www.eaton.com 463
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/27M[1]]
Undervoltage Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase APickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase BPickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase CPickup Signal: Pickup Voltage ElementTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Undervoltage Protection [27M]
This test can be carried out similar to the test for overvoltage protection 59M (by using the related undervoltage values).
Please consider the following deviations:
• For testing the threshold values, the test voltage has to be decreased until the relay is activated.
• For detection of the dropout ratio, the measuring quantity has to be increased to achieve more than 103% of the trip value. At 103% of the trip value, the relay is to dropout at the earliest moment.
464 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
59M - Overvoltage ProtectionAvailable elements:59M[1] ,59M[2]
M is for “Main” referring to protection metered by the Main Voltage transformer in the System Configuration.
All elements are identically structured.
Definition of Vn: Vn is dependent on the System Parameter setting of "Main VT con".
In case that within the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta":
Vn=Main VT sec .
In case that "Main VT con" is set to "Wye":
Vn= MainVT sec3
This is the 59 device Overvoltage setting for the Main VT. This element consists of a Phase, a Pickup, and a Delay setting. The Phase setting allows the User to select which phase (any one, any two, or all) the Overvoltage function operates. Depending on the settings within the System Parameters, the element works based on phase-to-phase (»Open-Delta«) or phase-to-ground (»wye«) voltages. This element will operate depending on the phase setting: if any one, any two, or all of the voltage(s) that is/are selected by the Phase setting rise(s) above the set point. This element works based on RMS values.
An overvoltage pickup occurs when the measured voltage rises above the overvoltage threshold setting. The overvoltage trip is set when the voltage stays above the threshold setting for the delay time specified (within the number of phases specified by the phase setting).. The overvoltage pickup and trip is reset when the voltage falls below the drop-out ratio specified in Specifications section for the overvoltage protection.
If phase voltages are applied to the measuring inputs of the device and system parameter »VT con« is set to »Phase-to-ground«, the messages issued by the voltage protection module in case of actuation or trip should be interpreted as follows:
»59M[1].PICKUP A« or »59M[1].TRIP A« => pickup or trip caused by phase voltage »VA«.»59M[1].PICKUP B« or »59M[1].TRIP B« => pickup or trip caused by phase voltage »VB«.»59M[1].PICKUPC« or »59M[1].TRIP B« => pickup or trip caused by phase voltage »VC«.
However,if line-to-line voltages are applied to the measuring inputs and system parameter »VT con« is set to »Phase to Phase«, then the messages should be interpreted as follows:
»59M[1].PICKUP A« or »59M[1].TRIP A« => pickup or trip caused by line-to-line voltage »VAB«.»59M[1]. PICKUP B« or »59M[1].TRIP B« => pickup or trip caused by line-to-line voltage »VBC«.»59M[1]. PICKUP C« or »59M[1].TRIP C« => pickup or trip caused by line-to-line voltage »VCA«
www.eaton.com 465
IM02602007E EDR-5000
466 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Pha
se C
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
any
one
Nam
e.M
ode
any
two
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Pha
se A
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Pha
se B
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
AND
AND
AND
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
A
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
B
Nam
e.Tr
ip P
hase
C
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
59M
[1]..
.[n]
AND
AND
Nam
e =
59M
[1]..
.[n]
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
2 31514 20 21 2228 29 30
OR
AND
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
VA VB VC
V>
Nam
e.t t 0
all
RM
S
RM
S
RM
S
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Overvoltage Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Overvoltage Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Overvoltage Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
www.eaton.com 467
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
Phases Indicates if one, two of three or all phases are required for operation
Any one,
Any two,
All
Any one [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]Pickup If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/
element will be started. Definition of Vn: Vn is dependent on the System Parameter setting of "Main VT con". In case that within the System Parameters "Main VT con" is set to "Open-Delta" , "Vn = Main VT sec ". In case that "Main VT con" is set to "Wye", "Vn = Main VT sec/SQRT(3)".
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V>
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 59M[1]: 1.2 Vn
59M[2]: 1.1 Vn
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
t Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: V.Mode = V> Or V<
0.00 – 300.00 s 59M[1]: 10 s
59M[2]: 2.00 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]Vstart< If the voltage falls below this voltage, the
Time Depending Voltage Protection will be started.
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<1 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.01 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
468 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t1 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<2 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.01 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]t2 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.15 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<3 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.70 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]t3 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.15 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<4 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.70 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]t4 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 0.70 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
www.eaton.com 469
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
V(t)<5 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]t5 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 1.50 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<6 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]t6 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<7 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]t7 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<8 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
470 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t8 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<9 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]t9 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]V(t)<10 Pickup value 0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.90 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]t10 Tripping delay 0.00 – 10.00 s 3.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
Overvoltage Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
www.eaton.com 471
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Main-V-Prot
/59M[1]]
Overvoltage Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase APickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase BPickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase CPickup Signal: Pickup Voltage ElementTrip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase ATrip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BTrip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Overvoltage Protection [59M]
Object to be tested:Test of the overvoltage protection elements, 3 x single-phase and 1 x three-phase (for each element).
Necessary means:• Three phase AC voltage source;• Timer for measuring of the tripping time; and• Voltmeter.
Procedure (3 x single-phase, 1 x three-phase, for each element)
Testing the threshold values:For testing the threshold values and drop-out values, the test voltage has to be increased until the relay is activ-ated. When comparing the displayed values with those of the voltmeter, the deviation must be within the per-missible tolerances.
Testing the trip delay:For testing the trip delay, a timer is to be connected to the contact of the associated trip relay. The timer is started when the limiting value of the tripping voltage is exceeded and it is stopped when the relay trips.
472 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Testing the drop-out ratio:Reduce the measuring quantity to less than 97% of the trip value. The relay must only drop-out at a minimum of 97% of the trip value.
Successful test result:The measured threshold values, trip delays, and drop-out ratios comply with those specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be taken from the Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 473
IM02602007E EDR-5000
27A - Auxiliary Undervoltage ProtectionAvailable elements:27A[1] ,27A[2]
All elements are identically structured.
This is the 27A device Undervoltage setting for the Auxiliary VT. This device setting works exactly the same as the 27M except it is a single-phase element only operating from the Auxiliary VT input. The Alarm Delay is the time period a LOP must occur before the device initiates a »LOP BLO« signal that can be used to block other elements like 51V (Voltage Restraint).
474 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 475
Nam
e.V<
AND
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
V
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
Nam
e =
27A[
1]...
[n]
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
2 31514
31 23AN
D
27A[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e.t
t 0
RM
S
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the Aux. Undervoltage Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Aux. Undervoltage Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Aux. Undervoltage Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
476 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
Pickup Vn refers to either the primary or secondary voltage of the aux VT.
Only available if: Device Planning: 59.Mode = V<
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 27A[1]: 0.8 Vn
27A[2]: 0.9 Vn
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 27A[1]: 10 s
27A[2]: 2.00 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
Aux. Undervoltage Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
www.eaton.com 477
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/27A[1]]
Aux. Undervoltage Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-ElementTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Aux. Undervoltage
Object to be tested:Aux. undervoltage protection elements.
Necessary components:• One-phase AC voltage source;• Timer for measuring of the tripping time; and• Voltmeter.
Procedure (for each element):
Testing the threshold valuesFor testing the threshold and dropout values, the test voltage at the measuring input for the residual voltage has to be decreased until the relay is activated. When comparing the displayed values with those of the voltmeter, the deviation must be within the permissible tolerances.
Testing the trip delayFor testing the trip delay, a timer is to be connected to the contact of the associated trip relay. The timer is started when the limiting value of the tripping voltage is reached and it is stopped when the relay trips.
Testing the dropout ratio Increase the measuring quantity to more than 103% of the trip value. The relay must only dropout at a maximum of 103% of the trip value.
Successful test result The measured threshold values, trip delays, and dropout ratios comply with those specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be taken from the Technical Data.
478 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
59A - Auxiliary Overvoltage ProtectionAvailable elements:59A[1] ,59A[2]
All elements are identically structured.
This is the 59 device Overvoltage setting for the Auxiliary VT. This device setting works exactly the same as the 59M, except it is a single-phase element only operating from the Auxiliary VT input.
www.eaton.com 479
IM02602007E EDR-5000
480 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Pic
kup
AND
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
V
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
59A[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
59A[
1]...
[n]
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
2 31514
31 23AN
D
Nam
e.t t 0
RM
S
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Aux. Overvoltage Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Aux. Overvoltage Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Aux. Overvoltage Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
www.eaton.com 481
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
Pickup Vn refers to either the primary or secondary voltage of the aux VT.
Only available if: Device Planning: 59.Mode = V>
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 59A[1]: 1.2 Vn
59A[2]: 1.1 Vn
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 59A[1]: 10 s
59A[2]: 2.00 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
Aux. Overvoltage Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
482 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Aux-V-Prot
/59A[1]]
Aux. Overvoltage Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-ElementTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Aux. Overvoltage
Object to be tested:Aux. Overvoltage protection elements.
Necessary components:• One-phase AC voltage source;• Timer for measuring of the tripping time; and• Voltmeter.
Procedure (for each element):
Testing the threshold valuesFor testing the threshold and dropout values, the test voltage at the measuring input for the voltage has to be in-creased until the relay is activated. When comparing the displayed values with those of the voltmeter, the devia-tion must be within the permissible tolerances.
Testing the trip delayFor testing the trip delay a timer is to be connected to the contact of the associated trip relay. The timer is started when the limiting value of the tripping voltage is exceeded and it is stopped when the relay trips.
Testing the dropout ratioReduce the measuring quantity to less than 97% of the trip value. The relay must only dropout at a minimum of 97% of the trip value.
Successful test resultThe measured threshold values, trip delays, and dropout ratios comply with those specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be taken from the Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 483
IM02602007E EDR-5000
59N - Neutral OvervoltageAvailable elements:59N[1] ,59N[2]
All elements are identically structured.
This is the 59 device for the Neutral Overvoltage settings. This element offers a criterion setting. The criterion setting tells if the threshold is based on the fundamental (Phasor) or RMS.
484 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 485
Fund
.
Nam
e.Pic
kup
AND
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
VX
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
59N
[1]..
.[n]
Nam
e =
59N
[1]..
.[n]
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
2 31514
31 23AN
D
Nam
e.t t 0
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the Neutral Overvoltage Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Neutral Overvoltage Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
Setting Group Parameters of the Neutral Overvoltage Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
486 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
Pickup Vn refers to either the primary or secondary voltage of the aux VT.
Only available if: Device Planning: 59.Mode = V>
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 59N[1]: 0.4 Vn
59N[2]: 0.3 Vn
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 59N[1]: 5.00 s
59N[2]: 2.00 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
Neutral Overvoltage Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
www.eaton.com 487
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Neutral-V-Prot
/59N[1]]
Neutral Overvoltage Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-ElementTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Neutral Overvoltage Protection
Object to be tested:Neutral overvoltage protection elements.
Necessary components:• One-phase AC voltage source;• Timer for measuring of the tripping time; and• Voltmeter.
Procedure (for each element):
Testing the threshold values For testing the threshold and dropout values, the test voltage at the measuring input for the voltage has to be in-creased until the relay is activated. When comparing the displayed values with those of the voltmeter, the devia-tion must be within the permissible tolerances.
Testing the trip delayFor testing the trip delay, a timer is to be connected to the contact of the associated trip relay. The timer is started when the limiting value of the tripping voltage is exceeded and it is stopped when the relay trips.
Testing the dropout ratioReduce the measuring quantity to less than 97% of the trip value. The relay must only dropout at a minimum of 97% of the trip value.
Successful test resultThe measured threshold values, trip delays, and dropout ratios comply with those specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be taken from the Technical Data.
488 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
25 - Sync-checkAvailable Elements:Sync
The sync-check function can be bypassed by external sources. In this case, synchronization has to be secured by other synchronizing systems before breaker closing!
The Bus voltages are to be measured by the first three measuring inputs of the voltage measuring card (VA/VAB, VB/VBC, VC/VCA). The line voltage is to be measured by the fourth measuring input of the voltage measuring card (VX). In the menu [System Para/General Settings/V Sync] the User has to define to which phase the fourth measuring input is compared.
Sync-check
The sync-check function is provided for the applications where a line has two-ended power sources. The sync-check function has the abilities to check voltage magnitude, angle differences, and frequency difference (slip frequency) between the bus and the line. If enabled, the sync-check may supervise the closing operation manually, automatically, or both.. This function can be overridden by certain bus-line operation conditions and can be bypassed with an external source.
Voltage Difference ΔV
The first condition for paralleling two electrical systems is that their voltage phasors have the same magnitude. This can be controlled by the generator's AVR.
Frequency Difference (Slip Frequency) ΔF
The second condition for paralleling two electrical systems is that their frequencies are nearly equal. This can be controlled by the generator's speed governor.
www.eaton.com 489
Line VA
Bus VB
Line VCLine VB
Bus VA
Bus VC
IM02602007E EDR-5000
If the generator frequency fBus is not equal to the mains frequency fLine, it results in a slip frequency ΔF = |fBus -fLine| between the two system frequencies.
Voltage Curve with Enlarged Resolution.
490 www.eaton.com
Line VA
Bus VB
Line VCLine VB
Bus VA
Bus VC
Bus f
Line f
t
v(t)
v(t)Linev(t)Line
v(t)Busbarv(t)Busbar
∆ v(t)∆ v(t)
t
∆ v(t)
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Angular or Phase Difference.
Even if the frequency of both systems is exactly identical, usually an angular difference of the voltage phasors is the case.
At the instant of synchronization, the angular difference of the two systems should be nearly zero because, otherwise, unwanted load inrushes occur. Theoretically, the angular difference can be regulated to zero by giving short pulses to the speed governors. When paralleling generators with the grid, in practice, synchronization is requested as quick as possible and so usually a slight frequency difference is accepted. In such cases, the angular difference is not constant but changes with the slip frequency ΔF.
By taking the breaker closing time into consideration, a lead of the closing release impulse can be calculated in a way that breaker closing takes place at exactly the time when both systems are in angular conformity.
Basically the following applies:
• Where large rotating masses are concerned, the frequency difference (slip frequency) of the two systems should possibly be nearly zero, because of the very high load inrushes at the instant of breaker closing. For smaller rotating masses, the frequency difference of the systems can be higher.
Synchronization Modes
The sync-check module is able to check the synchronization of two electrical systems (system-to-system) or between a generator and an electrical system (generator-to-system). For paralleling two electrical systems, the station frequency, voltage, and phase angle should be exactly the same as the utility grid. Whereas the synchronization of a generator to a system can be done with a certain slip-frequency, depending on the size of the generator used. Therefore the maximum breaker closing time has to be taken into consideration. With the set breaker closing time, the sync-check module is able to calculate the moment of synchronization and gives the paralleling release.
When paralleling two systems, it has to be verified that the system-to-system mode is selected. Paralleling two systems in generator-to-system mode can cause severe damage!
Working Principle Sync-check (Generator-to-System)
(Please refer to the block diagram following this section.)
The sync-check element measures the three phase-to-neutral voltages »VA«, »VB«, and »VC« or the three phase-to-phase voltages »VAB«, »VBC«, and »VCA« of the generator busbar. The line voltage Vx is measured
www.eaton.com 491
Line VA
Bus VB
Line VCLine VB
Bus VA
Bus VC
Angle Diff
Bus f = Line f
IM02602007E EDR-5000
by the fourth voltage input. If all synchronous conditions are fulfilled (i. e.: ΔV [VoltageDiff], ΔF [SlipFrequency], and Δφ [AngleDiff]) are within the limits, a signal will be issued that both systems are synchronous. An advanced Close Angle Evaluator function takes the breaker closing time into consideration.
492 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 493
OR
AND
t-Vol
tDea
d0
Min
Live
BusV
olta
ge
Max
Dea
dBus
Volta
ge
Min
Live
Line
Volta
ge
Max
Dea
dLin
eVol
tage
Max
Volta
geD
iff
Max
Slip
Freq
uenc
y
Max
Angl
eDiff
AND
Bus
VA
Bus
VAB
Bus
VC
Bus
VCA
Bus
VB
Bus
VBC
AND
BkrC
lose
Initi
ate
Sync
Mod
e=
Gen
erat
or2S
yste
m
AND
AND
AND
t-Vol
tDea
d0
AND
Bypa
ss-I
Bypa
ss=
Activ
e
AND
AND
AND
AND
OR
AND
AND
AND
AND
t-Max
Sync
Supe
rv0
Line
VX
Adva
nced
Clo
se
Angl
e C
alcu
lato
rBk
r=O
pen
LBD
L=Ac
tive
DBL
L =
Activ
e
Mai
n VT
con
Ext.
Bloc
ked
DBD
L=Ac
tive
Bkr=
Ope
n
LBD
L
DBL
L
DBD
L
Bypa
ss o
verri
de
Sync
ove
rride
LB DB
LBLL
LL
DL
Sync
hron
Run
Tim
ing
Sync
hron
Faile
d
Sync
Ove
rridd
en
VDiff
TooH
igh
In-S
ync
Allo
wed
Slip
TooH
igh
Sys-
in-S
ync
Angl
eDiff
TooH
igh
Syn
c=: S
yncM
ode=
Gen
erat
or2S
yste
mP
leas
e R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)2
Ope
n-D
elta
Wye
Vol
tage
diff
eren
ce: L
ine
to B
us
Freq
uenc
y di
ffere
nce:
Lin
e to
B
us
Ang
le d
iffer
ence
: Lin
e to
Bus
t-Max
BkrC
lose
Del
ay
t
Live
Bus
Live
Line
AND
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Working Principle Sync-check (System-to-System)
(Please refer to the block diagram on next page.)
The sync-check function for two systems is very similar to the sync-check function for generator-to-system except there is no need to take the breaker closing time into account. The sync-check element measures the three phase-to-neutral voltages »VA«, »VB«, and »VC« or the three phase-to-phase voltages »VAB«, »VBC«, and »VCA« of the station voltage bus bar. The line voltage Vx is measured by the fourth voltage input. If all synchronous conditions are fulfilled (i. e.: ΔV [VoltageDiff], ΔF [SlipFrequency], and Δφ [AngleDiff]) are within the limits, a signal will be issued that both systems are synchronous.
494 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 495
OR
AND
t-Vol
tDea
d0
Min
Live
BusV
olta
ge
Max
Dea
dBus
Volta
ge
Min
Live
Line
Volta
ge
Max
Dea
dLin
eVol
tage
Max
Volta
geD
iff
Max
Slip
Freq
uenc
y
Max
Angl
eDiff
AND
Bus
VA
Bus
VAB
Bus
VC
Bus
VCA
Bus
VB
Bus
VBC
AND
AND
AND
t-Vol
tDea
d0
AND
Bypa
ss-I
Bypa
ss=
Activ
e
AND
AND
AND
AND
OR
AND
AND
Line
VX
LBD
L=Ac
tive
DBL
L =
Activ
e
Mai
n VT
con
Ext.
Bloc
ked
DBD
L=Ac
tive
LBD
L
DBL
L
DBD
L
Bypa
ss o
verri
de
Sync
ove
rride
LB DB
LBLL
LL
DL
Sync
Ove
rridd
en
VDiff
TooH
igh
In-S
ync
Allo
wed
Slip
TooH
igh
Sys-
in-S
ync
Angl
eDiff
TooH
igh
Syn
c=: S
yncM
ode=
Sys
tem
2Sys
tem
Ope
n-D
elta
Wye
Volta
ge d
iffer
ence
: Lin
e to
Bus
Freq
uenc
y di
ffere
nce:
Lin
e to
Bu
s
Angl
e di
ffere
nce:
Lin
e to
Bus
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivate
d an
d no
act
ive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)2
Live
Bus
Live
Line
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Sync-check Override Conditions
If enabled the following conditions can override the sync-check function:
• LBDL = Live Bus – Dead Line• DBLL = Dead Bus – Live Line• DBDL = Dead Bus – Dead Line
Also the sync-check function can be bypassed by an external source.
When the sync-check function is overridden or bypassed, synchronization has to be secured by other synchronizing systems before breaker closing!
Device Planning Parameters of the Sync-check Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Trigger Signals for Sync-check
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
496 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 497
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
498 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 499
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
500 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
www.eaton.com 501
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
502 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 503
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Sys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveSys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
504 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Sync-check Release Signals
Name Description
-.- No assignmentSync.In-Sync Allowed Signal: In-Sync AllowedDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 505
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
506 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 507
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
508 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 509
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
510 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 511
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
512 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
Global Protection Parameter of the Sync-check Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Sync]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Sync]Bypass The Sync-check will be bypassed if the
state of the assigned signal (logic input) becomes true.
1..n, DI-LogicList -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Sync]BkrCloseInitiate Breaker Close Initiate with sync-check from
any control sources (e.g.: HMI / SCADA). If the state of the assigned signal becomes true, a Breaker Close will be initiated (Trigger Source).
1..n, SyncRequestList -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Sync]
www.eaton.com 513
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Set Parameters of the Sync-check Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/General Settings]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/General Settings]Bypass Fc Allowing to bypass the Sync-check, if the
state signal that is assigned to the parameter with the same name within the Global Parameters (logic input) becomes true.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/General Settings]SyncMode Sync-check mode: GENERATOR2SYSTEM
= Synchronizing generator to system (breaker close initiate needed). SYSTEM2SYSTEM = Sync-check between two systems (Stand-Alone, no breaker info needed).
System2System,
Generator2System
System2System [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Mode / Times]t-MaxBkrCloseDelay
Maximum breaker close time delay (Only used for GENERATOR-SYSTEM working mode and is critical for a correct synchronized switching) .
Only available if: SyncMode = System2System
0.00 – 300.00 s 0.05 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Mode / Times]t-MaxSyncSuperv
Synchron-Run timer: Max. time allowed for synchronizing process after a close initiate. Only used for GENERATOR2SYSTEM working mode.
Only available if: SyncMode = System2System
0.00 – 3000.00 s 30.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Mode / Times]MinLiveBusVoltage
Minimum Live Bus voltage (Live bus detected, when all three phase bus voltages are above this limit).
0.10 – 1.30 Vn 0.65 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]
514 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
MaxDeadBusVoltage
Maximum Dead Bus voltage (Dead bus detected, when all three phase bus voltages are below this limit).
0.01 – 1.00 Vn 0.03 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]MinLiveLineVoltage
Minimum Live Line voltage (Live line detected, when line voltage above this limit).
0.10 – 1.30 Vn 0.65 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]MaxDeadLineVoltage
Maximum Dead Line voltage (Dead Line detected, when line voltage below this limit).
0.01 – 1.00 Vn 0.03 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]t-VoltDead Voltage dead time (A Dead Bus/Line
condition will be accepted only if the voltage falls below the set dead voltage levels longer than this time setting).
0.000 – 300.000 s 0.167 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/DeadLiveVLevels]MaxVoltageDiff Maximum voltage difference between bus
and line voltage phasors (Delta V) for synchronism (Related to bus voltage secondary rating).
0.01 – 1.00 Vn 0.24 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Conditions]MaxSlipFrequency
Maximum frequency difference (Slip: Delta f) between bus and line voltage allowed for synchronism
0.01 – 2.00 Hz 0.20 Hz [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Conditions]MaxAngleDiff Maximum phase angle difference (Delta-Phi
in degree) between bus and line voltages allowed for synchronism.
1 - 60° 20° [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Conditions]
www.eaton.com 515
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
DBDL Enable/disable Dead-Bus AND Dead-Line synchronism overriding.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Override]DBLL Enable/disable Dead-Bus AND Live-Line
synchronism overriding.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Override]LBDL Enable/disable Live-Bus AND Dead-Line
synchronism overriding.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Sync
/Override]
States of the Inputs of the Sync-check Module
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Sync]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Sync]Bypass-I State of the module input: Bypass [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Sync]BkrCloseInitiate-I State of the module input: Breaker Close
Initiate with synchronism check from any control sources (e.g. HMI / SCADA). If the state of the assigned signal becomes true, a Breaker Close will be initiated (Trigger Source).
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Sync]
516 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Signals of the Sync-check Module (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingLiveBus Signal: Live-Bus or Dead-Bus flag: 1=Live-Bus, 0=Dead-BusLiveLine Signal: Live-Line or Dead-Line flag: 1=Live-Line, 0=Dead-LineSync-check RunTiming Signal: Sync-check RunTimingSync-checkFailed Signal: This signal indicates a failed synchronization. It is set for
5s when the breaker is still open after the Sync-check Run-timer has timed out.
SyncOverridden Signal:Sync-check is overridden because one of the Sync-check overriding conditions (DB/DL or ExtBypass) is met.
VDiffTooHigh Signal: Voltage difference between bus and line too high.SlipTooHigh Signal: Frequency difference (slip frequency) between bus and line
voltages too high.AngleDiffTooHigh Signal: Phase Angle difference between bus and line voltages too
high.Sys-in-Sync Signal: Bus and line voltages are in synchronism according to the
system synchronism criteria.In-Sync Allowed Signal: In-Sync Allowed.
Sync-check Statistic Values
Value Description Menu Path
Slip Freq Slip frequency [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]Volt Diff Voltage difference [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]Angle Diff Angle difference [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]f Bus Bus frequency [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
www.eaton.com 517
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Value Description Menu Path
f Line Line frequency [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]V Bus Bus Voltage [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]V Line Line Voltage [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]Angle Bus Bus Angle (Reference) [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]Angle Line Line Angle [Operation
/Measured Values
/Synchronism]
518 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
47 - Voltage Unbalance ProtectionAvailable elements:47[1] ,47[2]
This is the 47 device Voltage Unbalance setting, which consists of the threshold, %(V2/V1), and delay settings. The voltage unbalance function is based on the Main VT system 3-phase voltages.
The positive and negative sequence voltages are calculated from the 3-phase voltages. The threshold setting defines a minimum operating voltage magnitude of either V1 or V2 for the 47 function to operate, which ensures that the relay has a solid basis for initiating a voltage unbalance trip. This is a supervisory function and not a trip level.
The %(V2/V1) setting is the unbalance trip pickup setting. It is defined by the ratio of negative sequence voltage to positive sequence voltage (% Unbalance=V2/V1), or %(V2/V1) for ABC rotation and %(V1/V2) for ACB rotation. The device will automatically select the correct ratio based on the phase sequence setting in the System Configuration group described above.
This function requires positive or negative sequence voltage magnitude above the threshold setting and the percentage voltage unbalance above the %(V2/V1) setting before allowing a voltage unbalance trip. Therefore, both the threshold and percent settings must be met for the specified Delay time setting before the relay initiates a trip for voltage unbalance.
The voltage unbalance pickup and trip functions are reset when the positive and negative sequence voltages V1 and V2 drop below the threshold setting or (V2/V1) drops below the %(V2/V1) setting minus 1%.
www.eaton.com 519
IM02602007E EDR-5000
520 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
NPS
Filte
r
VA
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
47[1
]...[n
]
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
VCVB
V2
PPS
Filte
rV1
V1>
Nam
e =
47[1
]...[n
]
2 3
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
1514
Nam
e.M
ode
V1<
Thre
shol
d
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
AND
AND
Nam
e.%(V
2/V1
)
AND
Nam
e.Thr
esho
ld
Nam
e.t t 0
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Voltage Unbalance Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Unbalance Protection: Supervision of the Voltage System Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Voltage Unbalance Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.1
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.2
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
Parameter Set Parameters of the Voltage Unbalance Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
www.eaton.com 521
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
Threshold The threshold defines a minimum operating voltage magnitude of either V1 or V2 for the 47 function to operate, which ensures that the relay has a solid basis for initiating a voltage unbalance trip. This is a supervisory function and not a trip level. The meaning of Vn: Phase to Phase: Vn = Main VT sec. Phase to Ground: Vn = Main VT / SQRT(3).
Only available if: Device Planning: 47.Mode = Threshold
0.01 – 1.30 Vn 0.2 Vn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
%(V2/V1) The %(V2/V1) setting is the unbalance trip pickup setting. It is defined by the ratio of negative sequence voltage to positive sequence voltage (% Unbalance=V2/V1), or %(V2/V1) for ABC rotation and %(V1/V2) for ACB rotation.
Only available if: %(V2/V1) = Use
2 - 40% 47[1]: 40%
47[2]: 20%
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
t Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 47[1]: 10.0 s
47[2]: 20 s
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]LOP Blo Blocking if voltage transformer failure
detected. LOP (Loss of Potential)
Only available if: Device Planning: 47.Mode = Threshold
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
522 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
States of the Inputs of the Voltage Unbalance Module
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Unbalance-Prot
/47[1]]
Signals of the Voltage Unbalance Module (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup Voltage AsymmetryTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Voltage Unbalance Module
Object to be tested:Test of the unbalanced load protection function.
Necessary means:• Three-phase AC voltage source with adjustable voltage unbalance; and• Timer.
Procedure:
Check the phase sequence:
www.eaton.com 523
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Ensure that the phase sequence is the same as that set in the system parameters.
• Feed-in a three-phase nominal voltage.
• Change to the [Measured Values/Voltage] menu.
• Check the measuring value for the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.«. The measuring value displayed for »V2 Fund.« should be zero (within the physical measuring accuracy).
If the displayed magnitude for V2 Fund. is the same as that for the balanced nominal voltages fed to the relay, it implies that the phase sequence of the voltages seen by the relay is reversed.
• Now turn-off phase A.
• Again check the measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« in the [Measured Values/Voltage] menu.The measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« should now be 33% of the nominal voltage.
• Turn-on phase A, but turn-off phase B.
• Once again check the measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« in the [Measured Values/Voltage] menu. The measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« should be again 33%.
• Turn-on phase B, but turn-off phase C.
• Again check the measuring value of unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« in the [Measured Values/Voltage] menu. The measuring value of the unbalanced voltage »V2 Fund.« should still be 33%.
•
Testing the trip delay:
• Apply a balanced three-phase voltage system (nominal voltages).
• Switch off VA (the threshold value »Threshold« for »V2 Fund.« must be below 33% of the nominal voltage Vn).
• Measure the tripping time.
The present voltage unbalance »V2 Fund.« corresponds with 1/3 of the existing phase voltage displayed.
Testing the threshold values
• Configure minimum »%(V2/V1)« setting (2%) and an arbitrary threshold value »Threshold« (V2 Fund.).
• For testing the threshold value, a voltage has to be fed to phase A which is lower than three times the adjusted threshold value »Threshold« (V2 Fund.).
• Feeding only phase A results in »%(V2/V1) = 100%«, so the first condition »%(V2/V1) >= 2%« is always fulfilled.
• Now increase the phase A voltage until the relay is activated.
524 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Testing the drop-out ratio of the threshold values
Having tripped the relay in the previous test, now decrease the phase A voltage. The drop-out ratio must not be higher than 0.97 times the threshold value.
Testing %(V2/V1)
• Configure minimum threshold value »Threshold« (V2 Fund.) (0.01 x Vn) and set »%(V2/V1)« greater or equal to 10%.
• Apply a balanced three-phase voltage system (nominal voltages). The measuring value of »%(V2/V1)« should be approximately 0%.
• Now increase the phase A voltage. With this configuration, the threshold value »Threshold« (V2 Fund.) should be reached before the value »%(V2/V1)« reaches the set »%(V2/V1)« ratio threshold.
• Continue increasing the phase 1 voltage until the relay is activated.
Testing the drop-out ratio of %(V2/V1)
Having tripped the relay in the previous test, now decrease the phase A voltage. The drop-out of »%(V2/V1)« has to be 1% below the »%(V2/V1)«setting.
Successful test result:
The measured trip delays, threshold values, and drop-out ratios are within the permitted deviations/tolerances, specified under Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 525
IM02602007E EDR-5000
81O/U, 81R, 78V Frequency ProtectionAvailable elements: 81[1] ,81[2] ,81[3] ,81[4] ,81[5] ,81[6]
All frequency protective elements are identically structured.
Frequency - Measuring Principle
The frequency is calculated as the average of the measured values of the three phase frequencies. Only valid measured frequency values are taken into account. If a phase voltage is no longer measurable, this phase will be excluded from the calculation of the average value.
The measuring principle of the frequency supervision is based in general on the time measurement of complete cycles, whereby a new measurement is started at each zero passage. The influence of harmonics on the measuring result is thus minimized.
Frequency tripping is sometimes not desired by low measured voltages which, for instance. occur during alternator acceleration. All frequency supervision functions are blocked if the voltage is lower 0.15 times Vn.
Frequency Functions
Due to its various frequency functions, the device is very flexible. That makes it suitable for a wide range of applications where frequency supervision is an important criterion.
In the Device Planning menu, the User can decide how to use each of the six frequency elements.
f[1] to f[6] can be assigned as:
• 81U – Under-frequency;• 81O – Over-frequency;• 81R – Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt);• 81UR – Under-frequency and Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt);• 81OR – Over-frequency and Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt);• 81UΔR – Under-frequency and DF/DT (absolute frequency change per definite time interval);• 81OΔR – Over-frequency and DF/DT (absolute frequency change per definite time interval); and• 78V – Vector Surge.
526 www.eaton.com
V(t)
t
T
T
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
81U – Under-frequency
This protection element provides a pickup threshold and a tripping delay. If the frequency falls below the set pickup threshold, an alarm will be issued instantaneously. If the frequency remains under the set pickup threshold until the tripping delay has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
With this setting, the frequency element protects electrical generators, loads, or electrical operating equipment in general against under-frequency.
81O – Over-frequency
This protection element provides a pickup threshold and a tripping delay. If the frequency exceeds the set pickup threshold, an alarm will be issued instantaneously. If the frequency remains above the set pickup threshold until the tripping delay has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
With this setting, the frequency element protects electrical generators, loads, or electrical operating equipment in general against over-frequency.
Working Principle
(Please refer to the block diagram on next page.)
The frequency element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase voltages is below 15% Vn, the frequency calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode set in the Device Planning (81U or 81O), the phase voltages are compared to the set pickup threshold for over- or under-frequency. If in any of the phases, the frequency exceeds or falls below the set pickup threshold and if there are no blocking commands for the frequency element, an alarm is issued instantaneously and the tripping delay timer is started. When the frequency still exceeds or is below the set pickup threshold after the tripping delay timer has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
www.eaton.com 527
IM02602007E EDR-5000
528 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
Nam
e.Tr
ip 8
1
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
VA
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
81
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
81[1
]...[n
]:81U
-Und
er
Or
81O
-Ove
r
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
VCVBNam
e =
81[1
]...[n
]
Nam
e.Bl
o by
V<
Nam
e.f
(81O
-Ove
r|81U
-U
nder
)
81U
-Und
er: 8
1O-O
ver
Nam
e.M
ode
81O
-Ove
r: 81
U-U
nder
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
Freq
uenc
y C
alcu
latio
nf
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
2 3
1514
AND
AND
AND
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
Nam
e.t
t 0
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
81R Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt)
Electrical generators running in parallel with the mains (e. g.: industrial internal power supply plants) should be separated from the mains when failure in the intra-system occurs for the following reasons:
• Damage to electrical generators must be prevented when mains voltage is recovering asynchronously (e. g.: after a short interruption).
• The industrial internal power supply must be maintained.
A reliable criterion of detecting mains failure is the measurement of the rate of change of frequency 81R (df/dt). The precondition for this is a load flow via the mains coupling point. At mains failure, the load flow change spontaneously leads to an increasing or decreasing frequency. At active power deficit of the internal power station, a linear drop of the frequency occurs and a linear increase occurs at power excess. Typical frequency gradients during application of "mains decoupling" are in the range of 0.5 Hz/s up to over 2 Hz/s.
The protective device detects the instantaneous frequency gradient 81R (df/dt) of each mains voltage period. Through multiple evaluations of the frequency gradient in sequence, the continuity of the directional change (sign of the frequency gradient) is determined. Because of this special measuring procedure, a high safety in tripping and thus a high stability against transient processes (e. g.: switching procedure) are achieved.
The frequency gradient (rate of change of frequency [df/dt]) may have a negative or positive sign, depending on frequency increase (positive sign) or decrease (negative sign).
In the frequency parameter sets, the User can define the kind of df/dt mode:
• Positive df/dt = the frequency element detects an increase in frequency;• Negative df/dt = the frequency element detects a decrease in frequency; and• Absolute df/dt (positive and negative) = the frequency element detects both, increase and decrease in
frequency.
This protection element provides a tripping threshold and a tripping delay. If the frequency gradient df/dt exceeds or falls below the set tripping threshold, an alarm will be issued instantaneously. If the frequency gradient remains still above/below the set tripping threshold until the tripping delay has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
Working Principle
(Please refer to block diagram on next page.)
The frequency element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase voltages is below 15% Vn, the frequency calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode set in the Device Planning (81R), the phase voltages are compared to the set frequency gradient (df/dt) threshold. If in any of the phases, the frequency gradient exceeds or falls below the set pickup threshold (acc. to the set df/dt mode) and if there are no blocking commands for the frequency element, an alarm is issued instantaneously and the tripping delay timer is started. When the frequency gradient still exceeds or is below the set pickup threshold after the tripping delay timer has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
www.eaton.com 529
IM02602007E EDR-5000
530 www.eaton.com
VA VCVBdf
/dt C
alcu
latio
n
81R
-Rat
e of
Cha
nge
df/d
t Mod
e
+df/d
t
Idf/d
tI
-df/d
t
81[1
]...[n
]: 81
R-R
ate
of C
hang
e
Nam
e =
81[1
]...[n
]
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Posi
tive
df/d
t
Neg
ativ
e df
/dt
Abso
lute
df/d
t
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
df/d
t | D
F/D
T
81R
-Rat
e of
Cha
nge
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
Nam
e.M
ode
Nam
e.Bl
o by
V<
Nam
e.Pi
ckup Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Tr
ip d
f/dt |
DF/
DT
2 3
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
1514
AND
AND
AND
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
Nam
e.t
t 0
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
81UR – Under-frequency and Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt)
With this setting, the frequency element supervises if the frequency falls below a set pickup threshold and if the frequency gradient exceeds a set threshold at the same time.
In the selected frequency parameter set 81[X], an under-frequency pickup threshold f<, a frequency gradient df/dt, and a tripping delay can be set.
Whereby:
• Positive df/dt = the frequency element detects an increase in frequency;• Negative df/dt = the frequency element detects a decrease in frequency; and • Absolute df/dt (positive and negative) = the frequency element detects both, increase and decrease in
frequency.
81OR – Over-frequency and Rate of Change of Frequency (df/dt)
With this setting, the frequency element supervises if the frequency exceeds a set pickup threshold and if the frequency gradient exceeds a set threshold at the same time.
In the selected frequency parameter set 81[X], an over-frequency pickup threshold f>, a frequency gradient df/dt, and a tripping delay can be set.
Whereby:
• Positive df/dt = the frequency element detects an increase in frequency;• Negative df/dt = the frequency element detects a decrease in frequency; and• Absolute df/dt (positive and negative) = the frequency element detects both, increase and decrease in
frequency.
Working Principle
(Please refer to block diagram on next page.)
The frequency element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase voltages is below 15% Vn, the frequency calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode set in the Device Planning (81UR & df/dt or 81OR & dt/dt), the phase voltages are compared to the set frequency pickup threshold and the set frequency gradient (df/dt) threshold. If in any of the phases, both the frequency and the frequency gradient exceed or falls below the set thresholds and if there are no blocking commands for the frequency element, an alarm is issued instantaneously and the tripping delay timer is started. When the frequency and the frequency gradient still exceed or are below the set threshold after the tripping delay timer has elapsed, a tripping command will be issued.
www.eaton.com 531
IM02602007E EDR-5000
532 www.eaton.com
Freq
uenc
y C
alcu
latio
nf
VA VCVBf
df/d
t Cal
cula
tion
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
81
81R
-Rat
e of
Cha
nge
df/d
t Mod
e
+df/d
t
Idf/d
tI
-df/d
t
81[1
]...[n
]: 81
UR
-Und
er &
df/d
t O
r 8
1OR
-Ove
r & d
f/dt
Nam
e =
81[1
]...[n
]
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
f
Posit
ive
df/d
t
Nega
tive
df/d
t
Abso
lute
df/d
t
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Tr
ip 8
1
Nam
e.Bl
o by
V<
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Tr
ip d
f/dt |
DF/
DT
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
df/d
t | D
F/D
T2 3
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
151481
OR
-Ove
r & d
f/dt
Nam
e.M
ode
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
81U
R-Un
der &
df/d
t
81O
-Ove
r
81U
-Und
er
AND
AND
AND
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
Nam
e.t
t 0
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
81UΔR – Under-frequency and DF/DT
With this setting, the frequency element supervises the frequency and the absolute frequency difference during a definite time interval.
In the selected frequency parameter set 81[X], an under-frequency pickup threshold f<, a threshold for the absolute frequency difference (frequency decrease) DF and supervision interval DT can be set.
81OΔR – Over-frequency and DF/DT
With this setting, the frequency element supervises the frequency and the absolute frequency difference during a definite time interval.
In the selected frequency parameter set 81[X], an over-frequency pickup threshold f>, a threshold for the absolute frequency difference (frequency increase) DF and supervision interval DT can be set.
Working Principle
(Please refer to block diagram on next page.)
The frequency element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase voltages is below 15% Vn, the frequency calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode set in the Device Planning (81UR & DF/DT or 81OR & DF/DT), the phase voltages are compared to the set frequency pickup threshold and the set frequency decrease or increase threshold DF.
If in any of the phases, the frequency exceeds or falls below the set pickup threshold and if there are no blocking commands for the frequency element, an alarm is issued instantaneously. At the same time the timer for the supervision interval DT is started. When, during the supervision interval DT, the frequency still exceeds or is below the set pickup threshold and the frequency decrease/increase reaches the set threshold DF, a tripping command will be issued.
Working Principle of DF/DT Function
(Please refer to f(t) diagram after the block diagram.)
Case 1:When the frequency falls below a set f< threshold (81U) at t1, the DF/DT element energizes. If the frequency difference (decrease) does not reach the set value DF before the time interval DT has expired, no trip will occur. The frequency element remains blocked until the frequency falls below the under-frequency threshold f< (81U) again.
Case 2:When the frequency falls below a set f< threshold (81U) at t4, the DF/DT element energizes. If the frequency difference (decrease) reaches the set value DF before the time interval DT has expired (t5), a trip command is issued.
www.eaton.com 533
IM02602007E EDR-5000
534 www.eaton.com
1
DT
t <nam
e>.8
1+
DF
Freq
uenc
y C
alcu
latio
nf
81O
DR
-Ove
r & D
F/D
T
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
81U
DR
-Und
er &
DF/
DT
81O
-Ove
r
81U
-Und
er
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
81[1
]...[n
]: 81
UD
R-U
nder
& D
F/D
T O
r 8
1OD
R-O
ver &
DF/
DT
Nam
e =
81[1
]...[n
]
Nam
e.Bl
o by
V<
VA VCVBf
Nam
e.M
ode
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
81
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
df/d
t | D
F/D
T
Nam
e.Tr
ip 8
1
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Tr
ip d
f/dt |
DF/
DT
2 4
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
1514
AND
AND
AND
AND
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 535
fNf
81U
-Und
er
DT
DT
Res
et
DF
DF
DF
Tem
pora
rily
Bloc
king
t
t1t2
t3t4
t6
Trip
81[1
]...[n
]: 81
UD
R-U
nder
& D
F/D
T N
ame
= 81
[1]..
.[n]
t5
IM02602007E EDR-5000
78V Vector Surge
The vector surge supervision protects synchronous generators in mains parallel operation due to very fast decoupling in case of mains failure. Very dangerous are mains auto reclosings for synchronous generators. The mains voltage returning typically after 300 ms can hit the generator in asynchronous position. A very fast decoupling is also necessary in case of long time mains failures.
Generally there are two different applications.
• Only mains parallel operation - no single operation:In this application, the vector surge supervision protects the generator by tripping the generator breaker in case of mains failure.
• Mains parallel operation and single operation:For this application, the vector surge supervision trips the mains breaker. Here it is insured that the gen.-set is not blocked when it is required as an emergency set.
A very fast decoupling in case of mains failures for synchronous generators is very difficult. Voltage supervision units cannot be used because the synchronous alternator, as well as the load impedance, support the decreasing voltage.
In this situation, the mains voltage drops only after some 100 ms below the pickup threshold of the voltage supervision and, therefore, a safe detection of mains auto reclosings is not possible with voltage supervision only.
Frequency supervision is partially unsuitable because only a highly loaded generator decreases its speed within 100 ms. Current relays detect a fault only when short-circuit type currents exist, but cannot avoid their development. Power relays are able to pickup within 200 ms, but they also cannot prevent the power from rising to short-circuit values. Since power changes are also caused by sudden loaded alternators, the use of power relays can be problematic.
Whereas the vector surge supervision of the device detects mains failures within 60 ms without the restrictions described above because it is specially designed for applications where very fast decoupling from the mains is required. Adding the typical operating time of a breaker or contactor, the total disconnection time remains below 150 ms.
Basic requirement for tripping of the generator/mains monitor is a change in load of more than 15 - 20% of the rated load. Slow changes of the system frequency, for instance at regulating processes (adjustment of speed regulator), do not cause the relay to trip.
Trippings can also be caused by short-circuits within the grid, because a voltage vector surge higher than the preset value can occur. The magnitude of the voltage vector surge depends on the distance between the short-circuit and the generator. This function is also of advantage to the Power Utility Company because the mains short-circuit capacity and, consequently, the energy feeding the short-circuit is limited.
To prevent a possible false tripping, the vector surge measuring is blocked at a low input voltage <15% Vn. The undervoltage lockout acts faster then the vector surge measurement.
Vector surge tripping is blocked by a phase loss so that a VT fault (e. g.: faulty VTs fuse) does not cause false tripping.
536 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Measuring Principle of Vector Surge Supervision
Equivalent circuit at synchronous generator in parallel with the mains.
Voltage vectors at mains parallel operation.
The rotor displacement angle between stator and rotor is dependent on the mechanical moving torque of the generator shaft. The mechanical shaft power is balanced with the electrical fed mains power and, therefore, the synchronous speed keeps constant.
www.eaton.com 537
Grid/Load
Generator
VPV1
V = I1* j Xd
Grid
V = I1* j Xd
VP V1
I1 I2
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Equivalent circuit at mains failure.
In case of mains failure or auto-reclosing, the generator suddenly feeds a very high load. The rotor displacement angle is decreased repeatedly and the voltage vector V1 changes its direction (V1').
Voltage vectors at mains failure.
538 www.eaton.com
Generator Load
VPV1 V´1
V´ = I´1* j Xd
Grid
V´ = I´1* j Xd
VP V´1
I1
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Voltage vector surge.
As shown in the voltage/time diagram, the instantaneous value of the voltage jumps to another value and the phase position changes. This is called phase or vector surge.
The relay measures the cycle duration. A new measuring is started at each zero passage. The measured cycle duration is internally compared with a reference time and from this the deviation of the cycle duration of the voltage signal is ascertained. In case of a vector surge as shown in the above graphic, the zero passage occurs either earlier or later. The established deviation of the cycle duration is in compliance with the vector surge angle. If the vector surge angle exceeds the set value, the relay trips immediately.
Tripping of the vector surge is blocked in case of loss of one or more phases of the measuring voltage.
Working Principle
(Please refer to block diagram on next page.)
The vector surge element supervises the three phase voltages »VA«, »VB« and »VC«. If any of the three phase voltages is below 15% Vn, the vector surge calculation is blocked. According to the frequency supervision mode set in the Device Planning (78V), the phase voltages are compared to the set vector surge threshold. If in any of the phases, the vector surge exceeds the set threshold and if there are no blocking commands for the frequency element, an alarm and a trip command is issued instantaneously.
www.eaton.com 539
V(t) V(t) V(t)`
Trip
tt=0
78V vector surge
Voltage Vector Surge
IM02602007E EDR-5000
540 www.eaton.com
VA VCVBD
elta
phi
Cal
cula
tion
Nam
e.78
V ve
ctor
su
rge
81[1
]...[n
]: 78
V ve
ctor
sur
ge
Nam
e =
81[1
]...[n
]
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Nam
e.Tr
ip
78V
vect
or s
urge
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
Nam
e.M
ode
78V
vect
or
surg
e
Nam
e.Bl
o by
V<
Nam
e.Tr
ip V
ecto
r Sur
ge
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
Vec
tor S
urge
2 3
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
1514
AND
AND
AND
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
<15%
Vn
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Frequency Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
81U-Under,
81O-Over,
81UR- Under & df/dt,
81OR- Over & df/dt,
81UDR- Under & DF/DT,
81ODR- Over & DF/DT,
81R-Rate of Change,
78V vector surge
81[1]: 81O-Over
81[2]: 81O-Over
81[3]: 81U-Under
81[4]: 81U-Under
81[5]: 81R-Rate of Change
81[6]: 81R-Rate of Change
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Frequency Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
www.eaton.com 541
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Setting Group Parameters of the Frequency Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
81O-Over Pickup value for over-frequency.
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81O-Over Or 81OR- Over & df/dt Or 81ODR- Over & DF/DT
40.00 – 69.95 Hz 81[1]: 61.00 Hz
81[2]: 61.0 Hz
81[3]: 51.00 Hz
81[4]: 51.00 Hz
81[5]: 51.00 Hz
81[6]: 51.00 Hz
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
81U-Under Pickup value for under-frequency.
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81U-Under Or 81UR- Under & df/dt Or 81UDR- Under & DF/DT
40.00 – 69.95 Hz 81[1]: 59.0 Hz
81[2]: 49.00 Hz
81[3]: 59.0 Hz
81[4]: 59.0 Hz
81[5]: 59.0 Hz
81[6]: 59.0 Hz
[Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
542 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t Tripping delay
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81U-Under Or 81O-OverOr 81OR- Over & df/dt Or 81UR- Under & df/dt
0.00 – 3600.00 s 1.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]81R-Rate of Change
Measured value (calculated): Rate-of-frequency-change.
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81R-Rate of Change Or 81UR- Under & df/dt Or 81OR- Over & df/dt
0.1 – 10.0 Hz/s 1.0 Hz/s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]t-df/dt Trip delay df/dt 0.00 – 300.00 s 1.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]DF Frequency difference for the maximum
admissible variation of the mean of the rate of frequency-change. This function is inactive if DF=0.
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81UDR- Under & DF/DT Or 81ODR- Over & DF/DT
0.0 – 10.0 Hz 1.00 Hz [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
DT Time interval of the maximum admissible rate-of-frequency-change.
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81UDR- Under & DF/DT Or 81ODR- Over & DF/DT
0.1 – 10.0 s 1.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]df/dt Mode df/dt Mode
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81R-Rate of Change Or 81UR- Under & df/dt Or 81OR- Over & df/dt Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81R-Rate of Change Or 81UR- Under & df/dt Or 81OR- Over & df/dt Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 81R-Rate of Change
Absolute df/dt,
Positive df/dt,
Negative df/dt
Absolute df/dt [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
78V vector surge
Measured Value (Calculated): Vector Surge
Only available if: Device Planning: 81.Mode = 78V vector surge
1 - 30° 10° [Protection Para
/<n>
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
www.eaton.com 543
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Frequency Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Freq-Prot
/81[1]]
Frequency Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency ProtectionPickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector SurgePickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DTTrip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phiTrip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Over-frequency [ANSI 81O]
Object to be tested:All configured over-frequency protection stages.
544 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Necessary means:• Three-phase voltage source with variable frequency; and• Timer.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values• Keep on increasing the frequency until the respective frequency element is activated;• Note the frequency value; and• Disconnect the test voltage.
Testing the trip delay• Set the test voltage to nominal frequency and• Now connect a frequency jump (activation value) and then start a timer. Measure the tripping time at the
relay output.
Testing the drop-out ratio:Reduce the measuring quantity to less than 99.95% of the trip value (or 0.05% fn). The relay must only fall back at 99.95% of the trip value at the earliest (or 0.05% fn).
Successful test result:Permissible deviations/tolerances can be taken from the Technical Data.
Commissioning: Under-frequency [ANSI 81U]
For all configured under-frequency elements, this test can be carried out similar to the test for over-frequency protection (by using the related under-frequency values).
Please consider the following deviations:
• For testing the threshold values, the frequency has to be decreased until the protection element is activated.
• For detection of the drop-out ratio, the measuring quantity has to be increased to more than 100.05% of the trip value (or 0.05% fn). At 100.05% of the trip value the relay is to fall back at the earliest (or 0.05% fn).
Commissioning: 81R Rate of Change (df/dt)
Object to be tested:All frequency protection stages that are projected as df/dt.
Necessary means:• Three-phase voltage source and• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a linear, defined rate of change of frequency.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values• Keep on increasing the rate of change of frequency until the respective element is activated and• Note the value.
www.eaton.com 545
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Testing the trip delay • Set the test voltage to nominal frequency:• Now apply a step change (sudden change) that is 1.5 times the setting value (example: apply 3 Hz per
second if the setting value is 2 Hz per second); and• Measure the tripping time at the relay output. Compare the measured tripping time to the configured
tripping time.
Successful test result:Permissible deviations/tolerances and dropout ratios can be taken from the Technical Data.
Commissioning: 81U and Rate of Change (f< and -df/dt)
Object to be tested:All frequency protection stages that are projected as f< and -df/dt.
Necessary means:• Three-phase voltage source and• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a linear, defined rate of change of frequency.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values• Feed nominal voltage and nominal frequency to the device:• Decrease the frequency below the f< threshold: and• Apply a rate of change of frequency (step change) that is below the setting value (example: apply -1 Hz
per second if the setting value is -0.8 Hz per second). After the tripping delay is expired the relay has to trip.
Successful test result:Permissible deviations/tolerances and dropout ratios can be taken from the Technical Data.
Commissioning: 81O and Rate of Change (f> and df/dt)
Object to be tested:All frequency protection stages that are projected as f> and df/dt.
Necessary means:• Three-phase voltage source and• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a linear, defined rate of change of frequency.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values• Feed nominal voltage and nominal frequency to the device;• Increase the frequency above the f> threshold; and• Apply a rate of change of frequency (step change) that is above the setting value (example: apply 1 Hz
per second if the setting value is 0.8 Hz per second). After the tripping delay is expired the relay has to trip.
546 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Successful test result:Permissible deviations/tolerances and dropout ratios can be taken from the Technical Data.
Commissioning: 81UΔR – Under-frequency and DF/DT
Object to be tested:All frequency protection stages that are projected as f< and Df/Dt.
Necessary means:• Three-phase voltage source and• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a defined frequency change.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values• Feed nominal voltage and nominal frequency to the device;• Decrease the frequency below the f< threshold; and• Apply a defined frequency change (step change) that is above the setting value (example: apply a
frequency change of 1 Hz during the set time interval DT if the setting value DF is 0.8 Hz ). The relay has to trip immediately.
Successful test result:Permissible deviations/tolerances and dropout ratios can be taken from the Technical Data.
Commissioning: 81OΔR – Over-frequency and DF/DT
Object to be tested:All frequency protection stages that are projected as f> and Df/Dt.
Necessary means:• Three-phase voltage source and• Frequency generator that can generate and measure a defined frequency change.
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values• Feed nominal voltage and nominal frequency to the device;• Increase the frequency above the f> threshold; and• Apply a defined frequency change (step change) that is above the setting value (example: apply a
frequency change of 1 Hz during the set time interval DT if the setting value DF is 0.8 Hz ). The relay has to trip immediately.
Successful test result:Permissible deviations/tolerances and dropout ratios can be taken from the Technical Data.
www.eaton.com 547
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Commissioning: Vector Surge 78V
Object to be tested:All frequency protection stages that are projected as vector surge (78V).
Necessary means:• Three-phase voltage source that can generate a definite step (sudden change) of the voltage pointers
(phase shift).
Procedure:
Testing the threshold values • Apply a vector surge (sudden change) that is 1.5 times the setting value (example: if the setting value is
10° apply 15°).
Successful test result:Permissible deviations/tolerances and dropout ratio can be taken from the Technical Data.
548 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
32 - Power ProtectionAvailable Elements:32[1] ,32[2] ,32[3]
This is the 32 device Power Protection setting. Each element can be set to one of five settings:
• Do Not Use;• Over Forward Power (P>);• Under Forward Power (P<);• Over Reverse Power (Pr>); and• Under Reverse Power (Pr<).
Each element consists of a Pickup and a Delay setting. These elements are based on rated apparent power VAn.
Definition for VAn is as follows:
• VAn = SQRT(3) * VT secondary rating * CT secondary rating (I=1/5A) for wye or• VAn = 3 * VT secondary rating/SQRT(3) * CT secondary rating (I=1/5A) for delta connections.
The following graphics show the areas that are protected by the corresponding modes.
www.eaton.com 549
IM02602007E EDR-5000
32 - Forward Power - Over and Under
550 www.eaton.com
Q
P
Trip Region
Pickup P>
Q
P
Trip Region
Pickup P<
No Trip
No Trip
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
32 - Reverse Power - Over and Under
www.eaton.com 551
Q
P
Trip Region
Pickup Pr>
Q
P
Trip Region
Pickup Pr<
No Trip
No Trip
IM02602007E EDR-5000
552 www.eaton.com
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: B
lock
ings
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Nam
e =
32[1
]...[n
]
Nam
e.Pi
ckup Nam
e.Tr
ip
2 3
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md 1514
Pick
up P
>
Pick
up P
<
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
Pick
up P
r>
Pick
up P
r<
Nam
e.M
ode
Pick
up P
>, P
icku
p P<
, Pic
kup
Pr>,
Pic
kup
Pr<
PQS.
Mod
e
32[1
]...[n
]
AND
AND
Nam
e.t
t 0
Syst
W R
MS
activ
e
Loss
of P
oten
tial B
lo
AND
OR
OR
38 40Pl
ease
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
:.CTS
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am:.L
OP
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Power Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Over forward,
Under forward,
Over reverse,
Under reverse
32[1]: Over forward
32[2]: Under forward
32[3]: Over reverse
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Power Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
Parameter Set Parameters of the Power Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
www.eaton.com 553
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
Loss of Potential Blo
Blocking of the protective element in case that of lacking measuring input quantities (Loss of Potential)
Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]Pickup P> Over(load) Active Power Pickup Value. Can
be used for monitoring the maximum allowed forward power limits of transformers or overhead lines.
Only available if: Device Planning: PQS.Mode = Pickup P>
0.02 – 10.00 VAn 1.20 VAn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]Pickup P< Under(load) Active Power Pickup Value
(e.g.: caused by idling motors).
Only available if: Device Planning: PQS.Mode = Pickup P<
0.02 – 10.00 VAn 0.80 VAn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]Pickup Pr> Over Reverse
Only available if: Device Planning: PQS.Mode = Pickup Pr>
0.02 – 10.00 VAn 1.20 VAn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
554 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Pickup Pr< Under Reverse
Only available if: Device Planning: PQS.Mode = Pickup Pr<
0.02 – 10.00 VAn 0.80 VAn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]t Tripping delay 0.00 – 1100.00 s 0.01 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
States of the Inputs of the Power Protection Module
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32[1]]
Signals of the Power Protection Module (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup Power ProtectionTrip Signal: Trip Power Protection
www.eaton.com 555
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning Examples for the Power Protection Module
Object to be tested:
Testing the projected Power Protection Modules:
• P>;• P<;• Pr>; and• Pr<.
Necessary means:
• 3-phase AC voltage source ;• 3-phase AC current source; and• Timer.
Procedure – Testing the wiring:
• Feed rated voltage and rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• Adjust the current pointers 30 degrees lagging to the voltage pointers.
• The following measuring values have to be shown:• P=0.86 Pn;• Q=0.5 Qn; and• S=1 Sn.
If the measured values are shown with a negative (algebraic) sign, check the wiring.
The examples shown within this chapter have to be carried out with the tripping values and tripping delays that apply to the User's switchboard.
If the User is testing „greater than thresholds“ (e.g.: P>), start at 80% of the tripping value and increase the object to be tested until the relay picks up.
In case the User is testing „less than thresholds“ (e.g.: P<), start at 120% of the tripping value and reduce the object to be tested until the relay picks up.
If the User is testing tripping delays of „greater than“ modules (e.g.: P>), start a timer simultaneously with an abrupt change of the object to be tested from 80% of the tripping value to 120% of the tripping value.
If the User is testing tripping delays of „less than“ modules (e.g.: P<), start a timer simultaneously with an abrupt change of the object to be tested from 120% of the tripping value to 80% of the tripping value.
556 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
P>
Testing the threshold values (Example, Threshold 1.1 Pn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 1.1 Pn).
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Increase the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
Testing the tripping delay (Example, Threshold 1.1 Pn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 1.1 Pn).
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Increase the current with an abrupt change to 1.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-cal Data section.
P<
Testing the threshold values (Example, Threshold 0.3 Pn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 0.3 Pn).
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Decrease the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured.
Testing the tripping delay (Example, Threshold 0.3 Pn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
www.eaton.com 557
IM02602007E EDR-5000
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 0.3 Pn).
• In order to test the tripping delay feed, 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Decrease the current with an abrupt change to 0.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-cal Data section.
Pr>
Testing the threshold values (Example, Threshold 1.1 Pn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current with 180 degree phase angle between voltage and current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e. g.: 1.1 Pn).
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Increase the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
Testing the tripping delay (Example, Threshold 1.1 Pn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current with 180 degree phase shift between voltage and current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 1.1 Pn).
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Increase the current with an abrupt change to 1.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-cal Data section.
558 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Pr<
Testing the threshold values (Example, Threshold 0.3 Pn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current with 180 degree phase shift between voltage and current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e. g.: 0.3 Pn).
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Decrease the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
Testing the tripping delay (Example, Threshold 0.3 Pn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current with 180 degree phase shift between voltage and current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „P“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 0.3 Pn).
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Decrease the current with an abrupt change to 0.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-cal Data section.
www.eaton.com 559
IM02602007E EDR-5000
32V - Reactive Power ProtectionAvailable Elements:32V[1] ,32V[2] ,32V[3]
This is the 32V device Reactive Power Protection setting. Each element can be set to one of five settings:
• Do Not Use;• Over Forward Reactive Power (Q>);• Under Forward Reactive Power (Q<);• Over Reverse Reactive Power (Qr>); and• Under Reverse Reactive Power (Qr<).
Each element consists of a Pickup and a Delay setting. These elements are based on rated apparent power Van.
Definition for VAn is as follows:•
VAn = SQRT(3) * VT secondary rating * CT secondary rating (I=1/5A) for wye or• VAn = 3 * VT secondary rating/SQRT(3) * CT secondary rating (I=1/5A) for delta connections.
The following graphics show the areas that are protected by the corresponding modes.
560 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
32V Forward Reactive Power - Over and Under
www.eaton.com 561
Q
P
P
Q
Trip Region
No Trip
Trip Region
No Trip
Pickup Q>
Pickup Q<
.
IM02602007E EDR-5000
32V Reverse Reactive Power - Over and Under
562 www.eaton.com
Q
P
Trip Region
No Trip
Pickup Qr>
Q
P
Trip Region
No Trip
Pickup Qr<
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 563
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivate
d an
d no
act
ive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Nam
e =
32V[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e.Pi
ckup Nam
e.Tr
ip
2 3
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md 1514
Pick
up Q
>
Pick
up Q
<
Dev
ice
Plan
ning
Pick
up Q
r>
Pick
up Q
r<
Nam
e.M
ode
Pick
up Q
>, P
icku
p Q
<, P
icku
p Q
r>, P
icku
p Q
r<
PQS.
Mod
e
32V[
1]...
[n]
AND
AND
Nam
e.t
t 0
Sys
t VA
r RM
S
activ
e
Loss
of P
oten
tial B
lo
AND
OR OR
38 40Pl
ease
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
:.CTS
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am:.L
OP
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the Reactive Power Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Over forward,
Under forward,
Over reverse,
Under reverse
32V[1]: Over forward
32V[2]: Under forward
32V[3]: Over reverse
[Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Reactive Power Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
Parameter Set Parameters of the Reactive Power Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
564 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
Loss of Potential Blo
Blocking of the protective element in case that of lacking measuring input quantities (Loss of Potential)
Inactive,
Active
Active [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]Pickup Q> Over(load) Reactive Power Pickup Value.
Monitoring the maximum allowed reactive power of the electrical equipment like transformers or overhead lines). If the maximum value is exceeded, a condensator bank could be switched off.
Only available if: Device Planning: PQS.Mode = Pickup Q>
0.02 – 10.00 VAn 1.20 VAn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
Pickup Q< Under(load) Reactive Power Pickup Value. Monitoring the minimum value of the reactive power. If it falls below the set value, a condensator bank could be switched on.
Only available if: Device Planning: PQS.Mode = Pickup Q<
0.02 – 10.00 VAn 0.80 VAn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
Pickup Qr> Over Reverse
Only available if: Device Planning: PQS.Mode = Pickup Qr>
0.02 – 10.00 VAn 1.20 VAn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
www.eaton.com 565
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Pickup Qr< Under Reverse
Only available if: Device Planning: PQS.Mode = Pickup Qr<
0.02 – 10.00 VAn 0.80 VAn [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]t Tripping delay 0.00 – 1100.00 s 0.01 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
States of the Inputs of the Reactive Power Protection Module
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power-Prot
/32V[1]]
Signals of the Reactive Power Protection Module (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup Power ProtectionTrip Signal: Trip Power Protection
566 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning Examples for the Reactive Power Protection Module
Object to be tested:
Testing the projected Power Protection Modules.
• Q>;• Q<;• Qr>; and• Qr<.
Necessary means:
• 3-phase AC voltage source;• 3-phase AC current source; and• Timer.
Procedure – Testing the wiring:
• Feed rated voltage and rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• Adjust the current pointers 30° lagging to the voltage pointers.
• The following measuring values have to be shown:• P=0.86 Pn;• Q=0.5 Qn; and• S=1 Sn.
If the measured values are shown with a negative (algebraic) sign, check the wiring.
The examples shown within this chapter have to be carried out with the tripping values and tripping delays that apply to the User's switchboard.
If the User is testing „greater than thresholds“ (e.g.: Q>), start at 80% of the tripping value and increase the object to be tested until the relay picks up.
In case the User is testing „less than thresholds“ (e.g.: Q<), start at 120% of the tripping value and reduce the object to be tested until the relay picks up.
If the User is testing tripping delays of „greater than“ modules (e.g.: Q>), start a timer simultaneously with an abrupt change of the object to be tested from 80% of the tripping value to 120% of the tripping value.
If the User is testing tripping delays of „less than“ modules (e.g.: Q<), start a timer simultaneously with an abrupt change of the object to be tested from 120% of the tripping value to 80% of the tripping value.
www.eaton.com 567
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Q>
Testing the threshold values (Example, Threshold 1,1 Qn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current (90 degrees phase shift) to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=0).
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 1.1. Qn).
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Increase the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
Testing the tripping delay (Example, Threshold 1.1 Qn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current (90 degree phase shift) to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=0).
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g. 1.1. Qn).
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Increase the current with an abrupt change to 1.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-cal Data section.
Q<
Testing the threshold values (Example, Threshold 0.3 Qn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current (90 degree phase shift) to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=0).
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 0.3 Qn).
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Decrease the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
568 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Testing the tripping delay (Example, Threshold 0.3 Qn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current (90 degree phase shift) to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=0).
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a positive algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e.g.: 0.3 Qn).
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Decrease the current with an abrupt change to 0.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-cal Data section.
Qr>
Testing the threshold values (Example, Threshold 1.1 Qn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current with -90 degree phase shift between voltage and current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e. g.: 1.1 Qn).
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Increase the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
Testing the tripping delay (Example, Threshold 1.1 Qn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.9 times rated current with -90 degree phase shift between voltage and current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e. g. 1.1 Qn).
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.9 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Increase the current with an abrupt change to 1.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-cal Data section.
www.eaton.com 569
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Qr<
Testing the threshold values (Example, Threshold 0.3 Qn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current with -90 degree phase shift between voltage and current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e. g.: 0.3 Qn).
• In order to test the pickup thresholds, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Decrease the current slowly until the relay picks up. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Compare the measured pickup value to the configured value.
Testing the tripping delay (Example, Threshold 0.3 Qn)
• Feed rated voltage and 0.5 times rated current with -90 degree phase shift between voltage and current pointers to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• The measured values for the active power „Q“ must show a negative algebraic sign.
• Set the pickup threshold (e. g. 0.3 Qn).
• In order to test the tripping delay, feed 0.5 times rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay. Decrease the current with an abrupt change to 0.2 In. Ensure that the angle between current and voltage remains constant. Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays or individual tripping delays, threshold values, and dropout ratios correspond with those values specified in the adjustment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found in the Techni-cal Data section.
570 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
55A and 55D - PF ProtectionAvailable elements:PF-55D[1] ,PF-55D[2] ,PF-55A[1] ,PF-55A[2]
Definition Apparent Power Factor 55A (RMS - Includes Harmonics):
The Apparent Power Factor is computed by dividing real power (watts) by volt-amperes. The apparent power factor computation includes harmonics.
PF apparent=WattVA
Definition Displacement Power Factor 55D (Fundamental):
The Displacement Power Factor is computed by dividing the fundamental watts by the fundamental volt-amperes as shown below. This definition is only valid at the system fundamental operating frequency. The Displacement Power Factor isolates the fundamental portion of the Power Factor from the effects of harmonics.
PF displacement=Watt
Watt 2var2
These elements supervise the Power Factor within a defined area (limits).
The area is defined by four parameters:
• The Trigger Quadrant (lead or lag);•
• The Threshold (Power Factor value);•
• The Reset Quadrant (lead or lag); and•
• The Reset Value (Power Factor value).
www.eaton.com 571
Q
P
leading
leading
lagging
lagging
PF>0
PF>0 PF<0
PF<0
0°<phi<90°
270°<phi<360°
90°<phi<180°
180°<phi<270°
IM02602007E EDR-5000
572 www.eaton.com
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
Plea
se R
efer
to D
iagr
am: T
rip B
lock
ings
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sign
als)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
Nam
e =
PF[1
]...[n
]
Nam
e.Pi
ckup
2 3
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md 1514
<20%
Vn
<0.5
%In
ImaxV
Post
-trig
ger t
ime
Pre-
trigg
er ti
me
Nam
e.t-P
icku
p C
omp
Nam
e.t-R
eset
Com
p
PF
Nam
e.Im
poss
ible
Nam
e.C
ompe
nsat
or
Pick
up D
elay
And
Rel
ease
Del
ay
PF[1
]...[n
]
OR
ORAN
D
AND
Fund
.
RM
S
Nam
e.C
riter
ion
φN
ame.
PFN
ame.
t
t 0
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Power Factor Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameter of the Power Factor Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
Set Parameters of the Power Factor Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
www.eaton.com 573
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command of the module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
Trig Mode Trigger Mode. Should the Module be triggered if the Current Phasor is leading to the Voltage Phasor = Lead? Or should the Module be triggered if the Current Phasor is lagging to the Voltage Phasor = Lag?
Leading,
Lagging
Lagging [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]Trigger-PF This is the power factor where the relay will
pick up0.5 - 0.99 0.7 [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]Res Mode Trigger Mode. Should the Module be
triggered if the Current Phasor is leading to the Voltage Phasor = Lead? Or should the Module be triggered if the Current Phasor is lagging to the Voltage Phasor = Lag?
Leading,
Lagging
Lagging [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]Reset-PF This setting is the power factor, at which the
relay will reset the power factor trip. It is like setting a hysteresis for the Trigger setting.
0.5 - 0.99 0.9 [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]t-trip Tripping delay 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
574 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-Pickup Comp Pre-trigger time for the Compensation Signal. When this timer is elapsed the compensation signal will be activated.
0.00 – 300.00 s 5.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]t-Reset Comp Reset (Post-trigger) time of the
Compensation Signal. When this timer is elapsed the compensation signal will be deactivated.
0.00 – 300.00 s 5.00 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
States of the Inputs of the Power Factor Module
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the
Trip Command[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Power Factor-Prot
/PF-55D[1]]
Signals of the Power Factor Module (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorTrip Signal: Trip Power Factor
www.eaton.com 575
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandCompensator Signal: Compensation SignalImpossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor Impossible
Commissioning: Power Factor
Object to be tested:
• Testing the projected Power Factor Modules.
Necessary means:
• Three-phase AC voltage source;• Three-phase AC current source; and• Timer.
Procedure – Testing the wiring:
• Feed the rated voltage and rated current to the measuring inputs of the relay.
• Adjust the current pointers 30° lagging to the voltage pointers.
• The following measuring values have to be shown:• P = 0.86 Pn• Q = 0.5 Qn• S = 1 Sn
If the measured values are shown with a negative (algebraic) sign, check the wiring.
In this example, the PF-Trigger is set to 0.86 = 30° (lagging) and the PF-Reset is set to 0.86 = 30° (leading).
Carry out the test with the settings (trigger and reset) that fit the switchboard.
Testing the threshold values (Trigger) (PF Trigger: Example = 0.86 lagging):
• Feed the rated voltage and rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• Adjust the angle between the voltage and current (current pointer lagging) until the relay picks up.
• Write down the pickup value.
Testing the Reset (PF Reset: Example = 0.86 leading):
• Reduce the angle between voltage and current beyond PF = 1 (current pointer leading) until the alarm drops off.
576 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• Write down the reset value.
Testing the trip delay (PF Trigger: Example = 0.86 lagging):
• Feed the rated voltage and rated current in phase to the measuring inputs of the relay (PF=1).
• Adjust the angle between voltage and current (current pointer lagging) with an abrupt change to PF = 0.707 (45°) lagging.
• Measure the tripping delay at the output of the relay. Compare the measured tripping time to the selected trip time.
Successful test result:
The measured total tripping delays, threshold, and reset values correspond with those values specified in the ad-justment list. Permissible deviations/tolerances can be found the Technical Data section.
www.eaton.com 577
IM02602007E EDR-5000
ExP - External ProtectionAvailable elements:ExP[1] ,ExP[2] ,ExP[3] ,ExP[4]
All elements of the external protection ExP[1]...[4] are identically structured.
By means of these elements, the protective device can detect and execute pickups and trips that are issued by other external devices. This can be helpful, for logging purposes, if the other device is not equipped with an event or disturbance recorder. This might also be helpful if the other device has no communication (SCADA) interface.
578 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 579
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Al
arm
Nam
e.Tr
ipC
md
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
Nam
e.Tr
ip
AND
AND
Nam
e.Tr
ip
Nam
e.Al
arm
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Trip
Blo
ckin
gs
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed
and
no a
ctiv
e bl
ocki
ng
sign
als)
(Trip
ping
com
man
d no
t dea
ctiv
ated
or b
lock
ed. )
ExP[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e =
ExP[
1]...
[n]
Nam
e.Tr
ip-I
Nam
e.Al
arm
-I2 3
14 15AN
D
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Device Planning Parameters of the External Protection Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Do not use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the External Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]ExBlo TripCmd External blocking of the Trip Command of
the module/the element, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]Alarm Assignment for External Alarm 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]Trip External trip of the Bkr. if the state of the
assigned signal is true.1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
580 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Setting Group Parameters of the External Protection Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]Blo TripCmd Permanent blocking of the Trip Command
of the module/element.Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]ExBlo TripCmd Fc
Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow) blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo TripCmd Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
External Protection Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
www.eaton.com 581
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]Trip-I Module Input State: Trip [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/ExP
/ExP[1]]
External Protection Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingBlo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandAlarm Signal: AlarmTrip Signal: TripTripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: External Protection
Object to be tested:
• Test of the External Protection Module.
Necessary means:
• Dependent on the application.
Procedure:
• Simulate the functionality of the External Protection (pickup, trip, and blockings) by (de-)energizing the digital inputs.
582 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Successful test result:
All external pickups, external trips, and external blockings are correctly recognized and processed by the device.
www.eaton.com 583
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Supervision50BF – Breaker Failure Supervision
BF
Principle – General Use
The breaker failure (BF) protection is used to provide backup protection in the event that a breaker fails to oper-ate properly during fault clearing. A breaker failure condition is recognized if current is still flowing through the breaker after tripping or opening breaker commands have been issued for a specified time. The User can select different trigger modes. In addition, up to three additional trigger events (trip commands) can be assigned from all the protection modules.
Trigger Modes
There are three trigger modes for the breaker failure available. In addition, there are three assignable trigger inputs available.
• All Trips: All trip signals that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the BF module.
• Current Trips: All current trips that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the BF module.
• External Trips: All external trips that are assigned to this breaker (within the breaker manager) will start the BF module.
In addition, the User can also select none (e.g.: if the User intends to use one of the three additional assignable trigger inputs).
Those trips can exclusively start the breaker failures that are assigned within the breaker manager to the breaker that is to be supervised.
Select the winding side from which the measured currents should be taken in case this protective device is a transformer differential protection.
584 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 585
Cur
rent
Trip
s
Det
erm
inin
g th
e tri
gger
mod
e fo
r th
e Br
eake
r Fai
lure
.
All T
rips
Exte
rnal
Trip
s
Nam
e.I-B
F >
IA IB IC
AND
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
BF.T
rip
BF.P
icku
p
BF
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
si
gnal
s)
Nam
e =
BF
2
14
AND
All T
rips
Exte
rnal
Trip
s
Cur
rent
Trip
s
1515 15
15
15 15
OR
BF.T
rigge
r1
BF.T
rigge
r2
BF.T
rigge
r3
BF.T
rigge
r1-I
BF.T
rigge
r2-I
BF.T
rigge
r3-I
none
Nam
e.t-B
F
t-BF
0S
Q
R1
Q
S
1
R1
1
BF.L
ocko
ut
Res
Loc
kout
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Direct Commands
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Res Lockout Reset Lockout Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Operation
/Reset]
Device Planning Parameters of the BF Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Use Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the BF Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]Trigger Determining the trigger mode for the
Breaker Failure.- . -,
All Trips,
Current Trips,
ExP Fc
All Trips [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]Trigger1 Trigger that will start the BF Trigger -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]Trigger2 Trigger that will start the BF Trigger -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
586 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Trigger3 Trigger that will start the BF Trigger -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
Setting Group Parameters of the BF Module
In order to prevent a faulty activation of the BF Module, the pickup (alarm) time must be greater than the sum of:
• The close-open time of the breaker (please refer to the technical data of the manufacturer of the breaker);
• + The tripping delay of the device (please refer to the Technical Data section);
• + The security margin; and
• + The operating time.
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]I-BF > Current level that needs to exist after Trip
Command has been given.0.00 – 0.10 In 0.00 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]t-BF If the delay time is expired, an BF alarm is
given out.0.00 – 10.00 s 0.20 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/BF]
www.eaton.com 587
IM02602007E EDR-5000
BF Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]Trigger1 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]Trigger2 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]Trigger3 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BF [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/BF]
BF Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)Trip Signal: Breaker Failure TripLockout Signal: LockoutRes Lockout Signal: Reset Lockout
588 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
BF Module Trigger Functions
In case that the protective device is equipped with directional overcurrent protection. All ANSI 67 elements (directional overcurrent protection), will be displayed as ANSI 50/51 elements. That means, that the name of an ANSI 50/51 element wont change, if it is set within the device planning from “non-directional” to “directional”.
These trips will start the BF module if all trips have been selected as the trigger event.
Name Description
-.- No assignment50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59N[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59N[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command47[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command47[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
www.eaton.com 589
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
81[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[5].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[6].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55D[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55D[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandZI.TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
590 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 591
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
592 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 593
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
594 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 595
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
596 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 597
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
These trips will start the BF module if all current functions have been selected as the trigger event.
In case that the protective device is equipped with directional overcurrent protection. All ANSI 67 elements (directional overcurrent protection), will be displayed as ANSI 50/51 elements. That means, that the name of an ANSI 50/51 element wont change, if it is set within the device planning from “non-directional” to “directional”.
Name Description
-.- No assignment50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
598 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandZI.TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip Command
These trips will start the BF module if external trips have been selected as the trigger event.
Name Description
-.- No assignmentExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command
Commissioning: Breaker Failure Protection
The time that is configured for the BF MUST NOT be below the breaker control time, otherwise an unwanted operation of the BF is caused by any protective trip.
Object to Be Tested:
• Test of the breaker failure protection.
Necessary Means:
• Current source;• Current meter; and• Timer.
www.eaton.com 599
IM02602007E EDR-5000
When testing, the applied test current must always be higher than the tripping threshold »I-BF«. If the test current falls below the threshold while the breaker is in the “Off” position, no pickup will be generated.
Procedure (Single-Phase):
For testing the tripping time of the BF protection, a test current has to be higher than the threshold value of one of the current protection modules that are assigned to trigger the BF protection. The BF trip delay can be measured from the time when one of the triggering inputs becomes active to the time when the BF protection trip is asserted.
To avoid wiring errors, checked to make sure the breaker in the upstream system switches off.
The time, measured by the timer, should be in line with the specified tolerances.
Re-connect the control cable to the breaker!
Successful Test Result:
The actual times measured comply with the setpoint times. The breaker in the higher-level section switches off.
600 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
CTS – Current Transformer SupervisionCTS
Most functions of metering, protection, and control in the relay rely on correct current measurements. It is important to make sure the CT connections and their operations are correct. The failures (including CT secondary wire broken, insulation broken down, broken wiring between CT and relay, and mismatched polarities) will cause the incorrect current measurements. The other CT errors (due to the magnetizing current that is proportional to the primary current, CT saturation, and measuring circuit and quantization error) can also cause inaccurate current measurements.
The CTS utilizes the Kirchhoff’s current law to detect a CT failure and can differentiate the wiring errors from the measurement errors by adding biases to offset the measurement related errors. The biases include two terms, one of which is related to the static error that accounts for CT magnetizing characteristic differences and current measurement circuit calibration errors and other is the dynamic error that is proportional to the measured maximum current due to CT transformation characteristics. The CTs are assumed to be used in the wye-grounded winding sides. Under normal conditions, the mismatch between the calculated and the measured zero sequence current should be less than the bias value. However, if there is a CT wiring error, such relationship will not hold true. If the mismatch exceeds the bias for a specified time, an alarm will be generated.
The operating principle can be expressed in terms of CT secondary currents as follow:
IL1IL2IL3KI∗IG=3∗I 0KI ∗ IG∆IKd∗Imax
KI is the ratio of the ground CT ratio over the phase CT ratio, and it is automatically calculated from the rated system parameters.
∆I = The static error, a minimum mismatch allowed between the calculated and measured zero sequence current.
Kd = The dynamic error factor, a restrain slope that defines a percentage error generated by a high current.
Imax = maximum phase current.Total bias value = ∆I + Kd x Imax.
The current transformer supervision operation can be graphically represented as follows.
If the current is measured in two phases only (for example only IA/IB) or if there is no separate ground current measuring (e.g.: normally via a zero sequence CT), the supervision function should be deactivated.
www.eaton.com 601
Limit Value
Imax
I
Kd*Imax
IM02602007E EDR-5000
602 www.eaton.com
Ple
ase
Ref
er to
Dia
gram
: Blo
ckin
gs
IX
Cal
cula
ted
IA
CTS
.Pic
kup
CTS
(Ele
men
t is
not d
eact
ivat
ed a
nd n
o ac
tive
bloc
king
sig
nals
)
ICIB IX
Σ
+ -
KdCTS
.¬I
2
AND
CTS
.t
t 0
40
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Device Planning Parameters of the Current Transformer Supervision
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Do not use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameter of the Current Transformer Supervision
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/CTS]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/CTS]
Setting Group Parameters of the Current Transformer Supervision
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]ΔI In order to prevent faulty tripping of phase
selective protection functions that use the current as tripping criterion. If the difference of the measured ground current and the calculated value I0 is higher than the pick up value ΔI, an pickup event is generated after expiring of the excitation time. In such a case, a fuse failure, a broken wire or a faulty measuring circuit can be assumed.
0.10 – 1.00 In 0.50 In [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]
www.eaton.com 603
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Pickup delay Pickup delay 0.1 – 9999.0 s 1.0 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]Kd Dynamic correction factor for the evaluation
of the difference between calculated and measured ground current. This correction factor allows transformer faults, caused by higher currents, to be compensated.
0.00 - 0.99 0.00 [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/CTS]
Current Transformer Supervision Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/CTS]ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/CTS]
Current Transformer Supervision Signals (Outputs States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit Supervision
Commissioning: Current Transformer Failure Supervision
Preconditions:1.Measurement of all three-phase currents (are applied to the measuring inputs of the device).2.The ground current is detected via a zero sequence transformer (not in residual connection).
604 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Object to Be Tested:
Check of the CT Supervision (by comparing the calculated with the measured ground current).
Necessary Means:
Three-phase current source.
Procedure, Part 1:
• Set the limiting value of the CTs to »delta I=0.1*In«.• Feed a three-phase, symmetrical current system (approx. nominal current) to the secondary side.• Disconnect the current of one phase from one of the measuring inputs (the symmetrical feeding at the
secondary side has to be maintained).• Make sure that the »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
Successful Test Result, Part 1:
The »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
Procedure, Part 2:
• Feed a three-phase, symmetrical current system (approx. nominal current) to the secondary side.• Feed a current that is higher than the threshold value for the measuring circuit supervision to the ground
current measuring input.• Make sure that the »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
Successful Test Result, Part 2:
The »CTS.ALARM« signal is generated.
www.eaton.com 605
IM02602007E EDR-5000
74TC - Trip Circuit MonitoringTCM
The trip circuit monitoring is used for monitoring if the trip circuit is ready for opening operations. The monitoring can be fulfilled by two ways. The one way assumes only 52a is used in the trip circuit and other assumes besides 52a, 52b is also used for the circuit monitoring. Two options either 52a only (or breaker closed) or both (52a and 52b) are provided for the User to select based on use of the breaker status in the trip circuit. With 52a only in the trip circuit, the monitoring is only effective when the breaker is closed while if both 52a and 52b are used, the trip circuit will be monitored all time as long as the control power is on.
The trip circuit continuity is monitored through the digital inputs DI1 and DI2, and the breaker status 52a or 52b or both must be monitored through the other digital inputs. Note that the digital inputs used for this purpose must be configured properly based on the trip circuit control voltage and also that the de-bouncing times must be set to minimum. If the trip circuit is detected broken, an alarm will be issued with a specified delay, which must be greater than a period from the time when a trip contact is closed to the time when the breaker status is clearly recognized by the relay.
In Slot 1 has two digital inputs, each of which has a separate root (contact separation) for the trip circuit supervision.
In this case, the trip circuit supply voltage serves also as supply voltage for the digital inputs and so the supply voltage failure of a trip circuit can be detected directly.
In order to identify a conductor failure in the trip circuit on the supply line or in the trip coil, the off-coil has to be looped-in to the supervision circuit.
The time delay is to be set in a way that switching actions cannot cause false trips in this module.
606 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
One Breaker Application Examples
Trip Circuit Monitoring for one Breaker: Auxiliary Contacts (52a and 52b) in trip circuit.
www.eaton.com 607
Breaker 1 (Bkr[1]) Control Voltage
12345678
PE
9101112
COM1
131415161718
V+
DI1COM2
DI2
V-
X1TC
W1-52a
W1-52b
+DC
- DC
52a 52b
Trip
Relay Control Voltage
AND
t-TCM
0
tTCM.Pickup
56
X1
AND78
X1
OR
DI-Threshold
52a and 52b in Trip Circuit
DI-Threshold
V+V-
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Trip Circuit Monitoring for One Breaker: Auxiliary Contacts (52a Only) in Trip Circuit.
Device Planning Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
Mode Mode Do not use,
Use
Use [Device Plan-ning]
Global Protection Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Mode Select if trip circuit is going to be monitored when the breaker is closed or when the breaker is either open or close.
Closed,
Either
Closed [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
608 www.eaton.com
Breaker 1 (Bkr[1]) Control Voltage
12345678
PE
9101112
COM1
131415161718
V+
DI1
V-
X1TC
W1-52a
W1-52b
+DC
- DC
52a 52b
Trip
Relay Control Voltage
AND
Bkr.Pos CLOSE
t-TCM
0
t TCM.Pickup56
X1
52a only in Trip Circuit
DI-Threshold
V+V-
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Input 1 Select the input configured to monitor the trip coil when the breaker is closed.
-.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
DI-8P X1.DI 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
Input 2 Select the input configured to monitor the trip coil when the breaker is open. Only available if Mode set to “Either”.
Only available if: Mode = Either
-.-,
DI-8P X1.DI 1,
DI-8P X1.DI 2,
DI-8P X1.DI 3,
DI-8P X1.DI 4,
DI-8P X1.DI 5,
DI-8P X1.DI 6,
DI-8P X1.DI 7,
DI-8P X1.DI 8
-.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
ExBlo1 External blocking of the module, if blocking is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]ExBlo2 External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List -.- [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
www.eaton.com 609
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Setting Group Parameters of the Trip Circuit Monitoring Module
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Function Permanent activation or deactivation of module/element.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/TCM]ExBlo Fc Activate (allow) or inactivate (disallow)
blocking of the module/element. This parameter is only effective if a signal is assigned to the corresponding global protection parameter. If the signal becomes true, those modules/elements are blocked that are configured "ExBlo Fc=active".
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/TCM]t-TCM Tripping delay time of the Trip Circuit
Supervision0.10 – 10.00 s 0.2 s [Protection Para
/<n>
/Supervision
/TCM]
Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Input States
Name Description Assignment Via
CinBkr-52a-I Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52a) [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the
Bkr. (52b)[Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]
610 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2 [Protection Para
/Global Prot Para
/Supervision
/TCM]Bkr Pos Detect-I Module Input State: Criterion by which the
Breaker Switch Position is to be detected.[]
Trip Circuit Monitoring Module Signals (Output States)
Name Description
Active Signal: ActiveExBlo Signal: External BlockingPickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit SupervisionNot Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.
Commissioning: Trip Circuit Monitoring for Breakers
For breakers that trip by means of little energy (e.g.: via an optocoupler), it has to be ensured that the current applied by the digital inputs will not cause false tripping of the breaker.
Object to Be Tested:Test of the trip circuit monitoring (with 52a and 52b contact).
Procedure, Part 1:Simulate failure of the control voltage in the power circuits.
Successful Test Result, Part 1:After expiration of »t-TCM« the trip circuit supervision, TCM of the device should signal an alarm.
Procedure, Part 2:Simulate a broken cable in the breaker control circuit.
Successful Test Result, Part 2:After expiration of »t-TCM«, the trip circuit supervision TCM of the device should signal an alarm.
www.eaton.com 611
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Self SupervisionThe System-OK contact (SC relay, life-contact) cannot be configured. The system contact is a Form “C” contact that picks up when the device is free from internal faults. While the device is booting up, the System OK relay (SC) remains dropped-off (unenergized). As soon as the system is properly started (and protection is active), the System Contact picks up and the System LED is activated accordingly.
The devices are continuously monitored and supervised by different methods during normal operation as well as during the start-up phase.
Results of this supervision may be:
• Messages appearing within the event recorder;• Indications within the display or PowerPort-E;• Corrective measures;• Restart of the device; or• Any combination of the above results.
In case of failures that cannot be corrected immediately, 3 restarts within 20 minutes are accepted before the device will be deactivated. In such a case, the device should be removed for service to ensure continuous correct operation. The Eaton Customer Service contact information and address can be found at the front of this manual.
In case of any failures, the recorders of the device should be left untouched to ensure an easy diagnosis and proper repair at the factory. Besides the records and visible indications to the customer, there is internal information about failures. These allow Eaton service personnel at the repair facility to make a detailed analysis of files with failure reports.
Self supervision is applied by different functions at different cyclic or non-cyclic timings to the following parts and functions of the device:
• Faultless cyclic execution of the software;• Functional capability of memory boards;• Consistency of data;• Functional capability of hardware sub-assemblies; and• Faultless operation of the measuring unit.
Faultless cyclic operation of the software is supervised by timing analysis and checking results of different functions. Errors of the software (watchdog function) lead to restarting the device and switching off the System-OK contact (life contact). In addition, the “System-OK” LED will blink red after 3 unsuccessful attempts to restart the device within a time period of 20 minutes.
The main processor cyclically monitors the operation of the signal processor and initiates corrective actions or restart of the device in case of faulty operation. Data and files are generally secured against unintended overwriting or faulty changes by check-sums.
The measuring unit continuously checks the measured data by comparing received data with data from a second channel sampled in parallel.
The auxiliary voltage is monitored continuously. If the voltage of one of the different supply circuits falls below a certain threshold, a restart of the device is initiated. If the voltage staggers around the threshold, the device also starts again after several seconds. Additionally the level of all internal supply voltage groups are continuously monitored.
Independent of these separate monitoring functions, the intermediate voltage circuit is buffered until all important and relevant operational and fault-data have been saved and the device initiates a restart.
612 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Error Messages / Codes
After a reboot of the device, the reason for rebooting will be displayed under [Operation/Status Display/Sys/Reboot]. For more information about the reboot reason, please refer to the information in this section.
The reboot will also be logged within the event recorder. Rebooting causes an event named “Sys.Reboot”.
Numeric Reboot Codes
Error Messages/Codes
1. Reboot after clean switching off of the device - Normal reboot after clean shut-down of the device.
2. Reboot by User command - User-initiated reboot through panel command.
3. Super reset - Reset to factory settings.
4. Restart by debugger - Eaton internally for system-analysis purposes.
5. Restart because of configuration changes.
6. General failure - Reboot without definite reason.
7. Reboot by “SW-system abort” (HOST-side) - Summary of several reboot reasons detected by the software (i.e.: wrong pointer, corrupted files, etc.).
8. Reboot by watchdog timeout (HOST-side) - Signaling if the protection-class-task hangs.
9. Reboot by system abort (DSP-side) - Summary of several reboot reasons detected by software (i.e.: wrong pointer, DSP-side).
10. Reboot by watchdog timeout (DSP-side) - Appears when DSP sequence needs too long for one cycle.
11. Loss of auxiliary voltage or low voltage reboot after loss of auxiliary voltage or voltage dropping below reboot level but not becoming zero.
12. Faulty memory access - Message of MMU (memory mapping unit) that prohibited memory access has occurred.
www.eaton.com 613
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Programmable LogicAvailable Elements (Equations):Logic
General DescriptionThe protective device includes programmable logic equations for programming inputs, outputs, blocking of protective functions, and custom logic functions in the relay.
The logic provides control of the relay output contacts based on the state of the inputs that can be chosen from the assignment list (protective function pickups, protective function states, breaker states, system alarms, and module inputs). The User can use the output signals of a logic equation as inputs in higher equations (e.g.: the output signal of logic equation 10 might be used as an input of logic equation 11).
Principle Overview
614 www.eaton.com
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Reset Latched
Inverting settable
Inverting settable
Inverting settable
Inverting settable
AND
OR
NAND
NOR
Inverting settable
Inverting settable
t-On Delay
t-Off Delay
Gate Out
Timer Out
Out
Out inverted
Set
Reset
Type of logic gate selectable
Delay Timer
S
R
Q
Q
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Detailed Overview – Overall Logic Diagram.
www.eaton.com 615
φ
AN
DO
RN
AN
DN
OR
t-On
Del
ay
t-Off
Del
ay
Gat
e O
ut
Tim
er O
ut Out
Out
inve
rted
Del
ay T
imer
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].IN
1
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
1XO
R
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].IN
2
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
2XO
R
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].IN
3
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
3XO
R
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].IN
4
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
4XO
R
1..n
, Ass
ignm
ent L
ist
LE[x
].Res
et L
atch
ed
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
Res
etX
OR
Gat
e
AND
OR
NA
ND
NO
R
Activ
e
Inac
tive
Inve
rting
Set
XO
RS
Q
R
Q
LE[1
]...[n
]
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Available Gates (Operators)
Within the Logic Equation, the following Gates can be used.
Input Signals
The User can assign up to four Input signals (from the assignment list) to the inputs of the gate.
As an option, each of the four input signals can be inverted (negated).
Timer Gate (On Delay and Off Delay)
The output of the gate can be delayed. The User has the option to set an On and an Off delay.
Latching
The timer issues two signals: an unlatched and a latched signal. The latched output can optionally be inverted.
In order to reset the latched signal, the User has to assign a reset signal from the assignment list. Optionally, the reset signal can also be inverted.
If no »Reset Latched« signal is assigned, then the »LATCH OUT «signal will be identical with the »TIMER OUT « signal.
Cascading Logical Outputs
The device will evaluate output states of the logic equations starting from “Logic Equation 1” up to the logic equation with the highest number. This evaluation cycle will be continuously repeated.
Cascading Logic Equations in an ascending sequence.
Cascading in an ascending sequence means that the User utilizes the output signal of “Logic Equation n” as input of “Logic Equation n+1”. If the state of “Logic Equation n” changes, the state of the output of “Logic Equation n+1” will be updated within the same cycle.
Cascading Logic Equations in a descending sequence.
Cascading in a descending sequence means that the User utilizes the output signal of “Logic Equation n+1” as input of “Logic Equation n”. If the output of “Logic Equation n+1” changes, this change of the feed back signal at the input of “Logic Equation n” will be delayed for one cycle.
616 www.eaton.com
AND ORAND OR
AND NAND OR NOR
Gate
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 617
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN1
LE1.IN2
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 1
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Update within the same evaluation cycle
Update within the next evaluation cycle (1 cycle delay)
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN1
LE2.IN2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN2
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
Output of Logic Equation1
Update within the next evaluation cycle (1 cycle delay)
Logic Equation2
LE2.IN2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN2
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 1
Logic Equation3
LE3.IN1
LE3.IN2
LE3.IN3
LE3.IN4
Logic Equation2
Output of Logic Equation 1
LE2.IN2
LE2.IN3
LE2.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 2
Logic Equation3
LE3.IN2
LE3.IN3
LE3.IN4
Output of Logic Equation 3
Logic Equation1
LE1.IN1
LE1.IN2
LE1.IN3
LE1.IN4
Update within the same evaluation cycle
Update within the same evaluation cycle
Update within the next but one evaluation cycle (2 cycles delay)
Update within the same evaluation cycle
Output of Logic Equation 3
Cascading in Ascending Order
Cascading in Descending Order
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Programmable Logic at the Panel
WARNING improper use of logic equations might result in personal injury or damage the electrical equipment.
Do not use logic equations unless the User can ensure the safe functionality.
How to configure a logic equation?
• Within the Device Planning, set the number of required Logic Equations.
• Call up the [Logic] menu.
• Select a Logic Equation that is to be set.
• Set the Input Signals (where necessary, invert them).
• If required, configure the timer (»On delay« and »Off delay«).
• If the latched output signal is used, assign a reset signal to the reset input.
• Within the »status display«, the User can check the status of the logical inputs and outputs of the logic equation.
In case the logic equations should be cascaded, the User has to be aware of timing delays (cycles) in case of descending sequences (Please refer to the Cascading Logical Outputs section).
By means of the Status Display [Operation/Status Display], the logical states can be verified.
Programmable Logic Via PowerPort-E
WARNING improper use of logic equations might result in personal injury or damage the electrical equipment.
Do not use logic equations unless the User can ensure the safe functionality.
It is recommended to configure the logic via the PowerPort-E application.
How to configure a logic equation?
• Within the Device Planning, set the number of required Logic Equations.
• Call up the [Logic] menu.
• Set the Input Signals (where necessary, invert them).
618 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
• If required, configure the timer (»On delay« and »Off delay«).
• If the latched output signal is used, assign a reset signal to the reset input.
• Within the »status display«, the User can check the status of the logical inputs and outputs of the logic equation.
In case the logic equations should be cascaded, the User has to be aware of timing delays (cycles) in case of descending sequences (Please refer to section: Cascading Logical Outputs).
By means of the Status Display [Operation/Status Display], the logical states can be verified.
Device Planning Parameters of the Programmable Logic
Parameter Description Options Default Menu Path
No of Equations:
Number of required Logic Equations: 0,
5,
10,
20,
40,
80
20 [Device Plan-ning]
Selection List for Logic Input Signals
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Active Signal: ActiveProt.Available Signal: Protection is availableProt.I dir fwd Signal: Phase current failure forward directionProt.I dir n poss Signal: Phase fault - missing reference voltageProt.I dir rev Signal: Phase current failure reverse directionProt.IR dir fwd Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) forwardProt.IR dir n poss Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) direction detection not possibleProt.IR dir rev Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) reverse directionProt.IX dir fwd Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) forwardProt.IX dir n poss Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) direction detection not possibleProt.IX dir rev Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) reverse directionProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Signal: General TripBreaker.Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBreaker.Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command
www.eaton.com 619
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Breaker.Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBreaker.Interl OPEN1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBreaker.Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBreaker.Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBreaker.Ack unsucc SwitchCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledge an error signal the
signalizes an unsuccessful switching attemptBreaker.SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching CLOSE Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital inputBreaker.SC OPEN-I State of the module input: Switching OPEN Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital inputBreaker.CinBkr-52a-I Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52a)Breaker.CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)Breaker.Ready-I Module Input State: Breaker ReadyBreaker.Sys-in-Sync-I State of the module input: This signals has to become true within
the synchronization time. If not, switching is unsuccessful.Breaker.Operate Position-I State of the module input: The withdrawable Breaker is in the
Operate PositionBreaker.Test Position-I State of the module input: The withdrawable Breaker is in the Test
PositionBreaker.Removed-I State of the module input: The withdrawable Breaker is RemovedBreaker.Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment Signal (only for
automatic acknowledgment). Module input signalBreaker.SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary
contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions cannot be detected.
Breaker.Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBreaker.Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBreaker.Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-PositionBreaker.Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBreaker.Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-
back signals (Position Indicators) contradict themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.
Breaker.Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Breaker.t-Dwell Signal: Dwell timeBreaker.Operate Position Signal: The withdrawable Breaker is in the Operate PositionBreaker.Test Position Signal: The withdrawable Breaker is in the Test PositionBreaker.Removed Signal: The withdrawable Breaker is RemovedBreaker.CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed
successfully.Breaker.CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command
unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Breaker.CES SAuthority Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed. No switching authority.
620 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Breaker.CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision: Switching Direction Control. A switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly).
Breaker.CES DoubleOperating Command Execution Supervision: A second switch command is in conflict with a pending one.
Breaker.CES CLOSE durg OPEN Cmd Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Breaker.CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not readyBreaker.CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed because of field interlocking.Breaker.CES Station Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed because of station interlocking.Breaker.CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed No Synchronization signal while t-sync was running.Breaker.Prot CLOSE Signal: CLOSE command issued by the Prot module.Breaker.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandBreaker.Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip CommandBreaker.CLOSE incl Prot CLOSE Signal: The CLOSE Command includes the CLOSE Command
issued by the Protection module.Breaker.OPEN incl TripCmd Signal: The OPEN Command includes the OPEN Command
issued by the Protection module.Breaker.Position Ind manipulated Signal: Position Ind manipulatedBreaker.Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker AlarmBreaker.Res Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm.Breaker.CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the Prot module.
Breaker.OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot module.
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd manual Signal: CLOSE Cmd manualBreaker.OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manualBreaker.CLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE request50P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[1].Trip Signal: Trip50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[2].Trip Signal: Trip50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[3].Trip Signal: Trip50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup
www.eaton.com 621
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
51P[1].Trip Signal: Trip51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[2].Trip Signal: Trip51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[3].Trip Signal: Trip51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50X[1].Trip Signal: Trip50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50X[2].Trip Signal: Trip50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51X[1].Trip Signal: Trip51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51X[2].Trip Signal: Trip51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50R[1].Trip Signal: Trip50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50R[2].Trip Signal: Trip50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51R[1].Trip Signal: Trip51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51R[2].Trip Signal: Trip51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element27M[1].Trip Signal: Trip27M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element27M[2].Trip Signal: Trip27M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element
622 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
59M[1].Trip Signal: Trip59M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element59M[2].Trip Signal: Trip59M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element27A[1].Trip Signal: Trip27A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element27A[2].Trip Signal: Trip27A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element59A[1].Trip Signal: Trip59A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element59A[2].Trip Signal: Trip59A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59N[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element59N[1].Trip Signal: Trip59N[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59N[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element59N[2].Trip Signal: Trip59N[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence46[1].Trip Signal: Trip46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence46[2].Trip Signal: Trip46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command47[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry47[1].Trip Signal: Trip47[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command47[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry47[2].Trip Signal: Trip47[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[1].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[1].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
www.eaton.com 623
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
81[1].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[1].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[1].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[1].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[1].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[2].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[2].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change. 81[2].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[2].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[2].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[2].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[2].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[3].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[3].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change. 81[3].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[3].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[3].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[3].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[3].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[4].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[4].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[4].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change. 81[4].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[4].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[4].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[4].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[4].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[5].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[5].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[5].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.
624 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
81[5].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[5].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[5].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[5].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[5].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[5].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[6].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[6].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[6].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change. 81[6].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[6].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[6].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[6].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[6].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[6].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi32[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32[3].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32V[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32V[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32V[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32V[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32V[3].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32V[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55D[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorPF-55D[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power FactorPF-55D[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55D[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorPF-55D[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Factor
www.eaton.com 625
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
PF-55D[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorPF-55A[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power FactorPF-55A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorPF-55A[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power FactorPF-55A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandZI.Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUTZI.Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground PickupZI.Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip ZI.IN Signal: Zone Interlocking INZI.OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTZI.Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUTZI.Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase PickupZI.Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip ZI.Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone InterlockingZI.Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking TripZI.TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandSOTF.Active Signal: ActiveSOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to
modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.SOTF.Ex Man CLOSE Cmd-I Module Input State: External manual breaker CLOSE command
(NOT for AR!)SOTF.I< Signal: No Load Current.CLPU.detected Signal: Cold Load detectedCLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabledCLPU.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingCLPU.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingCLPU.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingCLPU.I< Signal: No Load Current.CLPU.Load Inrush Signal: Load InrushCLPU.Settle Time Signal: Settle TimeBF.Lockout Signal: LockoutBF.Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)BF.Trip Signal: Breaker Failure TripTCM.Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.TCM.Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit SupervisionCTS.Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit SupervisionLOP.Pickup Signal: Pickup Loss of PotentialAR.Blo Signal: Auto Reclosure is blocked
626 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
AR.failed Signal: Auto Reclosing FailureAR.Lock Signal: Auto Reclosure is locked outAR.Pre Shot Pre Shot ControlAR.Ready Signal: Ready to shootAR.Running Signal: Auto Reclosing RunningAR.Standby Signal: StandbyAR.successful Signal: Auto Reclosing successfulSync.In-Sync Allowed Signal: In-Sync AllowedSync.Sys-in-Sync Signal: Bus and line voltages are in synchronism according to the
system synchronism criteria.Sync.LiveBus Signal: Live-Bus or Dead-Bus flag: 1=Live-Bus, 0=Dead-BusSync.LiveLine Signal: Live-Line or Dead-Line flag: 1=Live-Line, 0=Dead-LineSync.SlipTooHigh Signal: Frequency difference (slip frequency) between bus and line
voltages too high.Sync.SynchronFailed Signal: This signal indicates a failed synchronization. It is set for
5 s when the breaker is still open after the Sync-check Run-timer has timed out.
Sync.Sync-checkRunTiming Signal: Sync-check RunTimingSync.SyncOverridden Signal: Sync-check is overridden because one of the Synchronism
overriding conditions (DB/DL or ExtBypass) is met.Sync.VDiffTooHigh Signal: Voltage difference between bus and line too high.WiredInputs.52a M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker ClosedWiredInputs.52b M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker OpenWiredInputs.TOCa M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Connected WiredInputs.43/10 M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip WiredInputs.52a M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker ClosedWiredInputs.52b M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker OpenWiredInputs.TOCa M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Connected WiredInputs.43/10 M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Selected To TripWiredInputs.52a T -I State of the module input: Tie Breaker ClosedWiredInputs.52b T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker OpenWiredInputs.TOCa T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Connected WiredInputs.43/10 T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Selected To TripWiredInputs.43 M-I State of the module input: System In ManualWiredInputs.43 A-I State of the module input: System in AutoWiredInputs.43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 1WiredInputs.43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 2WiredInputs.Bkr Trouble-I Breaker TroubleDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital Input
www.eaton.com 627
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
DI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputRO-6 X5.RO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 4 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 5 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 6 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTRO-4Z X2.RO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 4 Signal: Relay OutputIEC61850.VirtualOutput1-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput2-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput3-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput4-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput5-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput6-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput7-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput8-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput9-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput10-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput11-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput12-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput13-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput14-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput15-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput16-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualInput1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)
628 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
IEC61850.VirtualInput8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 629
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
630 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 631
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
632 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 633
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
634 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 635
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
636 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)System Alarms.Alarm Current Demand Signal: Alarm Current demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentSystem Alarms.Alarm V THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion VoltageSystem Alarms.Alarm VA Demand Signal: Alarm VAs demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm VA Power Signal: Alarm VAs peakSystem Alarms.Alarm VAr Demand Signal: Alarm VARs demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm VAr Power Signal: Alarm VArs peakSystem Alarms.Alarm Watt Demand Signal: Alarm WATTS demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm Watt Power Signal: Alarm WATTS peakSystem Alarms.Trip Current Demand Signal: Trip Current demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentSystem Alarms.Trip V THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion VoltageSystem Alarms.Trip VA Demand Signal: Trip VAs demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip VA Power Signal: Trip VAs peakSystem Alarms.Trip VAr Demand Signal: Trip VARs demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip VAr Power Signal: Trip VArs peakSystem Alarms.Trip Watt Demand Signal: Trip WATTS demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip Watt Power Signal: Trip WATTS peakSys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveSys.Maint Mode Comm Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm. ModeSys.Maint Mode DI Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input ModeSys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Inactive
www.eaton.com 637
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Sys.MaintMode Manually Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual ModeSys.Maint Mode-I Module Input State: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance SwitchSys.Min. 1 param changed Signal: At least one parameter has been changed.Sys.PS 1 Signal: Parameter Set 1Sys.PS 2 Signal: Parameter Set 2Sys.PS 3 Signal: Parameter Set 3Sys.PS 4 Signal: Parameter Set 4Sys.PS1-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS2-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS3-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PS4-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should
activate this Parameter Setting Group.Sys.PSS manual Signal: Manual switch over of a Parameter SetSys.PSS via Comm Signal: Parameter Set Switch via CommunicationSys.PSS via Inp fct Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Input FunctionSys.Res AlarmCr Signal: Res AlarmCrSys.Res OperationsCr Signal: Res OperationsCrSys.Res TotalCr Signal: Res TotalCrSys.Res TripCr Signal: Res TripCr
Global Protection Parameter of the Programmable Logic
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
LE1.Gate Logic gate AND,
OR,
NAND,
NOR
AND [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.IN1 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Inverting1 Inverting the input signals.
Only available if an input signal has been assigned.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.IN2 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic
/LE 1]
638 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
LE1.Inverting2 Inverting the input signals.
Only available if an input signal has been assigned.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.IN3 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Inverting3 Inverting the input signals.
Only available if an input signal has been assigned.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.IN4 Assignment of the Input Signal 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Inverting4 Inverting the input signals.
Only available if an input signal has been assigned.
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]
LE1.t-On Delay Switch On Delay 0.00 – 36000.00 s 0.00 s [Logic
/LE 1]LE1.t-Off Delay Switch Off Delay 0.00 – 36000.00 s 0.00 s [Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Reset Latched
Reset Signal for the Latching 1..n, LogicList -.- [Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Inverting Reset
Inverting Reset Signal for the Latching Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Inverting Set
Inverting the Setting Signal for the Latching Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Logic
/LE 1]
Programmable Logic Inputs
Name Description Assignment Via
LE1.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
[Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of
the Input Signal[Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of
the Input Signal[Logic
/LE 1]LE1.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of
the Input Signal[Logic
/LE 1]
www.eaton.com 639
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description Assignment Via
LE1.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the Latching
[Logic
/LE 1]
Programmable Logic Outputs
Name Description
LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
640 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
CommissioningBefore starting work on an open switchboard, it is required that the switchboard is de-energized and the following five safety regulations have been met.
Safety precautions:• Disconnect the power supply;• Secure against reconnection;• Verify that the equipment is de-energized;• Connect to ground and short-circuit all phases; and• Cover or safeguard all live adjacent parts.
The secondary circuit of a current transformer must never be opened during operation. The prevailing high voltages can cause severe injury or death.
Even when the auxiliary voltage is switched off, it is likely that there are still hazardous voltages at the component connections.
All locally applicable national and international installation and safety regulations for working at electrical power installations MUST always to be followed.
Prior to the initial voltage connection, the following must be guaranteed:
• Correct grounding of the device;• That all signal circuits are tested;• That all control circuits are tested;• Transformer wiring is checked;• Correct rating of the CTs;• Correct burden of the CTs;• That the operational conditions are in line with the Technical Data;• Correct rating of the transformer protection;• Function of the transformer fuses;• Correct wiring of all digital inputs;• Polarity and capacity of the supply voltage; and• Correct wiring of the analog inputs and outputs.
The permissible deviations of measuring values and device adjustment are dependent on the Technical Data/Tolerances.
Commissioning/Protection Test
Commissioning/protection test must be carried out by authorized and qualified personnel. Before the device is put into operation, the related documentation MUST be read and understood.
www.eaton.com 641
IM02602007E EDR-5000
With any test of the protection functions, the following has to be checked:
• Is activation/tripping saved in the event recorder?• Is tripping saved in the fault recorder?• Is tripping saved in the disturbance recorder?• Are all signals/messages correctly generated?• Do all generally configured blocking functions work properly?• Do all temporarily configured (via DI) blocking functions work
properly?• To enable checks on all LEDs and relay functions, these have to
be provided with the relevant pickup (alarm) and tripping functions of the respective protection functions/elements. This MUST be tested in practical operation.
Check of all temporary blockings (via digital inputs).
• In order to avoid malfunctions, all blockings related to tripping/non-tripping of protection function MUST be tested. The test can be very complex and should therefore be performed by the same personnel who set up the protection concept.
Check all general trip blockings. All general trip blockings MUST be tested.
Prior to the initial operation of the protection device, all tripping times and values shown in the adjustment list MUST be confirmed by a secondary test.
Any description of functions, parameters, inputs, or outputs that does not match the device in hand can be ignored.
Decommissioning – Removing the Plug from the RelayDismounting the relay will lead to a loss of the protection functionality. Ensure that there is a back-up protection. If you are not aware of the consequences of decommissioning the device – STOP! DO NOT start.
Inform SCADA before you start.
Switch-off the power supply.
Ensure that the cabinet is de-energized and that there are no voltages that could lead to injury of personnel.
Disconnect the terminals at the rear-side of the device. DO NOT pull any cable – pull on the plug! If it is stuck, use a screw driver.
Fasten the cables and terminals in the cabinet by means of cable clips to ensure that no accidental electrical connections are caused.
Hold the device at the front-side while removing the mounting nuts.
642 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Remove the device carefully from the cabinet.
In case no other device is to be mounted or replaced, cover/close the cut-out in the front-door.
Close the cabinet.
www.eaton.com 643
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Service and Commissioning SupportWithin the service menu, various functions support maintenance and commissioning of the device.
General
Within the [Service/General] menu, the User can initiate a reboot of the device.
Maintenance Mode
Principle – General UseThe Maintenance Mode can be used to reduce arc flash levels. Refer to Std. NFPA70E.
DO NOT attempt to install or perform maintenance on equipment while it is energized. Severe personal injury or death can result from contact with energized equipment. Verify that no voltage is present before opening doors of the switchboard.
If maintenance will be performed on a device, special protective clothing and equipment MUST BE USED and all industry standard procedures MUST BE FOLLOWED. Failure to do so can result in severe personal injury or death.
The Maintenance Mode can improve safety by providing a simple and reliable method to reduce fault clearing time and lower incident energy levels at energized panels. The Maintenance Mode allows the User to switch to more sensitive settings via the HMI/panel, Communication, or via a Digital Input while maintenance work is being performed at an energized panel or device. The more sensitive settings provide greater security for maintenance personnel and helps reduce the possibility of injury.
The status of the Maintenance Mode (active/inactive) is stored power fail-safe.
Manual activation is only possible via the HMI/panel (not via PowerPort-E).
The Maintenance Mode can be activated:
• Manually (only at the HMI/panel);• Via communication; or• Via a digital input.
Changing to another mode is only possible if there is no active Activation Signal (e.g.: if the device is in the “Via Digital Input Mode” and while the assigned Digital Input is “true”, the User cannot switch to the “Manual Mode”).
644 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Before UseThe sensitivity settings for the Maintenance Mode have to be calculated and programmed into the device (according to Std. NFPA70E). They are not part of the device by default.
When the Maintenance Mode is enabled and fault current causes its operation, the fault clearing time of the associated breaker has to be very fast. Calculate the sensitivity setting on the basis of Std. NFPA70E.
Program those sensitivity settings either into a setting group or into Adaptive Parameters.
How to Use the Maintenance ModeCalculate the sensitivity setting on the basis of Std. NFPA70E. Program those sensitivity settings either into a setting group or into Adaptive Parameters.
The Maintenance Mode offers two output signals: “Maint Mode activated” and “Maint Mode not activated”.
The »Maint Mode.ACTIVATED« signal should be used to:
• Switch to another setting group (in case the sensitivity settings are saved within this setting group);• Activate “Adaptive Parameters” (in case the sensitivity settings are saved within these adaptive
parameters); and/or• Block or activate dedicated functions.
Please see the Adaptive Parameters section for more details.
The »Maint Mode.NOT ACTIVATED« signal should be used to:
• Switch back to the standard setting group when Maintenance Mode should not be used.
For fast access, the Maintenance Mode can be accessed by means of the »Softkey« Maint on the start screen (root) of the device.
www.eaton.com 645
IM02602007E EDR-5000
646 www.eaton.com
1..n
, Dig
Inpu
ts
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Activ
ated
by
Inac
tive
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Mod
e
Activ
atio
n M
anua
lly
Activ
atio
n vi
a C
omm
Activ
atio
n vi
a D
I
Inac
tive
Sys.
Mai
ntM
ode
Man
ually
Activ
e
Com
m C
md
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Activ
e
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Inac
tive
Sys.
Mai
ntM
ode
Man
ually
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
Com
m
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode
DI
Mai
nt M
ode
Sys.
Mai
nt M
ode-
I
AND
AND
AND
OR
Sys
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Forcing the Relay Output Contacts
The parameters, their defaults, and setting ranges have to be taken from Relay Output Contacts section.
Principle – General Use
The User MUST ENSURE that the relay output contacts operate normally after maintenance is completed. If the relay output contacts do not operate normally, the protective device WILL NOT provide protection.
For commissioning purposes or for maintenance, relay output contacts can be set by force.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Force RO], relay output contacts can be set by force:
• Permanent; or• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Force Position” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer expires, the relay will operate normally. If they are set as Permanent, they will keep the “Force Position” continuously.
There are two options available:
• Forcing a single relay »Force Rox«; and• Forcing an entire group of relay output contacts »Force all Outs«.
Forcing an entire group takes precedence over forcing a single relay output contact!
A relay output contact WILL NOT follow a force command as long as it is disarmed at the same time.
A relay output contact WILL follow a force command:
• If it is not disarmed; and • If the Direct Command is applied to the relay(s).
Keep in mind, that forcing all relay output contacts (of the same assembly group) takes precedence over the force command of a single relay output contact.
www.eaton.com 647
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Disarming the Relay Output ContactsThe parameters, their defaults, and setting ranges have to be taken from the Relay Output Contacts section.
Principle – General Use
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED], entire groups of relay output contacts can be disabled. By means of this test mode, contact outputs switching actions of the relay output contacts are prevented. If the relay output contacts are disarmed, maintenance actions can be carried out without the risk of taking entire processes off-line.
The User MUST ENSURE that the relay output contacts are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance is complete. If they are not armed, the protective device WILL NOT provide protection.
Zone Interlocking Output and the Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed.
Within this mode [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/DISARMED] entire groups of relay output contacts can be disarmed:
• Permanent; or• Via timeout.
If they are set with a timeout, they will keep their “Disarm Position” only as long as this timer runs. If the timer expires, the relay output contacts will operate normally. If they are set Permanent, they will keep the “Disarm State” continuously.
A relay output contact WILL NOT be disarmed as long as:
• A relay output contact WILL NOT be disarmed if it is latched (and not yet reset).
• A relay output contact WILL NOT be disarmed as long as a running t-OFF-delay timer is not yet expired (hold time of a relay output contact).
• If the Disarm Control is not set to active.
• If the Direct Command is not applied.
A relay output contact WILL be disarmed if it is not latched and:
• If there is no running t-OFF-delay timer (hold time of a relay output contact); and
• If the DISARM Control is set to active; and
• If the Direct Command Disarm is applied.
648 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Failure Simulator (Sequencer)*Available Elements:Sine wave gen
* = Availability depends on ordered device.
For commissioning support and in order to analyze failures, the protective device offers the option to simulate measuring quantities. The simulation menu can be found within the [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen] menu. The simulation cycle consists of three states:
• Pre-failure;• Failure; and• Post-failure State (Phase).
Within the [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Configuration] sub-menu, the duration of each phase can be set. In addition; the measuring quantities to be simulated can be determined (e.g.: voltages, currents, and the corresponding angles) for each phase (and ground).
Setting the device into the simulation mode means taking the protective device out of operation for the duration of the simulation. Do not use this feature during operation of the device if the User cannot guarantee that there is a running and properly working backup protection.
The energy counters will be stopped while the failure simulator is running.
The simulation voltages are always phase to neutral voltages, irrespectively of the mains voltage transformers' connection method (Phase-to-phase / Wye / Open Delta).
www.eaton.com 649
pre postFailure Simulation
t-PreFault t-FaultSimulation t-PostFault
Sine wave gen
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Application Options of the Fault Simulator**:
Stop Options Cold Simulation (Option 1) Hot Simulation (Option 2)
Do not stop
Run complete: Pre Failure, Failure, Post Failure.
How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process] Ex Force Post = no assignment and
Press/Call up Start Simulation.
Simulation without tripping the breaker:Blocking protective Trips to the Breaker. That means verifying if the protective device generates a trip without energizing the trip coil of the breaker (similar to disarm the relay output contact).
How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process]
Trip Cmd Mode = No Trip
Simulation is authorized to trip the breaker:How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process]
Trip Cmd Mode = Trip
Stop by external signal
Force Post: As soon as this signal becomes true, the Fault Simulation will be forced to switch into the Post Failure mode. How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process]
Ex Force Post = Assigned SignalManual stop
As soon as this signal becomes true, the Fault Simulation will be terminated and the device changes back to normal operation. How To?: Call up [Service/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)/WARNING! Cont?/Sine wave gen/Process]
Press/Call up Stop Simulation.
**Please note: Due to internal dependencies, the frequency of the simulation module is 0.16% greater than the rated one.
Global Protection Parameter of the Failure Simulator
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-PreFault Pre Fault Duration 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.0 s [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/Times]
650 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
t-FaultSimulation
Duration of Fault Simulation 0.00 – 10800.00 s 0.0 s [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/Times]t-PostFault t-PostFault 0.00 – 300.00 s 0.0 s [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/Times]TripCmd Mode Trip Command Mode No TripCmd,
With TripCmd
No TripCmd [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Process]ExBlo External blocking of the module, if blocking
is activated (allowed) within a parameter set and if the state of the assigned signal is true.
1..n, Assignment List Breaker.Pos CLOSE
[Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Process]Ex ForcePost Force Post state. Abort simulation. 1..n, Assignment List -.- [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Process]
www.eaton.com 651
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Voltage Parameter of the Failure Simulator
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
VA Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase A
0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]VB Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Pre
State: Phase B0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]VC Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Pre
State: Phase C0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
652 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
VX Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: VX
0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0.0 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]Angle VA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Voltage Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase A-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]Angle VB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Voltage Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase B-360 - 360° 240° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]Angle VC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Voltage Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 653
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Angle VX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Voltage Phasor during Pre Phase: VX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Voltage]VA Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Fault
State: Phase A0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0.5 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]VB Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Fault
State: Phase B0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0.5 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]VC Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Fault
State: Phase C0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0.5 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
654 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
VX Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: Phase VX
0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0. 5Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]Angle VA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Voltage Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase A
-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]Angle VB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Voltage Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase B
-360 - 360° 240° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]Angle VC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Voltage Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 655
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Angle VX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Voltage Phasor during Fault Phase: VX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Voltage]VA Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude during
Post phase: Phase A0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]VB Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude during
Post phase: Phase B0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]VC Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude during
Post phase: Phase C0.00 – 2.00 Vn 1.0 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
656 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
VX Fund. Voltage Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: Phase VX
0.00 – 2.00 Vn 0.0 Vn [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]Angle VA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Voltage Phasor during Post phase: Phase A-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]Angle VB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Voltage Phasor during Post phase: Phase B-360 - 360° 240° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]Angle VC Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Voltage Phasor during Post phase: Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
www.eaton.com 657
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Angle VX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Voltage Phasor during Post phase: Phase VX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Voltage]
Current Parameter of the Failure Simulator
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase A
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre
State: Phase B0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
658 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre State: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]IX meas Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Pre
State: IX0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]Angle IA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase A-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]Angle IB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase B-360 - 360° 240° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]
www.eaton.com 659
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Angle IC Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase:Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Pre Phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PreFault
/Current]IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault
State: Phase A0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault
State: Phase B0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
660 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault State: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]IX meas Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude in Fault
State: IX0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]Angle IA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase A-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]Angle IB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase B-360 - 360° 240° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]
www.eaton.com 661
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Angle IC Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase:Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Fault Phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-FaultSimulation
/Current]IA Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during
Post phase: Phase A0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]IB Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during
Post phase: Phase B0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
662 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
IC Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during Post phase: Phase C
0.00 – 40.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]IX meas Fund. Current Fundamental Magnitude during
Post phase: IX0.00 – 25.00 In 0.0 In [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]Angle IA Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase A-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]Angle IB Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the
Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase B-360 - 360° 240° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
www.eaton.com 663
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Angle IC Fund. Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: Phase C
-360 - 360° 120° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]Angle IX meas Fund.
Start Position respectively Start Angle of the Current Phasor during Post phase: IX
-360 - 360° 0° [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Configuration
/t-PostFault
/Current]
States of the Inputs of the Failure Simulator
Name Description Assignment Via
ExBlo Module Input State: External Blocking [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Process]Ex ForcePost-I State of the module input:Force Post state.
Abort simulation.[Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Process]
664 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Signals of the Failure Simulator (States of the Outputs)
Name Description
Running Signal: Measuring value simulation is running.State Signal: Wave generation states: 0=AdcNormal, 1=PreFault,
2=Fault, 3=Post, 4=InitReset.
Direct Commands of the Failure Simulator
Parameter Description Setting Range Default Menu Path
Start Simulation
Start Fault Simulation (Using the test parameters)
Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Process]Stop Simulation Stop Fault Simulation (Using the test
parameters)Inactive,
Active
Inactive [Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/Process]
Failure Simulator Values
Value Description Default Size Menu Path
State Wave generation states: 0=AdcNormal, 1=PreFault, 2=Fault, 3=Post, 4=InitReset
L1 L2 L3 Normal L1 L2 L3 Normal,
t-PreFault,
t-FaultSimulation,
t-PostFault,
Init Res
[Service
/Test Mode (Prot inhibit)
/WARNING! Cont?
/Sine wave gen
/State]
www.eaton.com 665
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Technical DataUse Copper conductors only, 75°C (167°F).Conductor size AWG 14 [2.5 mm].
Climatic Environmental ConditionsStorage Temperature: -30°C to +70°C (-22°F to 158°F)Operating Temperature: -20°C to +60°C (-4°F to 140°F)Permissible Humidity at Ann. Average: <75% rel. (on 56d up to 95% rel.)Permissible Installation Altitude: <2,000 m (6,561.67 ft) above sea level
If 4,000 m (13,123.35 ft) altitude applies, a changed classification of the operating and test voltages may be necessary.
Degree of Protection EN 60529
HMI Front Panel with Seal: IP54Rear Side Terminals: IP20
Routine TestInsulation Test Acc. to IEC60255-5: All tests to be carried out against ground and other input and output circuits.Aux. Voltage Supply, Digital Inputs, Current Measuring Inputs, Signal Relay Outputs:
2.5 kV (eff.) / 50 Hz
Voltage Measuring Inputs: 3.0 kV (eff.) / 50 HzAll Wire-Bound Communication Interfaces: 1.5 kV DC
HousingHousing B2: Height / Width 183 mm (7.205 in.) / 212.7 mm (8.374 in.)Housing Depth (Incl. Terminals): 208 mm (8.189 in.)Material, Housing: Aluminum extruded sectionMaterial, Front Panel: Aluminum/Foil frontMounting Position: Horizontal (±45° around the X-axis must be permitted)Weight: Approx. 4.2 kg (9.259 lb)
666 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Current and Ground Current Measurement
Plug-in Connector with Integrated Short-Circuiter (Conventional Current Inputs)
Phase and Ground Current Inputs:
Nominal Currents: 1 A / 5 AMax. Measuring Range: Up to 40 x In (phase currents)
Up to 25 x In (ground current standard)Capacity:Overcurrent Proof:
4 x In/continuously30 x In / 10 s100 x In / 1 s250 x In / 10 ms (1 half-wave)
Power Consumption: Phase current inputs At In = 1 A S = 0.15 mVAAt In = 5 A S = 0.15 mVA
Ground current inputAt In = 1 A S = 0.35 mVA At In = 5 A S = 0.35 mVA
Sensitive Ground Current Inputs:
Nominal Currents: 1 A / 5 A with a special 50:0.025 core balance CTMax. Measuring Range: Up to 2.5 x InCapacity:Overcurrent Proof:
1.5 x In / continuously3.0 x In / 10 s10 x In / 1 s25 x In / 10 ms (1 half-wave)
Power Consumption: At In = 1 A S = 0.35 mVA At In = 5 A S = 0.35 mVA
Frequency Range: 50 Hz / 60 Hz ±10%Terminals:
Screws
Screw-type terminals with integrated short-circuiters (contacts)
M4, captive type acc. to VDEWConnection Cross Sections: 1 x or 2 x 2.5 mm² (2 x AWG 14) with wire end ferrule
1 x or 2 x 4.0 mm² (2 x AWG 12) with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve1 x or 2 x 6 mm² (2 x AWG 10) with ring cable sleeve or cable sleeve
The current measuring board´s terminal blocks may be used as with 2 (double) conductors AWG 10,12,14 otherwise with single conductors only.
Voltage and Residual Voltage MeasurementNominal Voltages: 100 V/ 110 V/ 230 V/ 400 V (can be configured)Max. Measuring Range: 2 x nominal voltageContinuous Loading Capacity: 2 x nominal voltage (800 Vac) Power Consumption: at Vn = 100 V S = 0.1 mVA
at Vn = 110 V S = 0.1 mVAat Vn = 230 V S = 0.4 mVAat Vn = 400 V S = 1.0 mVA
Frequency Range: 50 Hz or 60 Hz ±10%Terminals: Screw-type terminals
www.eaton.com 667
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Frequency MeasurementNominal Frequencies: 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Voltage SupplyAux. Voltage: 24 - 270 Vdc / 48 - 230 Vac (-20/+10%)Buffer Time in Case of Supply Failure: >= 50 ms at minimal aux. voltage
Interrupted communication is permitted.Max. Permissible Making Current: 18 A peak value for <0.25 ms
12 A peak value for <1 ms
The voltage supply must be protected by a fuse of:• 2,5 A time-lag miniature fuse 5 x 20 mm (approx. 0.2 x 0.8 in.) according to IEC 60127• 3,5 A time-lag miniature fuse 6,3 x 32 mm (approx. 0.25 x 1.25 in.) according to UL 248-14
Power ConsumptionPower Supply Range: Power consumption
in Idle ModeMax. Power Consumption
24 - 270 Vdc: Approx. 7 W Approx.13 W48 - 230 Vac(For Frequencies of 50-60 Hz):
Approx. 7 VA Approx.13 VA
DisplayDisplay Type: LCD with LED background illuminationResolution - Graphics Display: 128 x 64 pixel
LED - Type: Two colored: red / greenNumber of LEDs, Housing B2: 15
Front Interface RS232Baud Rates: 115,200 BaudHandshake: RTS and CTSConnection: 9-pole D-Sub plug
Real Time ClockRunning Reserve of the Real Time Clock:
1 year min.
Digital InputsMax. Input Voltage: 300 Vdc / 259 VacInput Current: <4 mAReaction Time: <20 msDrop-out Time: <30 ms
668 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
(Safe State of the Digital Inputs)
Switching Thresholds: Un =24 Vdc, 48 Vdc, 60 Vdc,110 Vac / dc, 230 Vac / dc
Un = 24 VdcSwitching Threshold 1 ON:Switching Threshold 1 OFF:
Min. 19.2 VdcMax. 9.6 Vdc
Un = 48 V / 60VdcSwitching Threshold 2 ON:Switching Threshold 2 OFF:
Min. 42.6 VdcMax. 21.3 Vdc
Un = 110 / 120 Vac / dcSwitching Threshold 3 ON:Switching Threshold 3 OFF:
Min. 88.0 Vdc / 88.0 VacMax. 44.0 Vdc / 44.0 Vac
Un = 230 / 240 Vac / dcSwitching Threshold 4 ON:Switching Threshold 4 OFF:
Min. 184 Vdc / 184 VacMax. 92 Vdc / 92 Vac
Terminals: Screw-type terminal
Relay OutputsContinuous Current: 5 A ac / dcMax. Make Current: 25 A ac / 25 A dc for 4 s
30 A / 230Vac according to ANSI IEEE Std C37.90-200530 A / 250Vdc according to ANSI IEEE Std C37.90-2005
Max. Breaking Current: 5 A ac up to 240 Vac5 A dc up to 30 V (resistive)0.3 A dc at 250 V (resistive)
Max. Switching Voltage: 250 V ac / 250 VdcSwitching Capacity: 1,250 VAContact Type: Form C or normally open contactTerminals: Screw-type terminals
Supervision Contact (SC)Continuous Current: 5 A ac / dcMax. Switch-on Current: 15 A ac / 15 A dc for 4 s Max. Breaking Current: 5 A ac up to 250 Vac
5 A dc up to 30 Vdc (resistive)0,25 A at 250 Vdc (resistive)
Max. Switching Voltage: 250 V ac / 250 VdcSwitching Capacity: 1,250 VAContact Type: Form C or normally open contactTerminals: Screw-type terminals
Time Synchronization IRIG-B00XNominal input voltage: 5 VConnection: Screw-type terminals (twisted pair)
www.eaton.com 669
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Zone InterlockingOnly for Zone Interlock Tripping Outputs (Zone Interlock, semiconductor output): 5 Vdc, <2mA for connection to electronic inputs only.
Zone Out:Output voltage (High) 4.75 to 5.25 VdcOutput voltage (Low) 0.0 to +0.5 Vdc
Zone In:Nominal input voltage +5 VdcMax. input voltage +5.5 VdcSwitching threshold ON min. 4.0 VdcSwitching threshold OFF max. 1.5 Vdc
Galvanic isolation 2.5 kV ac (to ground and other IO)Connection: Screw-type terminals (twisted pair)
RS485*Master/Slave: SlaveConnection: 6 screw-clamping terminals RM 3.5 mm (138 MIL)
(terminating resistors internal)
The RS485 interface is realized via terminals. The communication cable has to be shielded. The shielding has to be fixed at the screw that is marked with the ground symbol (rear side of the device).
Fiber Optic*Master/Slave: SlaveConnection: ST-Plug
URTD-Interface*Connection: Versatile Link
*availability depends on device
Boot PhaseAfter switching on the power supply, the protection will be available in approximately 16 seconds. After approximately 97 seconds, the boot phase is completed (HMI and Communication initialized).
670 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Standards
Approvals• UL-listed file: e217753
Design StandardsGeneric Standard EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-3Product Standard IEC 60255-6
EN 50178 UL 508 (Industrial Control Equipment)CSA C22.2 No. 14-95 (Industrial Control Equipment)ANSI C37.90
High Voltage Tests (IEC 60255-6)High Frequency Interference TestIEC 60255-22-1Class 3
Within one circuit
Circuit to ground
Circuit to circuit
1 kV/2 s
2.5 kV/2 s
2.5 kV/2 s
Insulation Voltage TestIEC 60255-5EN 50178
All circuits to other circuits and exposed conductive parts
Except interfaces
Voltage measuring input
2.5 kV (eff.)/50Hz, 1 min.
1.5 kV DC, 1 min.
3 kV (eff.)/50 Hz, 1 min.
Impulse Voltage TestIEC 60255-5 5 kV/0.5J, 1.2/50 µs
EMC Immunity Tests
Fast Transient Disturbance Immunity Test (Burst)IEC 60255-22-4IEC 61000-4-4Class 4ANSI C37.90.1
Power supply, mains inputs
Other in- and outputs
±4 kV, 2.5 kHz
±2 kV, 5 kHz (coupling network)±4 kV, 2.5 kHz (coupling clamp)
Surge Immunity TestIEC 61000-4-5Class 4
Within one circuit
Circuit to ground
2 kV
4 kV
Class 3 Communication cables to ground 2 kV
www.eaton.com 671
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Electrical Discharge Immunity TestIEC 60255-22-2IEC 61000-4-2Class 3
Air discharge
Contact discharge
8 kV
6 kVRadiated Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Field Immunity TestIEC 61000-4-3Class XANSI C37.90.2
26 MHz – 80 MHz80 MHz – 1 GHz1 GHz – 3 GHz
10 V/m35 V/m10 V/m
Immunity to Conducted Disturbances Induced by Radio Frequency FieldsIEC 61000-4-6Class 3
10 V
Power Frequency Magnetic Field Immunity TestIEC 61000-4-8Class 4
Continuous
3 sec
30 A/m
300 A/m
EMC Emission Tests
Radio Interference Suppression TestIEC/CISPR11 Limit value class B
Radio Interference Radiation TestIEC/CISPR11 Limit value class B
Environmental Tests
Classification:IEC 60068-1 Climatic
Classification
20/060/56
IEC 60721-3-1 Classification of ambient conditions (Storage)
1K5/1B1/1C1L/1S1/1M2but min. -30°C (-22°F)
IEC 60721-3-2 Classification of ambient conditions (Transportation)
2K4/2B1/2C1/2S1/2M2but min. -30°C (-22°F)
IEC 60721-3-3 Classification of ambient conditions (Stationary use at weather protected locations)
3K6/3B1/3C1/3S1/3M2 but min. -20°C (-4°F) /max 60°C (140°F)
Test Ad: ColdIEC 60068-2-1 Temperature
Test duration-20°C (-4°F)16 h
Test Bd: Dry HeatIEC 60068-2-2 Temperature
Relative humidityTest duration
60°C (140°F)<50%72 h
Test Cab: Damp Heat (Steady State)IEC 60068-2-78 Temperature
Relative humidityTest duration
40°C (104°F)93%56 d
672 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Test Db: Damp Heat (Cyclic)IEC 60068-2-30 Temperature
Relative humidityCycles (12 + 12-hour)
60°C (140°F)95%2
Mechanical TestsTest Fc: Vibration Response TestIEC 60068-2-6IEC 60255-21-1Class 1
(10 Hz – 59 Hz)Displacement
(59Hz – 150Hz)Acceleration
Number of cycles in each axis
0.0014 in. (0.035 mm)
0.5 gn
1
Test Fc: Vibration Endurance TestIEC 60068-2-6IEC 60255-21-1Class 1
(10 Hz – 150 Hz)Acceleration
Number of cycles in each axis
1.0 gn
20
Test Ea: Shock TestIEC 60068-2-27IEC 60255-21-2Class 1
Shock response test 5 gn, 11 ms, 3 impulses in each direction
Shock resistance test 15 gn, 11 ms, 3 impulses in each direction
Test Eb: Shock Endurance TestIEC 60068-2-29IEC 60255-21-2Class 1
Shock endurance test 10 gn, 16 ms, 1,000 impulses in each direction
Test Fe: Earthquake TestIEC 60068-3-3KTA 3503IEC 60255-21-3
Single axis earthquake vibration test 3 – 7 Hz: Horizontal 0.394 in. (10 mm), 1 cycle each axis
Class 2 7 – 35 Hz Horizontal: 2 gn, 1 cycle each axis
www.eaton.com 673
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Specifications
Specifications of the Real Time Clock
Resolution: 1 msTolerance: <1 minute / month (+20°C [68°F])
Specifications of the Measured Value Acquisition
Phase and Ground Current Measuring
Frequency Range: 50 Hz / 60 Hz ± 10%Accuracy: Class 0.5Amplitude Error if I < In: ±0.5% of the rated valueAmplitude Error if I > In: ±0.5% of the measured valueAmplitude Error if I > 2 In: ±1.0% of the measured valueResolution: 0.01 AHarmonics: Up to 20% 3rd harmonic ±2%
Up to 20% 5th harmonic ±2%Frequency Influence: <±2% / Hz in the range of ±5 Hz of the configured nominal frequencyTemperature Influence: <±1% within the range of 0°C to +60°C (+32°F to +140°F)
Phase-to-ground and Residual Voltage Measurement
Nominal voltage (Vn): 60 ... 600 V in 1 V stepsMax measuring range: 2 x nominal value (Vn)Frequency range: 50 Hz or 60 Hz ±10%Precision: Class 0,5Amplitude error for V<Vn (measured): ±0.5% of the rated valueAmplitude error for V<Vn (calculated): ±1.0% of the rated valueAmplitude error for V>Vn (measured): ±0.5% of the measured valueAmplitude error for V>Vn (calculated): ±1.0% of the calculated valueResolution: 0.1 VHarmonics: up to 20% 3rd harmonic ±1%, up to 20% 5th harmonic ±1%Frequency influence: <±2% / Hz in the range of ±5 Hz of the configured nominal frequencyTemperature influence: <±1% within the range of 0°C up to +55°C
Frequency Measurement
Nominal frequency: 50 Hz / 60 HzPrecision: ±0.05% of fn within the range of 40-70 Hz at voltages >50 VVoltage dependency: frequency acquisition of 5 V – 800 V
674 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Protection Elements Accuracy
The tripping delay relates to the time between alarm and trip. The accuracy of the operating time relates to the time between when the measured value has exceeded the threshold until the protection element is picked-up.
Overcurrent Protection Elements 50P[x], 51P/[x]and directional Overcurrent Protection 67P[x]
Accuracy
Pickup ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% x In.Dropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x Int DEFT
±1% resp. ±10 msOperating Time
Starting from I higher than 1.1 x I>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 mst-Multiplier ±5%
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t Reset Mode ±1% resp. ±10 ms
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV 5%
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
www.eaton.com 675
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Voltage restraint 51V[x] AccuracyPickup ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% x In.Dropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x InOperating Time
Starting from I higher than 1.1 x I>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 mst-Multiplier ±5%
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t Reset Mode ±1% resp. ±10 ms
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV 5%
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
Ground Current Elements: 50X[x], 50R[x], 51X[x], 51R[x] and directional Ground Current Protection 67X[x], 67R[x]
Accuracy
Pickup (measured ground current)
Pickup (calculated ground current)
±1.5% of the setting value, Resp. 1% x In
±2.0% of the setting value, Resp. 1.5% x InDropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x Int DEFT
±1% resp. ±10 ms
676 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Operating Time
Starting from IE higher than 1.1 x IE>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 mst-Multiplier ±5%
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t Reset Mode ±1% resp. ±10 ms
IEC characteristics
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV5%
Reset curves if ANSI characteristics
ANSI MINV
ANSI VINV
ANSI EINV
Flat
It
I2t
I4t
Phase under- and phase overvoltage 27M[x]/59M[x] AccuracyPickup ±1.5% of the setting value
Resp. 1% x VnDropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x Vnt DEFT
±1% resp. ±10 msOperating Time
Starting from V higher/lower than 1.1 x V> or V<
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 ms
www.eaton.com 677
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Aux. under- and phase overvoltage and neutral overvoltage 27A[x]/59A[x]/59N[x]
Accuracy
Pickup ±1.5% of the setting value
Resp. 1% x VnDropout Ratio 97% or 0.5% x Vnt DEFT
±1% resp. ±10 msOperating Time
Starting from VG or VX higher than 1.1 x VG> or VX>
<35 ms
Disengaging Time <45 ms
Current unbalance: 46[x] AccuracyThreshold ±2% of the setting value resp.1% InI2/I1 ≥ 0.1 x In ±1%t DEFT
±1% resp. ±10 msOperating Time
Starting from I2/I1 ≥ 1.1 x In
<60 ms
Disengaging Time <40 ms
Voltage unbalance: 47[x] AccuracyThreshold ±2% of the setting value resp.1% VnV2/V1 ≥ 0.1 x Vn ±1%t DEFT
±1% resp. ±10 msOperating Time
Starting from V2/V1 ≥ 1.1 x Vn
<60 ms
Disengaging Time <40 ms
Frequency Protection 81O[x] AccuracyThreshold 10 mHz at fnDropout ratio 99.95%
or 0.05% x fnt ±1% resp. ±10 msOperating time
Starting from f higher than f>+0.02 Hz
40-50Hz <60 ms50-70Hz <50 ms
Disengaging time 40-50Hz <85 ms 50-70Hz <75 ms
Frequency Protection 81U[x] AccuracyThreshold 10 mHz at fnt ±1% resp. ±10 msDropout ratio 100.05% or 0.05% x fnOperating time
Starting from f lower than f<-0.02 Hz
40-50Hz <60 ms50-70Hz <50 ms
Release time 40-50Hz <85 ms50-70Hz <75 ms
V Block f ±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% x VnDropout ratio 103%
or 0.5% x Vn
678 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Rate of Change of Frequency df/dt AccuracyThreshold 100 mHz per Secondt ±1% resp. ±10 msOperating time <40 ms
Disengaging time <40 ms
Rate of Change of Frequency Df/Dt AccuracyThreshold 100 mHz per Secondt ±1% resp. ±10 msOperating time <40 ms
Disengaging time <40 ms
Vector surge 87V AccuracyThreshold ±0,5° [1-30°] at Vn and fnOperating time <40 ms
PQ-protection 32[x]/32V[x] AccuracyThreshold ±3% or ±1.5% Snt ±1% resp. ±10 msOperating time 75 msDisengaging time 75 msDropout Ratio 97% for P>/Q> and 103% for P</Q<
PF-55D/PF-55A - Power Factor AccuracyThreshold ± 0.01 (absolute)Operating time <120 ms
AR – Auto Reclosing Accuracyt-ManualCloseBlock ±1% resp. ±10 mst-Lock2Ready ±1% resp. ±10 mst-Run2Ready ±1% resp. ±10 mst-Block2Ready ±1% resp. ±10 mst-Brk CLOSE Cmd ±1% resp. ±10 mst-sync_AR ±1% resp. ±10 mst-AR Supervision ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Sync - Sync-Check AccuracyOperating time Max. 300 mst-MaxBrkCloseDelay ±1% resp. ±10 mst-MaxSyncSuperv ±1% resp. ±10 msMinLiveBusVoltage ±1.5% of the setting value Resp. 1% x VnMaxDeadBusVoltage ±1.5% of the setting value Resp. 1% x VnMinLiveLineVoltage ±1.5% of the setting value Resp. 1% x VnMaxDeadLineVoltage ±1.5% of the setting value Resp. 1% x Vnt-VoltDead ±1% resp. ±10 msMaxVoltageDiff ±1.5% of the setting value Resp. 1% x Vn, may be
exceeded when open delta is configuredMaxSlipFrequency 10 mHz at fnMaxAngleDiff ±1°
SOTF – Switch onto fault AccuracyOperating time <35 msI< ±1.5% of the setting value resp.1% x Int-enable ±1% resp. ±10 ms
www.eaton.com 679
IM02602007E EDR-5000
CLPU – Cold load pickup AccuracyOperating time <35 mst-Load OFF ±1% resp. ±10 mst-Max Block ±1% resp. ±10 msI< ±1.5% of the setting value resp.1% x In
Breaker Failure Protection 50BF Accuracy I-BF> ±1.5% of the setting value resp.1% x Int-BF ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Operating Time
Starting from I Higher than 1.3 x I-BF>
<40 ms
Disengaging Time <40 ms
Trip Circuit Monitoring TCM Accuracyt-TCM ±1% resp. ±10 ms
LOP - loss of potential Accuracyt-Pickup ±1% resp. ±10 ms
Current Transformer Supervision CTS AccuracyΔI ±2% of the setting value resp. 1.5% InDropout Ratio 94%Pickup delay ±1% resp. ± 10 ms
680 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Appendix
The following terms, abbreviations, and acronyms are used in this manual. Please refer to this section for their meanings / definitions.
A Ampere(s), Amp(s)AC Alternating currentA/D Analog to digitalAck. AcknowledgeAMP Ampere(s), Amp(s)AND Logical gate (The output becomes true if all Input signals are true.)ANG AngleANSI American National Standards InstituteAR Automatic reclosureAUX AuxiliaryAVG, avg AverageAWG American wire gaugeBF Breaker failureBFI Breaker failure initiateBKR, bkr BreakerBlo Blocking(s)°C Degrees Celsiuscalc CalculatedCB Circuit breaker, BreakerCD Compact diskChar Curve shapeCHK CheckCHNL ChannelCmd. CommandCMND CommandCMN Common inputCOM Common inputComm CommunicationCOMP Compensated, comparisonCONN ConnectionCONT Continuous, contactCPU Central processing unitCr. Counter(s)CRT, CRNT CurrentCSA Canadian Standards AssociationCT Control transformerCtrl. ControlCTS Current transformer supervisiond DayD/A Digital to analogD-Sub-Plug Communication interfaceDC, dc Direct currentDEFT Definite time characteristic (Tripping time does not depend on the height of the current.)DFLT DefaultDGNST DiagnosticsDI Digital InputDiagn. Diagnosis
www.eaton.com 681
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Diagn Cr Diagnosis counter(s)DIFF DifferentialDIN Deutsche Industrie NormDIR, dir DirectionalDMD DemandDPO DropoutDSP Digital signal processordt Rate of changeEINV Extremely inverse tripping characteristicEMC Electromagnetic compatibilityEN Europäische Normerr. / Err. ErrorEVTcon Parameter determines if the residual voltage is measured or calculated.Ex ExternalExBlo External blocking(s)ExP External protectionEXT Extension, external°F Degrees FahrenheitF FieldFc Function (Enable or disable functionality = allow or disallow.)FIFO First in first outFIFO Principal First in first outFLA Full load currentFO Fiber opticFTP File transfer protocolfund Fundamental (ground wave)FWD ForwardG, g Generatorgn Acceleration of the earth in vertical direction (9.81 m/s2)GND GroundGPS Global positioning systemh HourHARM Harmonic / harmonicsHMI Human machine interface (Front of the protective relay)HTL Manufacturer internal product designationHTTP Hyper text transfer protocolHz HertzI Fault currentI CurrentI0 Zero current (symmetrical components), Zero sequence currentI1 Positive sequence current (symmetrical components)I2 Negative sequence current (symmetrical components)IA Phase A currentIAB Phase A minus B currentIB Phase B currentIBC Phase B minus C currentI-BF Tripping thresholdIC Phase C currentIC's Manufacturer internal product designationICA Phase C minus A currentID IdentificationIEC International Electrotechnical CommissionIED Intelligent electronic device
682 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics EngineersIG Ground current (not residual)IG Fault currentIgd Differential ground currentIGnom Nominal ground currentIH1 Fundamental harmonic (1st harmonic)IH2 2nd harmonicIINV Inversein. Inchincl. Include, includingInfo. InformationInterl. InterlockingINV Inverse characteristic (The tripping time will be calculated depending on the height of the
current)I/O Input / outputIOC Instantaneous overcurrentIOV Instantaneous overvoltageIR Calculated ground currentIRIG Input for time synchronization (Clock), Inter-range instrumentation groupISO International Standards OrganizationIT Thermal CharacteristicI2T Thermal CharacteristicI4T Thermal CharacteristicIUV Instantaneous undervoltageIX 4th measuring input of the current measuring assembly group (either ground or neutral current)J JoulekA Kiloamperekg KilogramkHz KilohertzkV Kilovolt(s)kVdc or kVDC Kilovolt(s) direct currentL1 Phase AL2 Phase BL3 Phase Cl/ln Ratio of current to nominal current.LED Light emitting diodelb-in Pound-inchLINV Long time inverse tripping characteristicLV Low voltagem MeterM MachinemA Milliampere(s), Milliamp(s)MAG MagnitudeMAN, man. Manual / manuallyMAX, max. Maximummeas MeasuredMIN, min. Minimummin. MinuteMINV Moderately Inverse Tripping CharacteristicMK Manufacturer Internal Product Designation Codemm MillimeterMMU Memory mapping unitMRT Minimum response time
www.eaton.com 683
IM02602007E EDR-5000
ms Milli-second(s)MTA Maximum torque angleMTR MotorMV Medium voltagemVA Milli volt amperes (Power)MVA Mega volt-ampere (total 3-phase)MVA A Mega volt-ampere (phase A)MVA B Mega volt-ampere (phase B)MVA C Mega volt-ampere (phase C)MVAR Mega Var (total 3-phase)MVAR A Mega Var (phase A)MVAR B Mega Var (phase B)MVAR C Mega Var (phase C)MVARH Mega Var-HourMW Megawatt(s) (total 3-phase)MW A Megawatt(s) (phase A)MW B Megawatt(s) (phase B)MW C Megawatt(s) (phase C)MWH Megawatt-Hour(s)N NeutralN/A, n/a Not applicableN.C. Not connectedNEG NegativeNINV Normal inverse tripping characteristicNm Newton-meterNo NumberN.O. Normal open (Contact)NOM, Nom. NominalNT Manufacturer internal product designation codeO OverOC, O/C OvercurrentO/P, Op, OUT OutputOV OvervoltageOVERFREQ Over-frequencyOVLD OverloadP PhasePara. ParameterPC Personal computerPCB Printed circuit boardPE Protected EarthPF Power factor (total 3-phase)PF A Power factor (phase A)PF B Power factor (phase B)PF C Power factor (phase C)Ph PhasePOS PositivePRESS PressurePRI, pri PrimaryPROT, Prot Protection Module (Master Module), protectionPS1 Parameter set 1PS2 Parameter set 2PS3 Parameter set 3PS4 Parameter set 4
684 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
PSet Parameter setPSS Parameter set switch (Switching from one parameter set to another)pu Per unitPWM Pulse width modulatedPWR PowerR Resetrec. RecordREF Referencerel RelativeREM Remoteres ResetResetFct Reset functionREV ReverseRevData Review dataRMS Root mean squareRO Relay OutputRO1 1st Relay OutputRO2 2nd Relay OutputRO3 3rd Relay OutputRst ResetRTD Resistance-temperature detectorRX (Rx) Receive, receivers SecondS SensitiveSAT CT saturationSC Supervision contactSca SCADASCADA Communication module, supervisory control and data acquisitionsec Second(s)SEC, sec SecondarySENS SensitiveSEQ SequenceSig. SignalSNTP Simple network time protocolSRC SourceStartFct Start functionSTATS StatisticsSum SummationSUPERV SupervisionSW SoftwareSYNC Sync-check, SynchrocheckSYNCHCHK Sync-check, SynchrocheckSys. Systemt or t. Timet Tripping delayT Time, transformerTcmd Trip commandTCP Transmission control protocolTCP/IP Communication protocolTEMP, temp TemperatureTHD Total harmonic distortionTI Manufacturer internal product designation codeTOC Time overcurrent
www.eaton.com 685
IM02602007E EDR-5000
TOV Time overvoltageTRANS TransientTripCmd Trip commandTX (Tx) Transmit, transmittertxt TextUC UndercurrentUL Underwriters LaboratoriesUMZ DEFT (definite time tripping characteristic)URTD Universal resistance-temperature detectorUSB Universal serial busV VoltsV0 Zero sequence voltageV1 Positive sequence voltageV2 Negative sequence voltageVA Phase A voltageVAB Phase A to B voltageVac / V ac Volts alternating currentVAG Phase A to ground voltageVARH Var-hour voltageVB Phase B voltageVBA Phase B to A voltageVBG Phase B to ground voltageVC Phase C voltageVCA Phase C to A voltageVCG Phase C to ground voltageVdc / V dc Volts direct currentVDE Verband Deutscher ElektrotechnikVDEW Verband der ElektrizitätswirtschaftVE Residual voltageV/Hz Volts per HertzVINV Very inverse tripping characteristicVT Voltage transformerVTS Voltage transformer supervisionW Watt(s)WDC Watch dog contact (supervision contact)WDG WindingWH Watthourwww World wide webX ReactanceXCT 4th current measuring input (ground or neutral current)XInv Inverse characteristicZ Impedance, zone
686 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Instantaneous Current Curves (Phase)Explanation:
www.eaton.com 687
t [s]
PickupI
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
tt
4040
300 s300 s
0.0 s0.0 s
0.010.01PickupI
DEFT
t = Tripping delay
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Time Current Curves (PHASE)The following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• Therm Flat IT;• Therm Flat I2T; and• Therm Flat I4T.
Explanation:
688 www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
t-multiplier = Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor
I = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 689
t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2 t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )0.02
t [s]
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC NINV
IM02602007E EDR-5000
690 www.eaton.com
t [s]t-multiplier
t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC VINV
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 691
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC LINV
IM02602007E EDR-5000
692 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC EINV
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 693
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 4.85 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2 t = 0.0515 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )0.02 + 0.1140( )
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI MINV
IM02602007E EDR-5000
694 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 19.61 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2 + 0.491( )t = 21.6 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI VINV
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 695
t [s] t-multiplier
t = 29.1 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 28.2 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1I( )2 + 0.1217( )
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI EINV
IM02602007E EDR-5000
696 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI( )
0t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
InI( )
0
2
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
Therm Flat
t = 45 *t-multiplier [s]
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.5
0.05
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 697
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IT
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]1
InI( )
1
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.5
0.05
IM02602007E EDR-5000
698 www.eaton.com
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.50.05
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
I2T
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]
InI( )
2
2
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 699
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]2
InI( )
0
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
I4T
t = 5*3 *t-multiplier [s]
InI( )
4
4
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
52
1.00.5
0.05
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Calculated)The following characteristics is available:
• DEFT (definite time).
Explanation:
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
700 www.eaton.com
t [s]
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
I/I>
tt
4020
300 s300 s
0.0 s0.0 s
0.010.01
PickupIR calc
PickupIR calc
DEFT
t = Tripping delay
IG = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Instantaneous Current Curves (Ground Current Measured)
The following characteristics is available:
• DEFT (definite time).
Explanation:
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
www.eaton.com 701
t [s]
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 100.01
0.1
1
10
100
I/I>
tt
4020
300 s300 s
0.0 s0.0 s
0.010.01
PickupIX
PickupIX
DEFT
t = Tripping delay
IX = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Time Current Curves (Ground Current)
The following characteristics are available:
• NINV (IEC/XInv);• VINV (IEC/XInv);• LINV (IEC/XInv);• EINV (IEC/XInv);• MINV (ANSI/XInv);• VINV (ANSI/XInv);• EINV (ANSI/XInv);• Thermal Flat;• Therm Flat IT;• Therm Flat I2T; and• Therm Flat I4T.
Explanation:
The ground current can be measured either directly via a zero sequence transformer or detected by a residual connection. The ground current can alternatively be calculated from the phase currents; but this is only possible if the current transformers are Wye-connected.
702 www.eaton.com
t = Tripping delay
t-multiplier = Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor
IG = Fault current
Pickup = If the pickup value is exceeded, the module/element starts to time out to trip.
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 703
t-multiplier
t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )0.02
TripReset
t = 0.14 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t [s]
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC NINV
IM02602007E EDR-5000
704 www.eaton.com
t [s]t-multiplier
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2
t = 13.5 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC VINV
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 705
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )t = 120 *t-multiplier [s]
-1IG( )2
Pickup
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC LINV
IM02602007E EDR-5000
706 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2 t = 80 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IEC EINV
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 707
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 0.0515 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )0.02 + 0.1140( )t = 4.85 *t-multiplier [s]
-1IG( )2
Pickup
TripReset
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI MINV
IM02602007E EDR-5000
708 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 21.6 *t-multiplier [s]-1IG( )
2
Pickup
t = 19.61 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2 + 0.491( )
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI VINV
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 709
t [s] t-multiplier
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
TripReset
t = 28.2 *t-multiplier [s]
Pickup -1IG( )2 + 0.1217( )t = 29.1 *t-multiplier [s]
-1IG( )2
Pickup
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
ANSI EINV
IM02602007E EDR-5000
710 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]2
IG( )0
IGnom
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
Therm Flat
t = 5 *t-multiplier [s]
IGnomIG( )
0
t = 5 *t-multiplier [s]
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.5
0.05
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 711
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]2
IG( )0
IGnom
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
IT
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
IGnomIG( )
1
1
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 10×
TM[s]=
510
5 2
2
1.0
0.5
0.05
4
IM02602007E EDR-5000
712 www.eaton.com
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]2
IG( )0
IGnom
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
I2T
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
IGnomIG( )
2
2
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.00.50.05
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
www.eaton.com 713
t [s] t-multiplier
TripReset
x * Pickup (Multiples of Pickup)
t =
Notice!Various Reset Modes are available. Resetting via characteristic, delayed, and instantaneous.
I4T
t = 5*1 *t-multiplier [s]
IGnomIG( )
4
45*1 *t-multiplier [s]2
IGnomIG( )
0
0.01 0.1 1 10 1000.01
0.1
1
10
100
1 103×
1 104×
TM[s]=
10
5
2
1.0
0.50.05
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Assignment ListThe »ASSIGNMENT LIST« below summarizes all module outputs (signals) and inputs (e.g.: states of the assignments).
Name Description
-.- No assignmentProt.Available Signal: Protection is available.Prot.Active Signal: ActiveProt.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingProt.Pickup Phase A Signal: General Pickup Phase AProt.Pickup Phase B Signal: General Pickup Phase BProt.Pickup Phase C Signal: General Pickup Phase CProt.Pickup IX or IR Signal: General Pickup - Ground FaultProt.Pickup Signal: General PickupProt.Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase AProt.Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase BProt.Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase CProt.Trip IX or IR Signal: General Trip Ground FaultProt.Trip Signal: General TripProt.Res Fault a Mains No Signal: Resetting of fault number and number of grid faults.Prot.I dir fwd Signal: Phase current failure forward directionProt.I dir rev Signal: Phase current failure reverse directionProt.I dir n poss Signal: Phase fault - missing reference voltageProt.IR dir fwd Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) forwardProt.IR dir rev Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) reverse directionProt.IR dir n poss Signal: IR Ground fault (calculated) direction detection not
possible.Prot.IX dir fwd Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) forwardProt.IX dir rev Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) reverse directionProt.IX dir n poss Signal: IX Ground fault (measured) direction detection not
possible.Prot.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1Prot.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2Control.Local Switching Authority: LocalControl.Remote Switching Authority: RemoteBreaker.SI SingleContactInd Signal: The Position of the Switchgear is detected by one auxiliary
contact (pole) only. Thus indeterminate and disturbed Positions cannot be detected.
Breaker.Pos not CLOSE Signal: Pos not CLOSEBreaker.Pos CLOSE Signal: Breaker is in CLOSE-PositionBreaker.Pos OPEN Signal: Breaker is in OPEN-Position
714 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Breaker.Pos Indeterm Signal: Breaker is in Indeterminate PositionBreaker.Pos Disturb Signal: Breaker Disturbed - Undefined Breaker Position. The feed-
back signals (Position Indicators) contradict themselves. After expiring of a supervision timer this signal becomes true.
Breaker.Ready Signal: Breaker is ready for operation.Breaker.CES succesf Command Execution Supervision: Switching command executed
successfully.Breaker.CES Disturbed Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command
unsuccessful. Switchgear in disturbed position.Breaker.CES SAuthority Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed. No switching authority.Breaker.CES SwitchgDir Command Execution Supervision: Switching Direction Control. A
switchgear that is already OPEN should be switched OPEN again (doubly).
Breaker.CES DoubleOperating Command Execution Supervision: A second switch command is in conflict with a pending one.
Breaker.CES CLOSE durg OPEN Cmd Command Execution Supervision: CLOSE Command during a pending OPEN Command.
Breaker.CES SG not ready Command Execution Supervision: Switchgear not ready.Breaker.CES Field Interl Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed because of field interlocking.Breaker.CES SyncTimeout Command Execution Supervision: Switching Command not
executed No Synchronization signal while t-sync was running.Breaker.Prot CLOSE Signal: CLOSE command issued by the Prot module.Breaker.TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandBreaker.Ack TripCmd Signal: Acknowledge Trip CommandBreaker.Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Slow Breaker AlarmBreaker.Res Bwear Slow Breaker Signal: Resetting the slow breaker alarm.Breaker.CLOSE Cmd Signal: CLOSE command issued to the switchgear. Depending on
the setting the signal may include the CLOSE command of the Prot module.
Breaker.OPEN Cmd Signal: OPEN command issued to the switchgear. Depending on the setting the signal may include the OPEN command of the Prot module.
Breaker.CLOSE Cmd manual Signal: CLOSE Cmd manualBreaker.OPEN Cmd manual Signal: OPEN Cmd manualBreaker.CLOSE request Signal: Synchronous CLOSE requestBreaker.CinBkr-52a-I Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52a)Breaker.CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)Breaker.Ready-I Module Input State: Breaker ReadyBreaker.Sys-in-Sync-I State of the module input: This signals has to become true within
the synchronization time. If not, switching is unsuccessful.Breaker.Ack TripCmd-I State of the module input: Acknowledgment Signal (only for
automatic acknowledgment). Module input signal.Breaker.Interl CLOSE1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE command
www.eaton.com 715
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Breaker.Interl CLOSE2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBreaker.Interl CLOSE3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the CLOSE commandBreaker.Interl OPEN1-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBreaker.Interl OPEN2-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBreaker.Interl OPEN3-I State of the module input: Interlocking of the OPEN commandBreaker.SC CLOSE-I State of the module input: Switching CLOSE Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital input.Breaker.SC OPEN-I State of the module input: Switching OPEN Command, e.g.: the
state of the Logic or the state of the digital input.Breaker.Operations Alarm Signal: Service Alarm, too many OperationsBreaker.Isum Intr trip: IA Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IA.Breaker.Isum Intr trip: IB Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IB.Breaker.Isum Intr trip: IC Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded: IC.Breaker.Isum Intr trip Signal: Maximum permissible Summation of the interrupting
(tripping) currents exceeded in at least one phase.Breaker.Res TripCmdCr Signal: Resetting of the Counter: total number of trip commands.Breaker.Res Isum trip Signal: Reset summation of the tripping currents.Breaker.WearLevel Alarm Signal: Breaker Wear curve Alarm Level in %.Breaker.WearLevel Lockout Signal: Breaker Wear Curve Lockout Level in %.Breaker.Res Bwear Curve Signal: Res Bwear CurveBreaker.Isum Intr per hour Alarm Signal: Isum Intr per hour AlarmBreaker.Res Isum Intr per hour Alarm Signal: Res Isum Intr per hour Alarm50P[1].Active Signal: Active50P[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50P[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50P[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50P[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[1].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA50P[1].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB50P[1].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC50P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A50P[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B50P[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C50P[1].Trip Signal: Trip50P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50P[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
716 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
50P[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250P[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350P[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450P[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 150P[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 250P[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50P[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter150P[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter250P[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter350P[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter450P[2].Active Signal: Active50P[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50P[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50P[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50P[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[2].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA50P[2].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB50P[2].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC50P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A50P[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B50P[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C50P[2].Trip Signal: Trip50P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50P[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150P[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250P[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350P[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450P[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 150P[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 250P[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50P[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 150P[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 250P[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 350P[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 450P[3].Active Signal: Active
www.eaton.com 717
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
50P[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50P[3].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50P[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50P[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[3].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA50P[3].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB50P[3].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC50P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup50P[3].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A50P[3].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B50P[3].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C50P[3].Trip Signal: Trip50P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50P[3].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50P[3].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150P[3].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250P[3].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350P[3].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450P[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 150P[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 250P[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50P[3].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50P[3].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 150P[3].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 250P[3].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 350P[3].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 451P[1].Active Signal: Active51P[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51P[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51P[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51P[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[1].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA51P[1].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB51P[1].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC51P[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A51P[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B51P[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C51P[1].Trip Signal: Trip
718 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
51P[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51P[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151P[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251P[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351P[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451P[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 151P[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 251P[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51P[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 151P[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 251P[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 351P[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 451P[2].Active Signal: Active51P[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51P[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51P[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51P[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[2].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA51P[2].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB51P[2].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC51P[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A51P[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B51P[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C51P[2].Trip Signal: Trip51P[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51P[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151P[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251P[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351P[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451P[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 151P[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 251P[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51P[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 151P[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
www.eaton.com 719
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
51P[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 351P[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 451P[3].Active Signal: Active51P[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51P[3].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51P[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51P[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[3].Pickup IA Signal: Pickup IA51P[3].Pickup IB Signal: Pickup IB51P[3].Pickup IC Signal: Pickup IC51P[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup51P[3].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A51P[3].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B51P[3].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C51P[3].Trip Signal: Trip51P[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51P[3].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51P[3].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151P[3].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251P[3].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351P[3].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451P[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 151P[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 251P[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51P[3].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51P[3].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 151P[3].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 251P[3].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 351P[3].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 450X[1].Active Signal: Active50X[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50X[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50X[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50X[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50X[1].Trip Signal: Trip50X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50X[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 1
720 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
50X[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250X[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350X[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450X[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 150X[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 250X[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50X[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50X[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 150X[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 250X[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 350X[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 450X[2].Active Signal: Active50X[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50X[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50X[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50X[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50X[2].Trip Signal: Trip50X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50X[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50X[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150X[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250X[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350X[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450X[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 150X[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 250X[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50X[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50X[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 150X[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 250X[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 350X[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 451X[1].Active Signal: Active51X[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51X[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51X[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51X[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51X[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51X[1].Trip Signal: Trip
www.eaton.com 721
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
51X[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51X[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151X[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251X[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351X[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451X[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 151X[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 251X[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51X[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51X[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 151X[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 251X[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 351X[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 451X[2].Active Signal: Active51X[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51X[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51X[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51X[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51X[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51X[2].Trip Signal: Trip51X[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51X[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51X[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151X[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251X[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351X[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451X[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 151X[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 251X[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51X[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51X[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 151X[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 251X[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 351X[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 450R[1].Active Signal: Active50R[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50R[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50R[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked
722 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
50R[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50R[1].Trip Signal: Trip50R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50R[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150R[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250R[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350R[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450R[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 150R[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 250R[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50R[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50R[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 150R[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 250R[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 350R[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 450R[2].Active Signal: Active50R[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking50R[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking50R[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked50R[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command50R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR50R[2].Trip Signal: Trip50R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command50R[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set50R[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 150R[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 250R[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 350R[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 450R[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 150R[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 250R[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command50R[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking50R[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 150R[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 250R[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 350R[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 451R[1].Active Signal: Active
www.eaton.com 723
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
51R[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51R[1].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51R[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51R[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51R[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51R[1].Trip Signal: Trip51R[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[1].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51R[1].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151R[1].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251R[1].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351R[1].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451R[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 151R[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 251R[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51R[1].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51R[1].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 151R[1].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 251R[1].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 351R[1].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 451R[2].Active Signal: Active51R[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking51R[2].Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse Blocking51R[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked51R[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command51R[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup IX or IR51R[2].Trip Signal: Trip51R[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command51R[2].DefaultSet Signal: Default Parameter Set51R[2].AdaptSet 1 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 151R[2].AdaptSet 2 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 251R[2].AdaptSet 3 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 351R[2].AdaptSet 4 Signal: Adaptive Parameter 451R[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 151R[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 251R[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command51R[2].Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse Blocking51R[2].AdaptSet1-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 151R[2].AdaptSet2-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 2
724 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
51R[2].AdaptSet3-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 351R[2].AdaptSet4-I Module Input State: Adaptive Parameter 427M[1].Active Signal: Active27M[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking27M[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked27M[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command27M[1].Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A27M[1].Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B27M[1].Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C27M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element27M[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A27M[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B27M[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C27M[1].Trip Signal: Trip27M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27M[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 127M[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 227M[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command27M[2].Active Signal: Active27M[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking27M[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked27M[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command27M[2].Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A27M[2].Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B27M[2].Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C27M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element27M[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A27M[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B27M[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C27M[2].Trip Signal: Trip27M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27M[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 127M[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 227M[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command59M[1].Active Signal: Active59M[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking59M[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked59M[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command59M[1].Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A
www.eaton.com 725
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
59M[1].Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B59M[1].Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C59M[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element59M[1].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A59M[1].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B59M[1].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C59M[1].Trip Signal: Trip59M[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59M[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 159M[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 259M[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command59M[2].Active Signal: Active59M[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking59M[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked59M[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command59M[2].Pickup Phase A Signal: Pickup Phase A59M[2].Pickup Phase B Signal: Pickup Phase B59M[2].Pickup Phase C Signal: Pickup Phase C59M[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Element59M[2].Trip Phase A Signal: General Trip Phase A59M[2].Trip Phase B Signal: General Trip Phase B59M[2].Trip Phase C Signal: General Trip Phase C59M[2].Trip Signal: Trip59M[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59M[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 159M[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 259M[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command27A[1].Active Signal: Active27A[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking27A[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked27A[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command27A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element27A[1].Trip Signal: Trip27A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27A[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 127A[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 227A[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command27A[2].Active Signal: Active27A[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
726 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
27A[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked27A[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command27A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element27A[2].Trip Signal: Trip27A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command27A[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 127A[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 227A[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command59A[1].Active Signal: Active59A[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking59A[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked59A[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command59A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element59A[1].Trip Signal: Trip59A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59A[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 159A[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 259A[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command59A[2].Active Signal: Active59A[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking59A[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked59A[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command59A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element59A[2].Trip Signal: Trip59A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59A[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 159A[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 259A[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command59N[1].Active Signal: Active59N[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking59N[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked59N[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command59N[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element59N[1].Trip Signal: Trip59N[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59N[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 159N[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 259N[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command59N[2].Active Signal: Active
www.eaton.com 727
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
59N[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking59N[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked59N[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command59N[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Residual Voltage Supervision-Element59N[2].Trip Signal: Trip59N[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command59N[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 159N[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 259N[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command46[1].Active Signal: Active46[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking46[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked46[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command46[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence46[1].Trip Signal: Trip46[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 146[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 246[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command46[2].Active Signal: Active46[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking46[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked46[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command46[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Negative Sequence46[2].Trip Signal: Trip46[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command46[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 146[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 246[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command47[1].Active Signal: Active47[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking47[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked47[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command47[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry47[1].Trip Signal: Trip47[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command47[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 147[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 247[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command
728 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
47[2].Active Signal: Active47[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking47[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked47[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command47[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Voltage Asymmetry47[2].Trip Signal: Trip47[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command47[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 147[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 247[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[1].Active Signal: Active81[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking81[1].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.81[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked81[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[1].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[1].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.81[1].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[1].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[1].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[1].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[1].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 181[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 281[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[2].Active Signal: Active81[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking81[2].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.81[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked81[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[2].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[2].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.81[2].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[2].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[2].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT
www.eaton.com 729
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
81[2].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[2].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 181[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 281[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[3].Active Signal: Active81[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking81[3].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.81[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked81[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[3].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[3].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.81[3].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[3].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[3].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[3].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[3].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 181[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 281[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[4].Active Signal: Active81[4].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking81[4].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.81[4].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked81[4].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[4].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[4].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.81[4].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[4].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[4].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[4].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[4].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[4].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[4].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1
730 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
81[4].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 281[4].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[5].Active Signal: Active81[5].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking81[5].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.81[5].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked81[5].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[5].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[5].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.81[5].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[5].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[5].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[5].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[5].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[5].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[5].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[5].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 181[5].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 281[5].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[6].Active Signal: Active81[6].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking81[6].Blo by V< Signal: Module is blocked by undervoltage.81[6].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked81[6].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command81[6].Pickup 81 Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection81[6].Pickup df/dt | DF/DT Pickup instantaneous or average value of the rate-of-frequency-
change.81[6].Pickup Vector Surge Signal: Pickup Vector Surge81[6].Pickup Signal: Pickup Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[6].Trip 81 Signal: Frequency has exceeded the limit.81[6].Trip df/dt | DF/DT Signal: Trip df/dt or DF/DT81[6].Trip Vector Surge Signal: Trip delta phi81[6].Trip Signal: Trip Frequency Protection (collective signal)81[6].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command81[6].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 181[6].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 281[6].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command32[1].Active Signal: Active32[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking
www.eaton.com 731
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
32[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked32[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command32[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking32[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking32[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command32[2].Active Signal: Active32[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking32[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked32[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command32[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking32[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking32[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command32[3].Active Signal: Active32[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking32[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked32[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command32[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32[3].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking32[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking32[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command32V[1].Active Signal: Active32V[1].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking32V[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked32V[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command32V[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32V[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32V[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking32V[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking32V[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command32V[2].Active Signal: Active
732 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
32V[2].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking32V[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked32V[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command32V[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32V[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32V[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking32V[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking32V[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip Command32V[3].Active Signal: Active32V[3].ExBlo Signal: External Blocking32V[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blocked32V[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip Command32V[3].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power Protection32V[3].Trip Signal: Trip Power Protection32V[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip Command32V[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking32V[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking32V[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPF-55D[1].Active Signal: ActivePF-55D[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingPF-55D[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedPF-55D[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPF-55D[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorPF-55D[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power FactorPF-55D[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55D[1].Compensator Signal: Compensation SignalPF-55D[1].Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor ImpossiblePF-55D[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingPF-55D[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingPF-55D[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPF-55D[2].Active Signal: ActivePF-55D[2].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingPF-55D[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedPF-55D[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPF-55D[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorPF-55D[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power FactorPF-55D[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55D[2].Compensator Signal: Compensation Signal
www.eaton.com 733
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
PF-55D[2].Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor ImpossiblePF-55D[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingPF-55D[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingPF-55D[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPF-55A[1].Active Signal: ActivePF-55A[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingPF-55A[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedPF-55A[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPF-55A[1].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorPF-55A[1].Trip Signal: Trip Power FactorPF-55A[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55A[1].Compensator Signal: Compensation SignalPF-55A[1].Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor ImpossiblePF-55A[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingPF-55A[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingPF-55A[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPF-55A[2].Active Signal: ActivePF-55A[2].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingPF-55A[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedPF-55A[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandPF-55A[2].Pickup Signal: Pickup Power FactorPF-55A[2].Trip Signal: Trip Power FactorPF-55A[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandPF-55A[2].Compensator Signal: Compensation SignalPF-55A[2].Impossible Signal: Pickup Power Factor ImpossiblePF-55A[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingPF-55A[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingPF-55A[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandZI.Active Signal: ActiveZI.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingZI.Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedZI.ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandZI.Bkr Blo Signal: Blocked by Breaker FailureZI.Phase Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase PickupZI.Phase Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase Trip ZI.Ground Pickup Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground PickupZI.Ground Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground Trip ZI.Pickup Signal: Pickup Zone InterlockingZI.Trip Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip
734 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
ZI.TripCmd Signal: Zone Interlocking Trip CommandZI.Phase OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Phase OUTZI.Ground OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking Ground OUTZI.OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTZI.IN Signal: Zone Interlocking INZI.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1ZI.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ZI.ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandZI.Bkr Blo-I Signal: Blocked by Breaker FailureSOTF.Active Signal: ActiveSOTF.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingSOTF.Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingSOTF.enabled Signal: Switch Onto Fault enabled. This Signal can be used to
modify Overcurrent Protection Settings.SOTF.I< Signal: No Load Current.SOTF.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingSOTF.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingSOTF.Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse BlockingSOTF.Ex Man CLOSE Cmd-I Module Input State: External manual breaker CLOSE command
(NOT for AR!)SOTF.Ext SOTF-I Module Input State: External Switch Onto Fault AlarmCLPU.Active Signal: ActiveCLPU.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingCLPU.Rvs Blo Signal: Reverse BlockingCLPU.enabled Signal: Cold Load enabledCLPU.detected Signal: Cold Load detectedCLPU.I< Signal: No Load Current.CLPU.Load Inrush Signal: Load InrushCLPU.Settle Time Signal: Settle TimeCLPU.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External BlockingCLPU.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External BlockingCLPU.Rvs Blo-I Module Input State: Reverse BlockingExP[1].Active Signal: ActiveExP[1].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExP[1].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExP[1].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[1].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[1].Trip Signal: TripExP[1].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[1].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1
www.eaton.com 735
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
ExP[1].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ExP[1].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[1].Alarm-I Module Input State: AlarmExP[1].Trip-I Module Input State: TripExP[2].Active Signal: ActiveExP[2].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExP[2].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExP[2].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[2].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[2].Trip Signal: TripExP[2].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[2].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking1ExP[2].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking2ExP[2].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[2].Alarm-I Module Input State: AlarmExP[2].Trip-I Module Input State: TripExP[3].Active Signal: ActiveExP[3].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExP[3].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExP[3].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[3].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[3].Trip Signal: TripExP[3].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[3].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1ExP[3].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2ExP[3].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[3].Alarm-I Module Input State: AlarmExP[3].Trip-I Module Input State: TripExP[4].Active Signal: ActiveExP[4].ExBlo Signal: External BlockingExP[4].Blo TripCmd Signal: Trip Command blockedExP[4].ExBlo TripCmd Signal: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[4].Alarm Signal: AlarmExP[4].Trip Signal: TripExP[4].TripCmd Signal: Trip CommandExP[4].ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1ExP[4].ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2ExP[4].ExBlo TripCmd-I Module Input State: External Blocking of the Trip CommandExP[4].Alarm-I Module Input State: Alarm
736 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
ExP[4].Trip-I Module Input State: TripBF.Active Signal: ActiveBF.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingBF.Pickup Signal: BF-Module Started (Pickup)BF.Trip Signal: Breaker Failure TripBF.Lockout Signal: LockoutBF.Res Lockout Signal: Reset LockoutBF.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1BF.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2BF.Trigger1 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BFBF.Trigger2 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BFBF.Trigger3 Module Input: Trigger that will start the BFTCM.Active Signal: ActiveTCM.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingTCM.Pickup Signal: Pickup Trip Circuit SupervisionTCM.Not Possible Not possible because no state indicator assigned to the breaker.TCM.CinBkr-52a-I Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52a)TCM.CinBkr-52b-I Module Input State: Feed-back signal of the Bkr. (52b)TCM.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1TCM.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2CTS.Active Signal: ActiveCTS.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingCTS.Pickup Signal: Pickup Current Transformer Measuring Circuit SupervisionCTS.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1CTS.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2LOP.Active Signal: ActiveLOP.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingLOP.Pickup Signal: Pickup Loss of PotentialLOP.LOP Blo Signal: Loss of Potential blocks other elementsLOP.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1LOP.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2AR.Active Signal: ActiveAR.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingAR.Standby Signal: StandbyAR.t-Man Close Blo Signal: AR blocked after breaker was switched on manually. This
timer will be started if the breaker was switched on manually. While this timer is running, AR cannot be started.
AR.Ready Signal: Ready to shootAR.Running Signal: Auto Reclosing RunningAR.t-dead Signal: Dead time between trip and reclosure attempt
www.eaton.com 737
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
AR.Bkr CLOSE Cmd Signal: Bkr. Switch ON (CLOSE) CommandAR.t-Run2Ready Signal: Examination Time: If the Breaker remains after a reclosure
attempt (shot) for the duration of this timer in the Closed position, the AR has been successful and the AR module returns into the ready state.
AR.Lock Signal: Auto Reclosure is locked outAR.t-Reset Lockout Signal: Delay Timer for resetting the AR lockout. The reset of the
AR lockout state will be delayed for this time after the reset signal (e.g digital input or Scada) has been detected.
AR.Blo Signal: Auto Reclosure is blockedAR.t-Blo Reset Signal: Delay Timer for resetting the AR blocking. The release
(de-blocking) of the AR will be delayed for this time, if there is no blocking signal anymore.
AR.successful Signal: Auto Reclosing successfulAR.failed Signal: Auto Reclosing FailureAR.t-AR Supervision Signal: AR SupervisionAR.Pre Shot Pre Shot ControlAR.Shot 1 Shot ControlAR.Shot 2 Shot ControlAR.Shot 3 Shot ControlAR.Shot 4 Shot ControlAR.Shot 5 Shot ControlAR.Shot 6 Shot ControlAR.Service Alarm 1 Signal: AR - Service Alarm 1, too many switching operationsAR.Service Alarm 2 Signal: AR - Service Alarm 2, too many switching operationsAR.Max Shots / h exceeded Signal: The maximum allowed number of shots per hour has been
exceeded.AR.Res Statistics Cr Signal: Reset all statistic AR counters: Total number of AR,
successful and unsuccessful no of AR. AR.Res Service Cr Signal: Reset the Service Counters for pickup and blocking.AR.Reset Lockout Signal: The AR Lockout has been reset via the panel.AR.Res Max Shots / h Signal: The Counter for the maximum allowed shots per hour has
been reset.AR.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1AR.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2AR.Ex Shot Inc-I Module input state: The AR Shot counter will be incremented by
this external Signal. This can be used for Zone Coordination (of upstream Auto Reclosure devices). Note: This parameter enables the functionality only. The assignment has to be set within the global parameters.
AR.Ex Lock-I Module input state: External AR lockout.AR.DI Reset Ex Lock-I Module input state: Resetting the lockout state of the AR (if the
resetting via digital inputs has been selected).
738 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
AR.Comm Reset Ex Lock-I Module input state: Resetting the Lockout State of the AR by Communication.
Sync.Active Signal: ActiveSync.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingSync.LiveBus Signal: Live-Bus or Dead-Bus flag: 1=Live-Bus, 0=Dead-BusSync.LiveLine Signal: Live-Line or Dead-Line flag: 1=Live-Line, 0=Dead-LineSync.SynchronRunTiming Signal: Sync-checkRunTimingSync.SynchronFailed Signal: This signal indicates a failed synchronization. It is set for
5s when the breaker is still open after the Sync-check Run-timer has timed out.
Sync.SyncOverridden Signal:Sync-check is overridden because one of the Synchronism overriding conditions (DB/DL or ExtBypass) is met.
Sync.VDiffTooHigh Signal: Voltage difference between bus and line too high.Sync.SlipTooHigh Signal: Frequency difference (slip frequency) between bus and line
voltages too high.Sync.AngleDiffTooHigh Signal: Phase Angle difference between bus and line voltages too
high.Sync.Sys-in-Sync Signal: Bus and line voltages are in synchronism according to the
system synchronism criteria.Sync.In-Sync Allowed Signal: In-Sync AllowedSync.ExBlo1-I Module Input State: External Blocking 1Sync.ExBlo2-I Module Input State: External Blocking 2Sync.Bypass-I State of the module input: BypassSync.BkrCloseInitiate-I State of the module input: Breaker Close Initiate with synchronism
check from any control sources (e.g. HMI / SCADA). If the state of the assigned signal becomes true, a Breaker Close will be initiated (Trigger Source).
WiredInputs.52a M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker ClosedWiredInputs.52b M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker OpenWiredInputs.TOCa M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Connected WiredInputs.43/10 M1-I State of the module input: Main 1 Breaker Selected To Trip WiredInputs.52a M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker ClosedWiredInputs.52b M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker OpenWiredInputs.TOCa M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Connected WiredInputs.43/10 M2-I State of the module input: Main 2 Breaker Selected To TripWiredInputs.52a T -I State of the module input: Tie Breaker ClosedWiredInputs.52b T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker OpenWiredInputs.TOCa T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Connected WiredInputs.43/10 T-I State of the module input: Tie Breaker Selected To TripWiredInputs.43 M-I State of the module input: System In ManualWiredInputs.43 A-I State of the module input: System in AutoWiredInputs.43 P1-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 1
www.eaton.com 739
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
WiredInputs.43 P2-I State of the module input: Preferred Source 2WiredInputs.Bkr Trouble-I Breaker TroubleDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputRO-6 X5.RO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 4 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 5 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.RO 6 Signal: Relay OutputRO-6 X5.DISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
RO-6 X5.Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
RO-4Z X2.ZI OUT Signal: Zone Interlocking OUTRO-4Z X2.RO 1 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 2 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 3 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.RO 4 Signal: Relay OutputRO-4Z X2.DISARMED! Signal: CAUTION! RELAYS DISARMED in order to safely perform
maintenance while eliminating the risk of taking an entire process off-line. (Note: Zone Interlocking and Supervision Contact cannot be disarmed). The User MUST ENSURE that the relays are ARMED AGAIN after maintenance.
RO-4Z X2.Outs forced Signal: The State of at least one Relay Output has been set by force. That means that the state of at least one Relay is forced and hence does not show the state of the assigned signals.
Event rec.Res all rec Signal: All records deletedDisturb rec.Recording Signal: RecordingDisturb rec.Memory full Signal: Memory FullDisturb rec.Clear fail Signal: Clear Failure in MemoryDisturb rec.Res all rec Signal: All records deletedDisturb rec.Res record Signal: Delete Record
740 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Disturb rec.Man. Trigger Signal: Manual TriggerDisturb rec.Start1-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Disturb rec.Start2-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Disturb rec.Start3-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Disturb rec.Start4-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Disturb rec.Start5-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Disturb rec.Start6-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Disturb rec.Start7-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Disturb rec.Start8-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Res record Signal: Delete Record Fault rec.Man. Trigger Signal: Manual TriggerFault rec.Start1-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start2-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start3-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start4-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start5-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start6-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start7-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Fault rec.Start8-I State of the module input: Trigger event / start recording if:Trend rec.Hand Reset Hand ResetEnergyCr.Cr Overflow VAh Net Signal: Counter Overflow VAh NetEnergyCr.Cr Overflow Wh Net Signal: Counter Overflow Wh NetEnergyCr.Cr Overflow Wh Fwd Signal: Counter Overflow Wh FwdEnergyCr.Cr Overflow Wh Rev Signal: Counter Overflow Wh RevEnergyCr.Cr Overflow VArh Net Signal: Counter Overflow VArh NetEnergyCr.Cr Overflow VArh Lag Signal: Counter Overflow VArh LagEnergyCr.Cr Overflow VArh Lead Signal: Counter Overflow VArh LeadEnergyCr.VAh Net Res Cr Signal: VAh Net Reset CounterEnergyCr.Wh Net Res Cr Signal: Wh Net Reset CounterEnergyCr.Wh Fwd Res Cr Signal: Wh Fwd Reset CounterEnergyCr.Wh Rev Res Cr Signal: Wh Rev Reset CounterEnergyCr.VArh Net Res Cr Signal: VArh Net Reset CounterEnergyCr.VArh Lag Res Cr Signal: VArh Lag Reset CounterEnergyCr.VArh Lead Res Cr Signal: VArh Lead Reset CounterEnergyCr.Res all Energy Cr Signal: Reset of all Energy CountersEnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn VAh Net Signal: Counter VAh Net will overflow soon.EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn Wh Net Signal: Counter Wh Net will overflow soon.EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn Wh Fwd Signal: Counter Wh Fwd will overflow soon.EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn Wh Rev Signal: Counter Wh Rev will overflow soon.
www.eaton.com 741
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn VArh Net Signal: Counter VArh Net will overflow soon.EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn VArh Lag Signal: Counter VArh Lag will overflow soon.EnergyCr.Cr OverflwWarn VArh Lead Signal: Counter VArh Lead will overflow soon.Modbus.Transmission Signal: Communication ActiveModbus.Comm Cmd 1 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 2 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 3 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 4 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 5 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 6 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 7 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 8 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 9 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 10 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 11 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 12 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 13 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 14 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 15 Communication CommandModbus.Comm Cmd 16 Communication CommandIEC61850.VirtualInput1 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput2 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput3 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput4 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput5 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput6 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput7 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput8 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput9 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput10 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput11 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput12 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput13 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput14 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput15 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualInput16 Signal: Virtual Input (IEC61850 GGIO Ind)IEC61850.VirtualOutput1-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput2-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput3-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)
742 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
IEC61850.VirtualOutput4-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput5-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput6-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput7-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput8-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput9-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput10-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput11-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput12-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput13-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput14-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput15-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IEC61850.VirtualOutput16-I Module input state: Binary state of the Virtual Output (GGIO)IRIG-B.Active Signal: ActiveIRIG-B.Inverted Signal: IRIG-B invertedIRIG-B.Control Signal1 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal2 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal4 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal5 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal6 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal7 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal8 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal9 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal10 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal11 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal12 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal13 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal14 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal15 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal16 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal17 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalIRIG-B.Control Signal18 Signal: IRIG-B Control SignalStatistics.ResFc all Signal: Resetting of all Statistic values (Current Demand, Power
Demand, Min, Max)Statistics.ResFc I Demand Signal: Resetting of Statistics - Current Demand (avg, peak avg)Statistics.ResFc P Demand Signal: Resetting of Statistics - Power Demand (avg, peak avg)Statistics.ResFc Max Signal: Resetting of all Maximum values Statistics.ResFc Min Signal: Resetting of all Minimum values Statistics.StartFc 1-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics 1 (Update the
displayed Demand)
www.eaton.com 743
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Statistics.StartFc 2-I State of the module input: Start of Statistics 2 (Update the displayed Demand)
Logic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE1.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE1.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE1.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE1.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE1.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE2.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE2.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE2.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE2.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE3.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE3.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE3.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE3.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE4.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE4.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE4.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE4.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
744 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE5.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE5.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE5.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE5.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE6.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE6.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE6.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE6.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE7.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE7.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE7.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE7.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE8.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE8.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE8.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE8.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 745
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE9.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE9.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE9.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE9.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE9.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE10.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE10.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE10.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE10.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE11.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE11.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE11.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE11.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE12.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE12.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE12.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE12.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE13.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE13.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
746 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE13.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE13.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE14.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE14.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE14.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE14.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE15.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE15.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE15.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE15.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE16.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE16.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE16.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE16.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE17.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE17.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE17.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE17.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 747
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE18.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE18.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE18.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE18.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE19.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE19.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE19.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE19.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE20.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE20.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE20.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE20.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE21.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE21.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE21.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE21.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
748 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE22.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE22.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE22.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE22.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE22.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE23.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE23.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE23.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE23.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE24.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE24.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE24.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE24.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE25.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE25.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE25.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE25.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE26.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE26.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 749
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE26.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE26.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE27.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE27.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE27.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE27.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE28.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE28.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE28.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE28.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE29.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE29.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE29.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE29.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE30.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE30.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE30.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE30.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
750 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE31.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE31.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE31.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE31.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE32.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE32.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE32.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE32.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE33.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE33.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE33.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE33.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE34.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE34.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE34.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE34.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 751
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE35.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE35.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE35.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE35.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE35.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE36.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE36.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE36.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE36.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE37.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE37.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE37.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE37.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE38.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE38.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE38.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE38.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE39.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE39.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
752 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE39.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE39.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE40.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE40.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE40.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE40.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE41.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE41.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE41.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE41.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE42.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE42.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE42.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE42.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE43.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE43.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE43.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE43.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 753
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE44.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE44.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE44.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE44.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE45.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE45.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE45.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE45.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE46.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE46.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE46.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE46.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE47.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE47.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE47.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE47.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
754 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE48.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE48.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE48.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE48.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE48.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE49.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE49.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE49.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE49.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE50.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE50.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE50.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE50.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE51.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE51.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE51.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE51.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE52.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE52.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 755
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE52.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE52.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE53.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE53.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE53.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE53.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE54.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE54.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE54.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE54.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE55.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE55.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE55.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE55.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE56.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE56.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE56.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE56.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
756 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE57.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE57.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE57.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE57.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE58.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE58.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE58.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE58.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE59.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE59.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE59.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE59.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE60.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE60.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE60.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE60.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 757
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE61.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE61.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE61.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE61.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE61.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE62.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE62.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE62.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE62.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE63.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE63.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE63.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE63.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE64.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE64.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE64.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE64.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE65.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE65.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
758 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE65.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE65.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE66.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE66.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE66.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE66.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE67.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE67.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE67.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE67.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE68.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE68.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE68.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE68.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE69.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE69.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE69.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE69.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
www.eaton.com 759
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE70.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE70.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE70.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE70.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE71.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE71.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE71.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE71.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE72.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE72.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE72.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE72.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE73.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE73.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE73.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE73.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
760 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE74.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE74.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE74.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE74.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE74.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE75.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE75.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE75.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE75.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE76.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE76.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE76.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE76.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE77.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE77.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE77.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE77.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE78.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE78.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input Signal
www.eaton.com 761
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE78.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE78.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE79.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE79.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE79.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE79.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingLogic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate In1-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE80.Gate In2-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE80.Gate In3-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE80.Gate In4-I State of the module input: Assignment of the Input SignalLogic.LE80.Reset Latch-I State of the module input: Reset Signal for the LatchingSystem Alarms.Active Signal: ActiveSystem Alarms.ExBlo Signal: External BlockingSystem Alarms.Alarm Watt Power Signal: Alarm WATTS peakSystem Alarms.Alarm VAr Power Signal: Alarm VArs peakSystem Alarms.Alarm VA Power Signal: Alarm VAs peakSystem Alarms.Alarm Watt Demand Signal: Alarm WATTS demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm VAr Demand Signal: Alarm VARs demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm VA Demand Signal: Alarm VAs demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm Current Demand Signal: Alarm Current demand valueSystem Alarms.Alarm I THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion CurrentSystem Alarms.Alarm V THD Signal: Alarm Total Harmonic Distortion VoltageSystem Alarms.Trip Watt Power Signal: Trip WATTS peakSystem Alarms.Trip VAr Power Signal: Trip VArs peakSystem Alarms.Trip VA Power Signal: Trip VAs peakSystem Alarms.Trip Watt Demand Signal: Trip WATTS demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip VAr Demand Signal: Trip VARs demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip VA Demand Signal: Trip VAs demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip Current Demand Signal: Trip Current demand valueSystem Alarms.Trip I THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion Current
762 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
System Alarms.Trip V THD Signal: Trip Total Harmonic Distortion VoltageSystem Alarms.ExBlo-I Module Input State: External BlockingSine wave gen.running Signal: Measuring value simulation is runningSine wave gen.ExBlo Module Input State: External BlockingSine wave gen.Ex ForcePost-I State of the module input:Force Post state. Abort simulation.Sys.PS 1 Signal: Parameter Set 1Sys.PS 2 Signal: Parameter Set 2Sys.PS 3 Signal: Parameter Set 3Sys.PS 4 Signal: Parameter Set 4Sys.PSS manual Signal: Manual switch over of a Parameter SetSys.PSS via Comm Signal: Parameter Set Switch via CommunicationSys.PSS via Inp fct Signal: Parameter Set Switch via Input FunctionSys.Min. 1 param changed Signal: At least one parameter has been changedSys.Maint Mode Active Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance ActiveSys.Maint Mode Inactive Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance InactiveSys.MaintMode Manually Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Manual ModeSys.Maint Mode Comm Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Comm ModeSys.Maint Mode DI Signal: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Digital Input ModeSys.Ack LED Signal: LEDs AcknowledgmentSys.Ack RO Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay OutputsSys.Ack Comm Signal: Acknowledge CommunicationSys.Ack TripCmd Signal: Reset Trip CommandSys.Ack LED-HMI Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :HMISys.Ack RO-HMI Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs :HMISys.Ack Comm-HMI Signal: Acknowledge Communication :HMISys.Ack TripCmd-HMI Signal: Reset Trip Command :HMISys.Ack LED-Comm Signal: LEDs Acknowledgment :CommunicationSys.Ack RO-Comm Signal: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs :CommunicationSys.Ack Counter-Comm Signal: Reset of all Counters :CommunicationSys.Ack Comm-Comm Signal: Acknowledge Communication :CommunicationSys.Ack TripCmd-Comm Signal: Reset Trip Command :CommunicationSys.Res OperationsCr Signal: Res OperationsCrSys.Res AlarmCr Signal: Res AlarmCrSys.Res TripCr Signal: Res TripCrSys.Res TotalCr Signal: Res TotalCrSys.Ack LED-I Module Input State: LEDs Acknowledgment by Digital Input.Sys.Ack RO-I Module Input State: Acknowledgment of the Relay Outputs.Sys.Ack Comm-I Module Input State: Acknowledge Communication via Digital Input.
The replica that Communication has received from the device is to be reset.
www.eaton.com 763
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Sys.PS1-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS2-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS3-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.PS4-I State of the module input, respectively of the signal, that should activate this Parameter Setting Group.
Sys.Maint Mode-I Module Input State: Arc Flash Reduction Maintenance Switch
Special Assignment List for All Digital Input Signals and All Logic Outputs
Name Description
-.- No assignmentDI-8P X1.DI 1 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 2 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 3 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 4 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 5 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 6 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 7 Signal: Digital InputDI-8P X1.DI 8 Signal: Digital InputLogic.LE1.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE1.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE1.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE1.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE2.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE2.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE2.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE2.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE3.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE3.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE3.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE3.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE4.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE4.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE4.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE4.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE5.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE5.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE5.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
764 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE5.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE6.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE6.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE6.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE6.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE7.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE7.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE7.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE7.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE8.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE8.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE8.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE8.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE9.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE9.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE9.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE9.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE10.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE10.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE10.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE10.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE11.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE11.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE11.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE11.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE12.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE12.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE12.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE12.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE13.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE13.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE13.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE13.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE14.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE14.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE14.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE14.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE15.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE15.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 765
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE15.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE15.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE16.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE16.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE16.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE16.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE17.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE17.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE17.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE17.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE18.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE18.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE18.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE18.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE19.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE19.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE19.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE19.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE20.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE20.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE20.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE20.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE21.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE21.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE21.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE21.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE22.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE22.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE22.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE22.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE23.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE23.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE23.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE23.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE24.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE24.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE24.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE24.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE25.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
766 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE25.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE25.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE25.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE26.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE26.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE26.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE26.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE27.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE27.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE27.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE27.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE28.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE28.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE28.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE28.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE29.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE29.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE29.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE29.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE30.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE30.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE30.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE30.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE31.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE31.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE31.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE31.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE32.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE32.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE32.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE32.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE33.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE33.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE33.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE33.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE34.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE34.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE34.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE34.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 767
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE35.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE35.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE35.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE35.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE36.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE36.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE36.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE36.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE37.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE37.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE37.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE37.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE38.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE38.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE38.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE38.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE39.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE39.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE39.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE39.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE40.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE40.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE40.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE40.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE41.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE41.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE41.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE41.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE42.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE42.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE42.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE42.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE43.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE43.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE43.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE43.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE44.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE44.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE44.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)
768 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE44.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE45.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE45.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE45.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE45.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE46.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE46.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE46.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE46.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE47.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE47.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE47.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE47.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE48.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE48.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE48.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE48.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE49.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE49.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE49.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE49.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE50.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE50.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE50.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE50.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE51.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE51.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE51.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE51.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE52.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE52.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE52.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE52.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE53.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE53.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE53.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE53.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE54.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE54.Timer Out Signal: Timer Output
www.eaton.com 769
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE54.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE54.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE55.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE55.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE55.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE55.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE56.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE56.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE56.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE56.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE57.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE57.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE57.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE57.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE58.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE58.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE58.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE58.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE59.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE59.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE59.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE59.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE60.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE60.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE60.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE60.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE61.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE61.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE61.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE61.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE62.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE62.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE62.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE62.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE63.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE63.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE63.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE63.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE64.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gate
770 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Name Description
Logic.LE64.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE64.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE64.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE65.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE65.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE65.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE65.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE66.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE66.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE66.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE66.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE67.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE67.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE67.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE67.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE68.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE68.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE68.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE68.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE69.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE69.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE69.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE69.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE70.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE70.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE70.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE70.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE71.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE71.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE71.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE71.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE72.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE72.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE72.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE72.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE73.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE73.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE73.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE73.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
www.eaton.com 771
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Name Description
Logic.LE74.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE74.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE74.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE74.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE75.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE75.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE75.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE75.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE76.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE76.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE76.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE76.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE77.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE77.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE77.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE77.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE78.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE78.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE78.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE78.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE79.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE79.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE79.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE79.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)Logic.LE80.Gate Out Signal: Output of the logic gateLogic.LE80.Timer Out Signal: Timer OutputLogic.LE80.Out Signal: Latched Output (Q)Logic.LE80.Out inverted Signal: Negated Latched Output (Q NOT)
772 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Notes:
www.eaton.com 773
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Notes:
774 www.eaton.com
EDR-5000 IM02602007E
Notes:
www.eaton.com 775
IM02602007E EDR-5000
Instruction Leaflet IM02602007EEffective 11/30/10
EDR-5000
This instruction leaflet is published solely for information purposesand should not be considered all-inclusive. If further information isrequired, you should consult an authorized Eaton sales representative.The sale of the product shown in this literature is subject to theterms and conditions outlined in appropriate Eaton selling policiesor other contractual agreement between the parties. This literatureis not intended to and does not enlarge or add to any such contract.The sole source governing the rights and remedies of any purchaser of this equipment is the contract between the purchaser and Eaton.NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY, OR WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE, ARE MADE REGARDING THE INFORMATION, RECOMMENDATIONS, AND DESCRIPTIONS CONTAINED HEREIN. In no event will Eaton be responsible to the purchaser or User in contract, in tort (including negligence), strict liability or otherwise for any special, indirect, incidental or consequential damage or loss whatsoever, including but not limited to damage or loss of use of equipment, plant or power system, costof capital, loss of power, additional expenses in the use of existingpower facilities, or claims against the purchaser or User by its customers resulting from the use of the information, recommendations and description contained herein.
Eaton CorporationElectrical Group1000 Cherrington ParkwayMoon Township, PA 15108United States877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)Eaton.com© 2010 Eaton CorporationAll Rights ReservedPrinted in USAPublication No. IM02602007E/66A2416
PowerChain Management is a registeredtrademark of Eaton Corporation.All other trademarks are property of theirrespective owners.
776 www.eaton.com
